Home

CPS User Guide - Gainesville ISD

1. Default Class 2 Third Sik Weeks INA k lt lt Previous Next gt gt Figure 236 Viewing the Weight Sets tab from the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard Weight Sets allow you to differentiate the importance of varying assessments that go toward students final grades For a class during a specified grading period click inside the empty cell under each assessment type Homework Quiz Exam Test Class Participation and Other includes classwork review lab pre and post tests and enter the total point value you want each category to have Each weight set must equal 100 You will not be able to view weighted averages until you have at least one assessment from each category Click Next to proceed to the Letter Grades tab or click OK to save your changes and end the wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 199 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions AE EA Welcome Class Information E amp Grading Period Ya Weight Sets Letter Grades 99 Class Participation Apply broad or narrow point ranges to letter grades Click the Extended Letter Grades option to apply narrow point ranges to A and A B B and B etc Or leave this option off to use broad point ranges for A B C and D F wall be defined as anything lower than your D range Every available class is listed under the Classes column Click in the text box under each letter grade column to define the corresponding letter grade s
2. Click A pop up menu appears Choose Delete Alternatively right click on the selected questions and choose the Delete command from the pop up menu A confirmation appears Click OK delete the standard or click Cancel to return to the Standards tab Click the standard name in the left window to see question numbers update Question numbers update automatically when you exit the standard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 75 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Print CPS Standards Sometimes you can teach more effectively by delivering course material such as homework and exams to your students in a hardcopy format You can print your CPS standards hand it out to students and then grade the material with the CPS response system To print CPS Standards l 2 gt Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Standards tab Select the standard you want to print CPS Print Questions Standards Objective 1 Objective 1 The student will demonstrate an understanding of numbers operations and quantitative reasoning menu app ears Objective 2 Objective 2 The student will demonstrate an understanding of patterns relationships and algebraic reasoning Objective 3 Objective 3 The student will demonstrate an understanding of geometry and spatial reasoning Ch P 7 t ti Objective 4 Objective 4 The student will demonstrate an understanding of the concepts and uses of measurement OO Se rin Q u es 10ns or Objective 5 Objective
3. session 1f you would like or use TE the default name You can also P Please set the deste options for the Session that wil EA AT change the grading options add ooo informition about that setting comments and include the aren ri ca EE merged session in the Comment Gradebook Click Next Your sessions have been merged You may contact elnstruction technical 9 Click Done to exit out of the of 888 333 4388 for additonal hey CPS Class Wizard and return to pe Cea css Participation zl CPS You can view your newly Max Points 100 Assessment Multiplier fio I l merged session from the Reports WE instruction tab Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 186 Renaming a merged session in the CPS Class Wizard 0 NOTE When you view the merged session from the Reports tab Instructor Summary note that you can view the Class Average in two modes all students or only students who took the assessment Re grade Assessments When you deliver an assessment the assessment results appear in the Reports tab From the Reports tab you can re grade assessment results 1f necessary This section will show you how to Re grade questions Re assign categories to questions Re grade numeric questions Re grade students Re grade Questions Y ou can re grade any assessment you deliver in CPS To re grade an assessment 0 NOTE If you are a K 12 instructor using REAP your Curriculum Coordinator may send
4. Unit Root Word 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson you would like to engage and click eS ee oon i Engage Lessontell The CPS Session Setup window appears e a 4 Click the box next to the Create Attendance from this sie een as Assessment so that a checkmark appears The Include ep ee O Attendance in Gradebook and Max Points options A I become available SH tees ace Parris dee 5 Click the box next to the Include Attendance in See CETTE Gradebook option so that a checkmark appears ea 6 Seta value for the Max Points in the Attendance area i aj o e ne su 7 Click Start to begin your session Figure 260 Creating an attendance assessment for a session from the CPS Session Setup window When students respond to a question in the session CPS automatically creates an attendance session in the Reports tab and records a grade in the Gradebook In the Gradebook CPS awards grade points based off your attendance Max Points value If you take attendance multiple times during a class period CPS will divide the Max Points value by the number of times you took attendance Create an Attendance Assessment from an Existing Session CPS allows you to create an attendance assessment from an existing session in the Reports tab Even 1f you previously set your class attendance options to create an attendance sheet and if your class options currently create an attendance assessment y
5. Stet pr Grid Sea a ll cal l MEA Question 9 a al 72034 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 11 12 13 14 115 16 17 18 19 20 Figure 157 CPS Content Delivery window with the Detached Narrative option ON To access the Detached Narrative option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Detached Narrative To detach an ExamView Narrative from a question click the box next to the Detached Narrative option so that a checkmark appears Attached Narrative To keep an ExamView Narrative attached to a question click the box next to the Detached Narrative option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS 0 NOTE To view the Detached Narrative option you must also choose the Show Large Screen option For more information on the Show Large Screen option please see Show Large Screen CPS 4 0 Users Guide 131 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid The Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid option allows you to detached the feedback grid from the CPS Content Delivery window during a response cycle When you being the response cycle the CPS Ballot Grid window automatically appears and tracks student responses to the question 2 CPs Ballot Grid E ioj xj 1 234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Figure 158 The CPS Ballot Grid appears when the Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid option is ON To access the Au
6. 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Show Multiple Charts The checkmark beside the option disappears The CPS Charting window displays only one chart Question 1 Question 3 Mo claustrophobia 20 of 120 16 566666 c This chart displays a graph for the following questions which root word mean which are charted By Que iat stion Figure 225 Viewing multiple charts in the CPS Charting window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 189 Answer Options Chapter 5 Reporting Functions You can change your answer options on the chart legend to include the percentage of students choosing an answer choice the total number of students who chose that answer and the question stem for that question To change the answer options 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Answer Legend Options then select the answer choices you would like to use in the chart legend A checkmark appears next to each choice you select To remove an answer option from the chart legend 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window Options Reports Chart Responses by
7. CPS 4 0 Users Guide 73 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 3 Click the drop down arrow in the Template box to see more than 50 question templates available with and without graphic placement options Type the question in the question text box of the template you selected Type multiple answers in the answer boxes of the template you selected Select a correct answer by clicking in the check box beside that answer Use the toolbar in the upper left corner of the CPS Question Author window to save the question eS Hs ES ES 5h E z Template MC4 No Graphics al Difficulty 1 Figure 86 Using Question Author toolbar Click Save to save the question and remain on the CPS Question Author window Click Move to Previous Question to move to the previous question in the standard Click Move to Next Question to move to the next question in the standard Click New Question to negate any text or graphics you may have just added and to redo this question number Click Standards to display standards in this database that you can associate with questions see Associate Standards to a Question for instructions Preview your question This option will be available after your question has been saved Click Save and Move to Previous Question to save any change you have made and to move to the previous question in the standard Click Save and Move to Next Question to save any change you have made and
8. Cancel gt CPS Databases me EH Files ML Files oO TF files Al Files Files Figure 53 Importing an RTF lesson into CPS NOTE You can import files from other word processors such as MS Works WordPerfect or Word Pad as long as you can save the files as RTF CPS 4 0 Users Guide 50 Chapter 3 Creation Functions CPS Import from Word Format Before using the Import from Word feature your question and answer stems must be formatted so they can be imported into CPS Use the following table and the example below the table to properly label your questions Please remember that a Question Type label is required for each different type of question Table 1 Import from Word format Description TITLE True False multiple choice answers MC8 Yes No Yes or No question type Numeric Numerical answers question type RF only ANS Answer to the question required STO and OBJ State Standards or Objectives not required MOE Margin of Error not required CPS can accept a range of answers for a numeric question RF only NOT Notes not required Example TITLE this label signals the title to your lesson Required Addition the title of your lesson True False this label identifies the question type Required 1 Four plus seven equals twelve ANS F the ANS label identifies the correct answer You must include the colon Required Multiple Choice this label signals the start of a diffe
9. Class Options Select this option to setup Sane E QuickStart to prompt you for the class roster correci n salvos othe ine o UK It QuickStart will not work until CPS has detected each time you start CPS or to automatically use a receiver on this machine the selected class roster i P Include Session in Gradebook Create Attendance from this Assessment Export to Question Grid Anonymous Mode Select this option to create attendance records in SSA HAST ec al Session Title the Gradebook Make sure you also have your Fri AM class attendance options set to show attendance Session Categor Max Point Class Participation v f 00 as assessments For more information on setting a the attendance options for a class please see 6 Prompt me for the Class to use Edit Class Information Class AS 4 Click OK WHIST 3450 003 Create T Create Attendance from this Assessment a To use the QuickStart features close CPS and open it again Ei alle ONC from your desktop icon Figure 170 Setting up QuickStart options in the CPS QuickStart Setup window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 147 Chapter 4 Engage Functions To change your QuickStart features at any time simply use the Settings menu to access the QuickStart Setup window For more information on engaging lessons please see the Engage Lessons section Engage Lessons Y ou can deliver lessons to students in a mode that requires their feedback via the CPS respo
10. Number of points student received for the assessment Percentage correct For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports LMS Export Report The LMS Export Report exports student assessment information as a txt file that you can import to DuPont The LMS Export Report exports the student ID student name and percent correct for each student in your class For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 180 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions InteGrade Pro Export Report The InteGrade Pro Export Report exports student assessment information as a txt file that you can import to InteGrade Pro The InteGrade Pro Export Report exports Student ID Student last name Student first name Number of correct answers Number of points earned for the assessment Percentage correct 4 For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports WebCT Export Report The WebCT Export Report exports student assessment information as a Comma Delimited csv file to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application You can then import the file to WebCT For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Print Reports You can print any assessment reports you generate from the Reports
11. Study Guide Class Summary Report The Study Guide Class Summary Report provides an individualized coe SMOG Ole lt laf gt oi summary of incorrect answers for each student in the class The study lists for each student their percentage of Study Guide correct answers the questions they Come Pole Aag S17 ao sna 1 answered incorrectly their answers on Fayre Garg those questions and the correct i a y i answers The Study Guide Class Summary Report lists Each student EE The question s the student 2 Pages missed The correct answer o The student s answer poet pase 4 Figure 208 Viewing the Study Guide Class Summary Report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 177 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Export Reports Export reports are reports that you can export to third party software applications Export reports include Question Grid Export Report Session Data Export Report Classroom Manager Export Report AEIS IT Export Report OnTrack Export Report Response Data Export Report All Data Export Report Post Report LMS Export Report InteGrade Pro Export Report WebCT Export Report HEr Question Grid Export Report The Question Grid Export Report exports the assessment data to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application When you preview the Question Grid Ex
12. cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 217 Take a Graded Attendance AV 218 Take an Attendance Average from a SeSSION ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 218 Take an Attendance Average from the Classes tab cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 219 Upload Meadas nae eae ee Se Ceee 220 Automatically Upload Attendance from Session Setup cooccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 220 Automatically Upload Attendance from the Attendance window ccccccccceeeeeeees 221 Upload Attendance after Class A tata aided aa a aa ian naaie Aaaa 222 Appendix A REAP 223 Curico dato RIVA APO dd 224 Create Lessons wiih tandards tios 224 A o A A A ee eee 224 Download REAP Standards from elnstructiON ccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanos 225 Import CPS REAP Standar bi 225 Crealo a LESSONS UU ua idas 226 Crede Lesson OUCSHONS ua ide 227 Associate Standards to Questions cccccccccccssesseccccecceeeseccccceeeuueseecccseesuaeseeeeseseeaueees 229 Create and Send ASSESSMENTS eseist aniier eaaa Ne EEEE AE EEEN R 229 1001 10 6 PSOMMNG Ra 229 Croate am Assess MENT AAA O O 230 Sep AM AA E O 231 Send Alt ASSESSMICIN anse n A N EEA NEEN 233 Non CBIT Teacher Walkthrough ii A a 234 Create FAS Se Shake a o IN 234 Create a Data Da AAA trat 234 Create a C PSONE C laS S a AA a eta 233 Enter Contact and Class Information ccccccccssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2
13. 0 0 2 10 Figure 187 Re grading questions in the CPS Re grade Assessments window 5 Click one of the other possible answer options to change the correct answer or click the omit box to exclude that particular question from being calculated in the grading process 6 When you have completed all changes click OK to save them and close the window or click Cancel to close the window without saving Re assign Categories to Questions You can associate categories to questions during question authoring After you deliver the lesson you can re assign the questions to different categories in the Reports tab For more information on associating categories to questions please see Associate Categories to a Question To re assign questions to different categories 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the assessment you would like to regrade and click Z The CPS Assessment Options window appears For more information on the CPS Assessment Options window please see Edit Assessments 4 Click the Re Grade Questions button The CPS Re Grade Assessments window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 164 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 5 Click the Apply Categories tab Zr CPS Re grade Assessments Questions Categories Which sentence properly uses the word somnambulance Contest Which root word means to close Definition Estegoriezs Figure 188 Changing question Categories from the Apply Cate
14. 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon 3 Click the Lessons tab 4 Login to el SEARCH For more information on logging in to el SEARCH or creating an account please see Login to an el SEARCH Account or Create an el SEARCH Account Your SEARCH home page appears with any available content 5 Browse for the textbook which contains PowerPoint presentations you would like to Import 6 Click on the PowerPoint Presentations link next to the textbook with content you would like to import 7 Click and hold the left mouse button on the presentation you would like to import 8 Holding the left mouse button drag your mouse to the PowerPoint folder on the lesson side left hand side of the Lessons tab CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases MyLessons cps File Settings Help Lessons Standards y Team Activities Y Classes E Reports EJ Gradebook 5 O A Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools SEARCH MyLessons cps EM wiin Books Available To You Your Campus And Your f Grammar District adoption Coco A Spelling m Note If your book is not shown enter it s adoption code at Go TAKS Writing tics ya oF Rigen Mann O RN the right You may contact your book seller or ESE Chp 11 Using Language Accurately e Reading Comprehension EM Editing Technical Documents Available Books gt 2004 TAKS Released Test Grade 6 Lessons FJ Power E Gj Examvi 6 for a book adoption code 2004 TAKS Released Test Grade 6 Drag the
15. 4 Click the Receiver tab 5 Enter the receiver Base Channel in the Base Channel box Your Base Channel is the blinking number on your receiver unit Power Off tact elnstruction technical upp einstructi You may conta support at techs instruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help RF Receiver Options 1 Base Channel b rea Figure 134 Setting up the RF system from the CPS Delivery Options window 0 NOTE You can use Gen 2 response pads with a first generation Higher Ed RF receiver To use Gen 2 pads with a first generation Higher Ed receiver select Higher Ed RF from the list under the Com Port 6 Click OK to save your settings and return to CPS CPS Session Setup CPS offers many ways for you to engage your students This section will show you how to Choose a delivery mode Setup delivery options from the CPS Delivery Options window Choose Delivery Modes Delivery modes are the major ways in which you can affect the way students interact with CPS Depending on which mode you choose you can control the students pace through questions the students can control their own pace or you can even choose to give anonymous assessments This section will show you when and how to use Teacher Managed Assessment Mode TMA Student Managed Assessment Mode SMA Student Managed Practice Mode SMP Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment Mode TLSMA Anonymous Mode CPS 4 0 Users Guid
16. Copy Students to a Class You can copy students from one class to another class in your database To copy students 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class which has a student or students you would like to copy 4 From the student side right or bottom window select the student or students you would like to Copy to class b WHS 450 002 a WHIST 3450 003 copy Figure 107 Copying students to a class 5 Right click on a selected student s name A pop from the Classes tab up menu appears a Choose Copy to Class The menu expands to provide you with a list of available classes 7 Select a class from the list The student appears in both class rosters NOTE CPS assigns the student to the next consecutive pad ID number in the new class roster Any changes you make to the student s information except pad ID number changes the information in both class rosters CPS 4 0 Users Guide 92 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Show All Students The Show All icon allows you to view student information for every student in every class within one database To use the Show All view 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Click The student side right or bottom window displays each student by his or her first and last name The pad ID values do not display because multiple classes use the same pad ID values 0 NOTE You cannot edit or delete
17. Import Scanner Results Import lessons from Word Import ExamView lessons Import PowerPoint Presentations Import CPS Lessons CPS lets you import pre existing lessons from other CPS databases This import function is a real time saver for busy instructors For example if you have a lesson in a database for a marketing class that would be beneficial for your management class to review you can import the marketing lesson to the management database 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon CPS 4 0 Users Guide 47 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 2 Open the database into which you want to import the lesson and click the Lessons tab 3 Select the target lesson into which you want to import another lesson Choose the CPS Database that contains the Lesson s you wish to import e Dina C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases 6th a Grade cps Choose the Lesson or Lessons you wish to import 4 Click Lee A pop up menu appears O f o 5 Choose Import Alternatively A right click the selected lesson E apter 2 Subtraction name and choose the Import EI Chapter 3 Multiplication Science command from the shortcut menu The CPS Import Lessons window appears 6 Click the Browse button An Open dialog box appears 7 Select the path and file name of the lesson you want to import and click the Open button The path and file name appear at the top of the CPS Import Lessons windo
18. Take a graded attendance average Upload attendance Set Attendance Options Y ou can set your attendance options to view attendance records as attendance sheets or as assessments in the Gradebook Follow the steps below to set your attendance options 1 Open CPS from your Desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class name for which you would like to set the attendance options and click a Alternatively double click on the class name The CPS Class Information window appears 4 Click the Class Information tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 213 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 5 Choose one of the A A Students 4 Contact Information T Online Class Options Recycle CPSOnline Class following from the 20 Attendance Options section amp H My Roster title 7 Y HIST 2790 111 r Class Information ei Please enter the following information about your class Teacher Helpful Information Er To create a class you need a teacher and a class name CPSOnline is a standards based reporting system for teachers principals administration and parents Display new attendance sessions in Carske the Reports tab This peiod Semester FO 7 __ option allows you to Campus assroom Number E record attendance as a Eo Mumi session in the Reports tab Display new attendance sessions as Absent Present in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab This option d
19. You can easily update the CPS class from the updated Osiris data without starting from scratch When you update an Osiris file rather than import 1t you can add new student information to the existing CPS class without altering existing CPS information such as pad ID numbers l dkat a 6 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Select the class name that was imported from an Osiris file Right click on the class name Select the Update command from the pop up menu As CPS reads the updated Osiris file please wait for 1t to prompt you Depending on what Osiris data has been altered and how CPS will give you appropriate responses Just follow any on screen instructions to make your update complete The updated student information is represented on the Classes tab Review the student data including pad ID numbers to make certain all data 1s valid Import Classes from SASI XP Files Y ou can import files from SASI XP To import SASI XP files l Ze Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Click Alternatively right click the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class TPS e Clans WE Wizard appears m Import Source Helpful Information Choo se SASI File txt from the 95 Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any use setting to see further list Click Next information about that setting Go to the next step in the wiza
20. g Release your mouse button to drop the entire contents of the lesson or standard into the category The questions equally and randomly distribute in the point values Point value buttons change to display the number of questions that button just received h Repeat for as many lessons or standards as you want to add to the challenge board 0 NOTE You can use a combination of the above two methods to drag and drop some questions to point values or drop an entire lesson or standard of questions in one category Alternatively you have the option to right click a question and distribute it to a category or specific point value by using the context menu that appears The option to preview the question is also available in the context menu 9 Click the File menu item and the Close command to close the Challenge Board and return to the Team Activities tab The Team Activities tab displays your new challenge board title CPS has saved this board to your opened database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 108 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Edit CPS Challenge Boards Once you create a CPS Challenge Board you can edit a CPS Challenge Board by editing the attributes of the Challenge Board or by adding or removing questions from the activity Edit CPS Challenge Board Attributes You can edit certain attributes of the CPS Challenge Board These attributes include the Challenge Board title and the categories To edit the attributes of a CPS Challenge Board
21. move to the next question in the standard If the question you are saving is last in the list click Save and Move to Next Question to open a new question template 8 Repeat for as many questions as you want to add to the standard 9 When you have finished adding questions click Question in the menu above the toolbar and then Save and Close All questions appear in the question side of the Standards tab Copy Questions to a Standard You can create a question and then duplicate it within the same standard or copy it to other standards editing portions of the question to make it different from the original Copy questions to other standards 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Standards tab 3 Select a standard from which you want to copy questions to another standard Questions in the selected standard appear in the question side right or bottom window 4 Select a question or a group of questions while pressing your mouse button and press the Ctrl button from the keyboard simultaneously 5 Drag the selected questions to a target standard on the standard side of the window The selected questions display at the end of the target standard 6 When you have added as many questions as you like click Close or Save and Close in the Question menu CPS 4 0 Users Guide 74 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Copy questions within the same standard l Za gt A ia Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Sta
22. CPS 4 0 Users Guide 53 BiModal default Yes No default Numeric Response Completion Chapter 3 Creation Functions z ExamYiew Options E Question Types lolx Select the Examview question types you would like displayed in CPS The checked question types will be displayed in the Lessons list view on the Lessons tab The unchecked types will be filtered out 7 Matching W True False TF Matching E Short Answer e Modified True False Short Answer E Problem M Multiple Choice Problem Essay e BiMtodal Essay Case le YeztHo Case E O ther Numeric Response Other Restore Default Click this button to restore the default question types Standards Choose your state from the State pull down menu to set the standards to which CPS associates your questions Zoom Set the magnification level of the question in the CPS Content Delivery window Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS TF Completion Delivered az Verbal MES in TMA mode Delivered as erbal MES in TMA mode or Numeric with CPS AF pads Select All Restore Default Standards doom State TX kd vis dE 140 OF Figure 55 Setting ExamView options from the ExamView Options window NOTE If you import a numeric question with more than 12 characters into CPS CPS automatically changes the question type to subjective For more information on engaging ExamView lessons please se
23. Click KJ The CPS Session Setup window appears 5 Choose your session options For more information on the CPS Session Setup window options please see Engage Lessons 6 Click Start to begin the session ExamView lessons in CPS have a few extra buttons on the Feedback Grid For more information on ExamView specific buttons please see ExamView Buttons ExamView Buttons When you engage an ExamView lesson in CPS you have access to three special ExamView buttons in the Feedback Grid Read below for more information n NOTE All buttons will not be available on all questions The Narrative and Recalculate buttons will appear only on questions in ExamView lessons offering those options Zoom Button The Zoom button allows you to change the magnification of your question in the CPS Content Delivery window Narrative Button The Narrative button allows you to hide or show an associated Narrative on the CPS Content Delivery window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 151 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Recalculate Button The Recalculate button allows you to change the answer to a question and deliver that one question multiple times This button works with Preview Lessons You can engage a lesson in Preview mode to review students for a quiz When you use Preview mode CPS will not record any performance data To engage a lesson in Preview mode 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 From the lesson side selec
24. Click Save elnstruction To import these standards to your database please see Import Downloaded Standards CPS 4 0 Users Guide 68 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Create Standards Using the Standards Builder Using the Standards Builder function you can build one standard of questions from several pre existing standards For example if a Language Arts database has 32 standards in it each standard representing a chapter from a text you can create a mid term exam from the first six standards chapters without re typing all the questions You can also create a standard from multiple databases To create standards from the Standards Builder 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Standards tab UY Click A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Builder The Builder window opens showing the features listed below lol x C Documents and Settingssrachel hatt My Documents CFS Databases Standards 6th ES Target Standard 6th Grade Math Humber Question Stem Type Difficulty Dragged Questions Browse ES E Link C Cop J select Random Questions Lesson Standard Bth Grade cpt y Math E gt English ee Ay 6th Grade English El SS Objective 1 The stuc EF D 6 9 Reading wr B Draw on EN D Determine A F Distinguist E N 6 10 Reading c E a Objective 2 The stuc E s Objecte 3 The stuc H A Mhiective d The tua CAD ocumente and Settings rachel Hiatt by Documents CFS Databases Standar
25. Create a FastGrade lesson with the correct number of questions and answers to correspond with the scanner file s answer key 0 NOTE Be sure to include a unique identifier in the CPS Lesson Attributes window when creating the FastGrade lesson This unique ID should match the Test ID input into ScanTools I when recording scanner results Doing so will ensure consistency between the CPS lesson and imported scanner file 4 Click A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Create Scanner Session The Feature Activation dialog box appears prompting you to enter the activation key for the scanner feature 6 Us e th e key provi d e d with your CP S The scanner feature for this installation of The Classroom Performance System has not been activated If you received an activation key with your scanner please type it in the box labeled Activation Key below system from NC S P Carson Or c all The activation key that came with your scanner is only licensed for this installation of The Classroom Performance System If you would like to activate a scanner for other installations of The Classroom Performance System please call elnstruction at 1 888 333 4988 eInstruction at 888 333 4988 for an If you do not have an activation key you may purchase one by calling elnstruction at 1 888 333 4988 The activation key will only be licensed for this installation of The Classroom Performance System If you would activation key Once activated the Import like
26. Mi Connection option 1s unavailable from your Tools menu please Staff Information contact your IT Administrator and ask them to install the CPS Course Documents Connection Assignments 5 Click the Register Class button An 6 Choose your campus from the pull down menu a External Links 7 Type in a Class End Date te a ad Course Map S NOTE Make sure your class end date is in E Control Panel mm dd yy format 8 Enter your Instructor Setup Code If your institution uses one setup code the code will automatically appear in the Instructor Figure 99 Accessing the Setup Code field tool to link Blackboard to 9 Create a CPS Blackboard Connection Username and Password Alternatively enter your existing CPSOnline Username and Password in the fields provided NOTE If you change your Blackboard Instructor Username and Password your CPS Blackboard Connection Username and Password will not change CPS 4 0 Users Guide 85 Chapter 3 Creation Functions My Institution Courses Community Services Academic Web Resources The Web O Announcements elInstruction CPS Class etup Course Information Staff Information AMEN Please choose the campus for this course Aames Technical Institute y GS Class End Date mm ddiyy Comme nicat on E g s Di ee a a se NOTE You should enter the last day that students will need to use their CPS pads in your class discussion Boarc External Links Tools Ne
27. Report Title Create a title for your report Grading Period Select a Grading Period from the pull down menu only if available For more information on creating Grading Periods please see Using Grading Classes Report Title GA WHIST 3450 002 WHIST 3450 003 s Report from To Wednesday March 29 2006 y Friday May 12 2006 y d h Six Weeks Grading Perio Sixth Six We Students v Jane Addams v Susan B Anthony v Simon Bolivar Y Napoleon Bonaparte v Christopher Columbus v Marie Currie v Catherine De Medicis v Thomas Edison v Galileo Galilei v Martin Luther King Jr v Ferdinand Magellan v Gregor Mendel v Florence Nightingale v Kwame Nkrumah v Joan of Arc v Santiago Ramon Y Cajal v Adam Smith Y Select All Periods Preview Close Report From Use the Report From and To pull down menus to choose a date range for which you would like to view the report If you choose a Grading Period CPS automatically chooses the range of dates that correspond with the Grading Period 5 Click the Preview button The Print Preview window appears with your report 6 Review the report For more information on the specific reports available please see View Gradebook Reports 7 Click Close to exit out of the Print Preview window and return to the Gradebook tab Figure 250 Creating a gradebook report from the CPS Gradebook Reporting wind
28. The CPS Question 1 8 S Social Studies Author window appears OY 10th Grade Social Studies 11th Grade Exit Social Studies Sy Objective 1 The student will demonstrate an understanding of issues and events in U S history MSs 8 1 History The student understands traditional historical points of reference in U S history through 2 Click to op en the CP S Ms 8 4 History The student understands significant political and economic issues of the revolutionary e os 8 16 Government The student understands the American beliefs and principles reflected in the U S Que stion Standards window F igure a os US1 History The student understands traditional historical points of reference in U S history from 1 EF os US3 History The student understands the emergence of the United States as a world power betwe 1 3 The window shows all standards os US5 History The student understands significant individuals events and issues of the 1920s The A os US6 History The student understands the impact of significant national and international decisions within the S t an dar ds tab of your pu YR Objective 2 The student will demonstrate an understanding of geographic influences on historical issues E MSs Objective 3 The student will demonstrate an understanding of economic and social influences on historic datab ase E os US2 History The student understands the political economic and social changes in the United Ste os
29. The CPS RF receiver is a small square object that accepts radio frequency RF waves from response pads then transfers the information to CPS Reporting System The CPS Reporting System lets you access view and print performance data recorded during instructional sessions Reports Reports are CPS generated data from your sessions You can view the data in many different forms from the Reports section Reports tab One of the main CPS tabs From this tab you can generate reports organize and maintain your assessments import new assessments and re grade student assessments Response cycle The response cycle is the duration of time that students may respond with their pads The cycle begins when you click the Start button on the Feedback Grid and ends when you click the End button Response pad The response pad is the device that looks like a remote control When students press a button on the response pad the answer is sent by radio frequency RF or by infra red IR waves to the receiver The receiver then sends the information to CPS Rich Text Format A type of file format that allows you to transfer data from one program to another Rich Text files end in rtf CPS 4 0 Users Guide 274 Glossary S Session A session is any lesson that you engage from which performance data is gathered Session Setup The window that appears any time you choose to engage a lesson From this window you can change your delivery mode sele
30. Username and Password from the Po Spir i He asee VON A NS ERO Your instructor account information will Contact Information ei aes tab if you Edit your German Culture from an Historical Perspective i class CPS Import Class Wizard M Currently Active WebCT Classes Helpful Information Classes that are already in CPS will be synchronized instead of downloaded 5 Select your school from the pull down menu and click Next 6 Click the box next to the class you wish to import so that a T Select Al checkmark appears beside the class name Alternatively you may choose the Select All option to import all classes Cancel lt lt Back Newt gt gt 7 Click Next A pop up window Select the WebCT class you would like to import from the CPS Import appears Class Wizard Instruction CPS 4 0 Users Guide 267 Appendix C Third Party Add ins 8 Enter your WebCT username and password and click OK Your class will be imported to 9 CPS Click Done to close the Import Class Wizard and return to the Classes tab Export CPS Grades to WebCT After you deliver lessons and record performance data in CPS you can upload all of the data into your WebCT class You can upload data immediately after a lesson or later from the Reports or Gradebook tab 0 NOTE Instructors using CPS 3 6 or higher will be able to export CPS grades to WebCT CPS Session Setup Page 1 of 1 Engage List Lesson Names
31. ce ea A Ls Roper l 5 Select the students on whom Preview Close you want to generate a report Figure 196 Generating reports from the CPS Reporting window Reports include only performance data from students with a check mark by their name You can select every student using the Select All option or Filter out students who didn t respond by selecting that option 6 Select a report type 7 Click Preview A Print Preview window opens and displays the report CPS 4 0 Users Guide 171 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 8 Click the Views button in the left column of the Print Preview window and use the four icons there to see different views of the report These icons also appear in the toolbar 9 To exit the Print Preview window click the Close button on the left end of the toolbar 10 Click the Close button on the Reporting window to get back to the Reports tab Choose Reports CPS uses student performance data to provide you with 24 different types of reports You can generate these reports from the Reports tab in CPS For more information on generating a report please see Generate Reports This section will provide you with information on each type of report available in CPS Reports fall into three major categories Class Reports Individual Reports Export Reports Class Reports Class reports give general information about the overall class performance While these reports may also give some information on each ind
32. in the side toolbar which accesses reports available in the open database for the selected class Pop up calendars at the bottom of the window from which you can select View from and to dates of the delivery sessions from which you want to view grade results The Grading Period semester term quarter of the class you are viewing Icons on the main toolbar for New Edit Delete Export Choose Upload Create Attendance and Gradebook Setup Use the CPS Gradebook When you create classes in CPS CPS can store your students grades in the Gradebook tab This section will show you how to Create a gradebook Manage Assessments Manage Class Info Manage Reports Create a Gradebook The CPS Gradebook is a multi function tool that will help you organize maintain and evaluate your students performance This section describes three different ways in which you can create your Gradebook Create Gradebook through Session Setup Quick Setup and Grade Export Advanced Gradebook Options Create Gradebook from Session Setup You can add classes and grades to your CPS Gradebook through the CPS Session Setup window When you use the Include in Gradebook option from the CPS Session Setup window CPS adds the session s performance data to the Gradebook To create a gradebook from session setup 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson or lessons you would like to engage For more
33. information in the Roster Demographics window The figure on page 189 shows Question 10 as a bar chart in the question response view with only male respondents Slice by Comparison Sessions Y ou can slice performance data using two or more sessions You will need to have at least two sessions in the Reports tab to slice with multiple sessions To slice performance data with multiple sessions 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For 11 15 2005 11 31 02 AM Unit 1 Root Words more information on accessing the E 11 15 2005 1 32 31 PM Unit 1 Root Words 11 16 2005 11 08 24 AM Literary Poll 6 0 11 16 2005 11 34 27 AM Literary Poll CP S Charting window please See a 11 30 2005 1 06 49 PM Unit 1 onesie 1 1 E E 4 26 2006 3 02 12 PM Unit 1 Root Words Access the CP S Chartin window E 4 26 2006 3 10 21 PM Unit 1 Root Words 3 From the CPS Charting window click 427 2 eaoseam unt Roa Wade 4 27 2008 9991264 Options A pop up menu appears de 12 2085 10020 Aldao 4 Choose Add Sessions The CPS Choose Sessions for Charting window appears 5 Select the sessions or specific questions you would like to use to slice performance data ol eens 6 Click OK to return to the CPS Figure 230 Choosing additional sessions for the CPS Charting window Charting window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 192 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance F
34. is based on the amount of land that could be plowed in one day by a team of The world s largest pyramid is 177 feet tall and covers 15 acres Where is it located Most industries can be classified as primary secondary or tertiary Mining and fishing are examples of which kind of industry Going from the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific Ocean through the Panama Canal what is your direction of travel East or W Of the 10 highest mountains in the U S how many are in Alaska What is the largest body of fresh water in the world The mainland U S is approximately 3000 miles from east to west and so is China The U S has 4 time zones How many ti l i ee ee d ee Link Browse Dragged Questions Lessons Standards E 14 6th Grade cps Number Question Stem Difficulty E English E Math E Science Social Studies C Documents and Settingstrachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases Standards 6th Grade cps Figure 30 Creating lessons using the Lesson Builder The top pane is the target lesson the lesson to which you are adding questions The top Browse button allows you to alter the target lesson The bottom Browse button allows you to select a source database cps file from which to copy or link questions The bottom left pane lists the lessons available in the database shown directly above it You can also build from the standards in this open database The bottom right pane is a list of
35. you vel be prompted to login to CPSOnkne when CPS starts ii you mead help vaih pour uramama and password pema contact tenane This username and password it used to connect to CPS Orie indcales a required iid Prompt lor Log al Startup 7 I Hesi gt gt Figure 16 Enter your CPSOnline Username and Password CPS 4 0 Users Guide 241 Appendix A REAP CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard 4 Select Yes to sync your class Figure 17 Click Next to continue 1 Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 17 Sync your class with CPSOnline in the CPSOnline Login Wizard CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard 5 Select the class es you would like to sync To select all classes click the box next to the Select All option so that a checkmark appears Figure 18 Click Next to continue CPS connects with CPSOnline and syncs your class roster Figure 18 Select classes to sync in the CPSOnline Login Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 242 Download Assessments ie Za Choose Yes to download any new assessments Figure 19 Click Next to continue Select the assessments you would like to download Figure 20 Click Next to continue CP downloads the assessments from CPSOnline Appendix A REAP CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard 3 215 x m Download Assessments sp Would you like to download new or existing assessments Helpful Information E Move your mouse over
36. 5 Reporting Functions Re grade Students Y ou can alter a student s grade on an assessment by re grading the student s correct answers in the assessment To re grade a student 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the assessment that contains numeric questions you would like to regrade and click 2 The CPS Assessment Options window appears For more information on the CPS Assessment Options window please see Edit Assessments 4 Click the Re grade Students button The CPS Edit Session Students window appears CPS Edit Session Student fou can update each student s grade in this session Session Last Name First Marne 4 Ll Patricia ia a LT Bek a Margaret Charlotte Robert Louis 4 s O A ao emo ejole la s o sh x OF Cancel Figure 191 Re grading students from the CPS Edit Session Student window 5 Click the box that corresponds with the question number and student name you would like to mark correct When you click the box a checkmark appears To mark a student s answer incorrect click a box with a checkmark so that the checkmark disappears 6 Click OK to save your changes and return to the CPS Assessment Options window 7 Click OK in the CPS Assessment Options window to return to the Reports tab CPS will reflect your changes in the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 167 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Edit Assessments Af
37. 93 Classes tab Take Absent Present Attendance 216 Classroom Manager Export Report 179 CPS Challenge Board 105 106 107 109 110 Add Questions 109 Create 107 Delete 110 Edit 109 Engage 156 Remove Questions 110 CPS Connection Building Block 85 102 270 CPS database 9 CPS Database Create new 9 Export 12 Open 11 Password protect 10 CPS Delivery Options window 114 115 127 128 129 Feedback Grid tab 143 Receiver tab 141 Student Managed tab 140 Teacher Managed tab 128 276 Team Activities tab 145 CPS Engage toolbar 83 116 149 CPS FastGrade window 18 19 CPS IR System 113 IR Receiver Unit 113 IR Response Pad 113 CPS Overview 7 CPS Performance Question Wizard 44 45 46 47 CPS Question Author window 16 19 20 21 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 38 39 40 45 68 71 73 74 227 229 CPS Response System 112 Components 112 Session Setup 115 Setup 114 CPS RF System 113 CPS Session Setup window 45 72 73 82 83 116 117 121 122 125 126 127 147 148 149 150 Class 148 Create Attendance 148 Export to Question Grid 148 Include in Gradebook 148 Max Points 148 Session Category 148 CPS Databases folder 10 CPSOnline Login 13 Higher Ed Login 15 K 12 Login 13 CPSOnline Registration Proxy Tool 83 Create Class window 82 Create Questions with Graphics 27 Data Slicing 182 By Comparison Sessions 192 By Demographics 191 Data Slicing Report 175 Deliver
38. A a 12 16 2005 indicates a required field will be retained for eri IV Enable Notification Date the next semester New Nofication Date 8 22 2005 e j e Epler CES instruction Sessions Click the box next to the Bn Uploaded CPS Sessions option so Figure 109 Recycling a Higher Ed class from the CPS Class Information that a checkmark window appears When a checkmark appears next to the Uploaded CPS Sessions option your recycled CPSOnline class will still contain your uploaded CPS sessions from the previous semester New Start Date Use the pull down menu to view a pop up calendar Select a new class start date Remember Students cannot register for your class until the start date New End Date Use the pull down menu to view a pop up calendar Select a new end date for the class Enable Notification Date Click the box next to the Enable Notification Date option to remove the checkmark If the checkmark is there you will receive an email from eInstruction regarding every student who registers for your class after the notification date For example some instructors use this function to notify them when students enroll after regular enrollment dates New Notification Date Use the pull down menu to view a pop up calendar Set your new notification date 7 Click Recycle to recycle your CPSOnline class 8 Click Done to close the CPS Class Information window and return to the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 94 Ch
39. Activities E ngage Le ro sons H PowerPoint uf Examiview German 4250 database in Lessons tab y Classes N umber Title Question Stem pa Reports Bal Gradebook Lt Type Standards CPS 4 0 Users Guide 248 Appendix A REAP Y ou can add lessons questions and team activities to your database once you have created it Create a CPSOnline Class Once you ve created your database you will need to create a class A CPS class consists of a roster of the students names and pad ID numbers and may also contain student ID numbers When you engage a lesson students answer the questions using the response pads and CPS saves performance data for each student When you sync your class with CPSOnline you can make student grades class lessons and class performance results available online Follow the steps below to create and sync a CPSOnline class 0 NOTE If you teach multiple sections of a class you must create a separate CPSOnline class for each section Follow the steps below to create a CPSOnline class Hapial iridata 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Pleads choose The bpo dl mba baky Higher Education Includes 2 Open the Classes tab E o A S EE el eae a and PE A vfs nore Peli 3 Click the New icon from the classes 6 Higher Educator 12 Ices erty mii E side left side of the tab The CPS Mii New Class Wizard will appear 4 Choose Higher Education and click Next 5 Choose Yes
40. CPS Save your results up to this point and shut down CPS entirely Close End the delivery session and return to the main CPS window Engage Multiple Lessons If you engage a lesson in Student Managed Assessment or Student Managed Practice mode you can engage more than one lesson at a time Engaging multiple lessons is especially helpful when you would like to use multiple versions of a test To engage multiple lessons 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a lesson you would like to engage and click EA The CPS Session Setup window appears 4 Click LJ to open a second panel of the CPS Session Setup window The second panel contains a list of all your lessons available in the Lessons tab of CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 149 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 5 Double click on the name of any additional lesson in the second panel that you would like to engage The name of that lesson appears in the Engage List window of the CPS Session Setup window You can engage as many additional lessons as you would like 6 Click Start to engage your lessons If you chose Student Managed Assessment Page 2 of the CPS Session Setup window will appear so that students can indicate which lesson or test version they will answer NOTE If you are using a second generation RF system you will not see Page 2 of the CPS Session Setup window students will choose their test version number on their resp
41. Class 104 Lessons 43 Reports 181 Standards 76 Professional Development Seminars 5 Progress Report 210 Question Author toolbar 20 21 28 29 30 31 32 Question Finder 40 Question Finder window 41 Question Grid Export Report 178 Question Note window 26 27 Question Report 173 question side 16 67 Question Template 21 QuickStart 147 QuickStart Setup window 147 Radio Frequency System 113 REAP Download Assessments 170 Re assign Categories to Questions 164 Receiver tab 141 Change RF Receiver Settings 143 Detect CPS Receiver Settings 142 Manually Override Receiver Settings 142 Turn Off Response Pads 142 Re grade Assessments 163 Re grade Numeric Questions 165 Re grade Questions 163 Re grade Students 167 Report Card Summary 212 Reporting System 161 Reports 8 AEIS IT Export Report 179 All Data Export Report 180 Classroom Manager Export Report 179 Data Slicing 182 Data Slicing Report 175 Generate 171 Instructory Summary Report 172 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Index InteGrade Pro Export Report 181 Item Analysis Report 174 Item Analysis with Standards Report 174 LMS Export Report 180 OnTrack Export Report 179 Opinion Survey Report 175 Post Report 180 Print 181 Question Grid Export Report 178 Question Report 173 Response Data Export Report 180 Response Report 173 Session Data Export Report 178 Standards Analysis Report 174 Star Chart Report 176 Study Guide Class
42. Click the File menu and choose Import Database The Import Gth Grade can Packaged Database window appears Fies of ype Packaged CPS Files SO Cancel 4 Browse through your computer until you find the database you would like Figure 7 Importing a database from the Import to import Packaged Database window 0 NOTE Only databases with a cxm file extension exported XML files will be available for import 5 Click Open CPS will begin to import your database This process may take up to several minutes depending on the amount of information in your database All of your data will be stored in the proper tab 1 e lessons will be in the Lessons tab team activities in the Team Activities tab and so on You will be able to edit your imported data just like any other lesson standard class team activity or gradebook entry in your database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 12 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Login to CPSOnline CPSOnline is the online component of CPS CPS connects to CPSOnline to send data to administrators or to manage higher education classes This section will show you how to Login to CPSOnline for K 12 Instructors Login to CPSOnline for Higher Ed Instructors K 12 CPSOnline Login A E Institution Type Helpful Information As a K 12 instructor you will use CPSOnline when your school or district gp EAE loa banda Higher Educator Ices adopts REAP For more information on Ee AN REAP please see Appen
43. Connect the CPS receiver unit to your computer and install CPS The installation CD is packaged in a CPS for Higher Education booklet that contains your installation instructions 2 Use the Create a CPS Database instructions to create your CPS database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 246 Appendix A REAP 3 Use the Create a CPSOnline Class instructions to create a CPSOnline class 4 Use the Student Instructions on the last two pages of this document to enroll a sample student O NOTE To use CPS in your class es you will need to install CPS on the classroom computer Once your students have enrolled in your CPSOnline class you can download your class roster to that computer Some instructors choose to download their class roster in their office and bring it to class on removable media such as a Zip drive or USB drive O NOTE You can use the enrollment code in your test kit only once If you choose to test the system before your next semester please email techsupp elnstruction com or call us at 888 333 4988 at that time Have your School Bookstore Order Response Pads Before a school term begins have the bookstore order the appropriate number of student response pads per your class enrollment eInstruction will create your school s CPSOnline site After we have created your school s CPSOnline site you will be ready to create your CPSOnline virtual classroom using the CPS Class Wizard If your school s site is not yet available pleas
44. Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Percent Correct To display the percentage of students who correctly answered a question click the box next to the Show Percent Correct option so that a checkmark appears Hide Percent Correct To hide the percentage of students who correctly answered a question click the box next to the Show Percent Correct option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 134 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Show Correct Answer The Show Correct Answer option displays the correct answer to the question in the CPS Content Delivery window after you end the response cycle Which root word means to close A clud B clus C clau D All of the above eS Question 3 Unit 1 Root Words ex 7 a E Cumulative Question git Correct Correct Ol amas Y 50 MN 50 Figure 161 CPS Content Delivery window with the Show Correct Answer option ON To access the Show Correct Answer option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Correct Answer To display the correct answer to a question in the CPS Content Delivery window click the box next to the Show Correct Answer option so that a checkmark appears Hide Correct Answer To hide the correct answer to a question in the CPS Content Delivery window click the box next to the S
45. Functions Click 2 The CPS Assessment Options window opens This window is identical to the New Assessment Options window except that you cannot edit this assessment for another class Edit title for the assessment if you wish in the x Assessment Title text box Assessment Title Date 9 14 2005 Select another Assessment Category 1f you a o wish Assessment Category Max Points Curve Edit the maximum point value the class Class Paricipaton M NO session 1s worth if you wish in the Max ias Points text box Edit the Curve value to add ai to grades if any Re grade Option Multiply the assessment grade using the Use the re grade options to change correct answers omit A A questions from pour assessment or edit student answers Assessment Multiplier feature By entering g 4 Re grade Questions Re grade Students the number you wish to multiply each grade ere tee E by you can have assessments count twice Comment three times or as many times as you would like Change correct answers or omit questions from O AA your assessment using the Re grade button For Doa cla lla san more information on re grading questions or students please see Re grade Questions or Re E Cancel grade Students S Add any comments to describe the new Figure 245 Editing an assessment from assessment the CPS Assessment Options window Click OK Edit individual student grades from the Assessment view CPS updates each student s
46. Information 7 Click the Done button to return to the Classes tab Troubleshooting If you are having trouble syncing your class with CPSOnline Blackboard or WebCT Vista be sure you are connected to the Internet You can verify this by trying to connect to other sites such as www elnstruction com or www yahoo com Print your username and password and put them a safe place for reference You can print them from your Welcome Email by clicking File and then Print from your Internet browser menu If you cannot find your school s site from the list of available CPSOnline schools please contact eInstruction at 888 707 6819 so that we may create the site for you CPS 4 0 Users Guide 254 Appendix A REAP CPSOnline Higher Ed FAQ Describe the scalability of your system from small classes 20 or 30 students to large auditorium classes 500 e The RF system can scale to support up to 1000 students with one USB receiver and can receive 1000 responses in less than 10 seconds no wiring of classrooms necessary The IR system can handle classes up to 60 students Is your system proprietary as far as the handheld device and the operating system software 5 I Yes By providing a total solution the university has a single source for software hardware support and training If technical issues arise we never want to put our customers in a scenario where the issues are someone else s problem e I Tf a license agreement exist
47. Last Name Email Address Phone Ext Teacher Code Helpful Information To create an account you must enter your first name last name and an email address A Teacher Code can be used as a unique indentifier for your school s management system Teacher Codes are not saved to CPSOnline e t ti Changing the face of education lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 6 Enter your contact information in the CPS New Class Wizard Enter your class information Figure 7 Class Name the title for this class roster required Course Number the school assigned course number for this class optional Section the school assigned section number for this class optional Period the school period during which time you Classroom Number the room number in which you teach the class optional teach this class optional Semester the semester in which you teach this class optional Campus the name of your school campus optional CPS New Class Wizard a r Class Information QA Please enter the following information about your class Teacher Class Name Course Number Section Period Semester Campus Classroom Number T Make this a CPSDnline class An Instructor Setup Code is required Helpful Information E To create a class you need a teacher and a class name CPSOnline is
48. ME Check SX AutoLink futoFIll a Options pi p rE A WebCT eInstructor Institution Log In Entry Page Check Browser Help User name gt We highly recommend that you perform a browser check before logging in to ensure your computer is properly configured to use Password A Pia 3 y P RESPE g Run a Browser Check Pop up Blockers To view a list of available courses or to create an account visit the WebCT Entry Page Forgot your password Receive your This site makes use of pop up windows If you have a pop up user name and a new password via e mail _ blocker installed please disable it for this site WebCT Instructor Login page 2 Select the link for your WebCT Course Section that you would like to create in CPS 3 Click the Build tab and click the Basic View tab 4 Click the More Tools link on the left hand menu A link for you to create your class in CPS will appear below If you do not see a link please contact your IT Administrator and ask them to set up the CPSOnline Registration Proxy Tool Click on the link 6 Click the appropriate button to create a new class or edit an existing class Skip step 7 if you are editing an existing class 7 Create a class Title Click the Register Class button to create your class 9 Complete the required fields in the next screen N A NOTE If you change your WebCT Instructor Username and Password your CPS WebCT Connection
49. Merge Sessions From the Reports tab you can merge two existing sessions together to create one new session Merging sessions 1s particularly helpful when you give make up sessions and do not want to have two separate sessions with the same data For example let s say you give Test A on Wednesday and two students in your class are absent On Friday the two students are back at school and need to take the test Engage Test A on Friday the same way you engaged Test A on Wednesday and have the two students enter their responses You can then merge Wednesday s session and Friday s session for Test A together to create one session with all of your students answers You can merge several types of sessions with the session merge feature The table on the next page shows you which sessions you can and cannot merge O NOTE You cannot merge sessions from SMP mode CPS 4 0 Users Guide 161 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Table 2 Available session types to merge Session Type Session Type Il TMA single session TMA single session SMA single session SMA single session TMA multiple session TMA multiple session When you merge two multi lesson sessions you must use the same class roster and he lesson s standard s must be in identical order This is an exception to the identical rule where you can have two different sources or lessons and the result will be a combination of the two 0 NOTE Two lessons including the
50. N C change your default font o Ta Cent Condense 1 Click the Settings menu item A pop 10 Webdings pa up menu appears Effects Sample 2 Choose Default Font The Font ee aaBbyyze window appears a 3 Adjust the style size or color in this EE Black r Script dialog box pa El 4 Click OK to save your new default font Figure 36 Setting the default font from the Font window Change the Font of a Single Question or Answer You can also alter the font you use to create questions in the CPS Question Author window To change the font of a single question or answer l Ze 3 Highlight the question and or answer text in the CPS Question Author window Alternatively you can click the Format menu item and choose the Select All command Click the Format menu Click Font Color Subscript or Superscript A dialog box appears Adjust to your preference Changes to the font style apply only to highlighted text 0 NOTE If you use the Superscript or Subscript option and then decide to undo that special format select that text again and choose the opposing option from the Format menu For example if you have subscripted text that you want to restore to the default font style highlight that text click Format and select the Superscript command CPS 4 0 Users Guide 39 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Add a Special Character Also included in the CPS Question Author window is the ability to add special characters to your questi
51. NOTE If you Currently Active WebCT Classes m Helpful Information change your WebCT bor Po Please select the classes you would like to import from E bi EEN SEE O AE A Instructor Username WebCT be downloaded along with the classes an d Passwor d your and their students 2 El CPS WebCT C Section 002 Connection Section 002 Classes that are already in CPS will be synchronized instead o downloaded Username and Password will not change You can change your CPS WebCT Connection Username and Password from the Contact Information l Select All Instruction tab if you Edit your Eme lt lt Back Newt gt gt class Select the WebCT class you would like to import from the CPS Import Class Wizard 5 Select your school from the pull down menu and click Next 6 Click the box next to the class you wish to import so that a checkmark appears beside the class name Alternatively you may choose the Select All option to import all classes 7 Click Next A pop up window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 263 Appendix C Third Party Add ins 8 Enter your WebCT username and password and click OK Your class will be imported to CPS 9 Click Done to close the Import Class Wizard and return to the Classes tab Export CPS Grades to WebCT After you deliver lessons and record performance data in CPS you can upload all of the data into your WebCT class You can upload data immediately after a lesson or later
52. Period from the drop down list in the bottom right corner Use the Assessment toolbar buttons to Class Info view grades for the Last Name First Name Addams Jane Anthony IE usan B Bolivar Simon Bonaparte Napoleon Columbus Christopher Currie Marie De Medicis Catherine Edison Thomas Galilei Galileo Ghandi Mohandas He Zheng Khan Kublai King Jr Martin Luther Magellan Ferdinand Mendel Gregor Nightingale Florence Nkrumah Kwame of Arc Joan Ramon Y Cajal Santiago Smith Adam 4 Reports View from wed Mar 29 2006 y to Fri May 12 2006 y Fourth Six Weeks Fifth Six Weeks isth Six Weeks Grading Period Sixth Six Weeks selected class during the selected grading Figure 240 Viewing the gradebook by Grading Period period Simply click whichever assessment category you would like to view The class grades for the selected category and Grading Period appear in table form with the selected assessment category as column headers CPS 4 0 Users Guide 202 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions View Data by Calendar Function Y ou can view a small sub section of the gradebook using the Calendar Function in the Gradebook tab To view specific dates in your gradebook Septembe
53. PowerPoint Weimar Republic Export immediately after lesson You can export the results of your performance data to Modes WebCT automatically after you finish a lesson Follow Teacher Managed Assessment s C Student Managed Assessment the steps below to automatically export your A performance data O O l Open CPS to the Lessons tab Title WeimerRepubic 2 Select the lesson you would like to engage een ae 3 Engage your lesson by clicking the Engage Automatically Upload I Exportto Question Grid Lesson s icon The CPS Session Setup window Session Ciass Participation ES appears Max Points 100 4 Click the box next to Automatically Upload so y o Se that a checkmark appears beside the option F Autome Koen 5 Class Section 002 Create 5 Engage your lesson as you normally would Es all E After your lesson is complete CPS will automatically export the performance data to WebCT Export later You can choose to export your data to WebCT at a later time Follow the steps below to export your performance data l Ze gt na ea ae Open CPS to the Lessons tab Select the lesson you would like to engage Engage your lesson by clicking the Engage Lesson s icon The CPS Session Setup window appears Make sure the box next to the Automatically Upload option does not have a checkmark beside it Engage your lesson as you normally would Click the Reports tab when you are ready to upload your lesson H
54. Question 1 39 i 0 1 Edit Numeric Answers E 1 Responded Question 2 Iv C E E i r 1 Responded 1 100 O 0 0 0 0 0 Question 3 E El m i M 1 Responded 1 0 0 0 1 100 2 O 0 Question 4 Iv E E C E DT 1 Responded 1 100 2 O 0 0 05 O 0 Question 5 5 r f Edit Numeric Answers 1 Responded Question 6 Iv C Click the Edit Numeric Answers button The CPS Numeric Answer Options window appears Se m Make your changes in the CPS Numeric Answer Options window and click OK to save your changes pa Answer This box allows you to change the answer eL of the numeric question Answers that fall within the range of 3 9 This box allows you to change the Margin of UG Gs Error for the question Correct Answers This box lists all answers given for the question To have CPS count an answer as correct click the box next to the answer so that a checkmark appears Make Subjective This button allows you to change the question type to a subjective question In the CPS Re grade Assessment window click OK to Make Subjective ok Cancel save your changes and return to the CPS Assessment Select All Options window Figure 190 Changing the options Click OK in the CPS Assessment Options window to Ora RUMONGE iene CPS l Numeric Answer Options window return to the Reports tab CPS will reflect your changes in the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 166 Chapter
55. Question Graphic Right 23 MC4 Question Graphic Answer Graphics 23 MC4 Question Graphic Right Big 23 MC4 Question Graphic Right Big II 23 MC4 Question Graphic Right Small 23 278 MCS5 Answer Graphics 23 MCS Answer Graphics II 23 MCS No Graphics 23 MCS No Graphics Big Question 24 MCS Question Graphic Mid 24 MCS Question Graphic Right 24 MCS Question Graphic Right Big 24 MCS Question Graphic Right Small 24 MC6 No Graphic 24 MC6 Question Graphic 24 MC7 No Graphics 24 MC7 Question Graphic 24 MC8 No Graphics 24 MC8 Question Graphic 24 Merge Sessions 161 Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts 4 New Class Wizard 80 81 82 89 New Features 5 Access WebCT Blackboard from CPS 6 Blackboard Connection 6 Create Attendance Sessions 6 Data Slicing and Charting 6 ExamView 5 Support 6 K 12 RF Support 6 Random Student Selector 5 There It Is SMA Mode 5 XML Import Export 12 Notes Add 27 Notification Date 94 Numeric No Graphics 24 Numeric Question Graphic 25 OnTrack Export Report 179 OnTrack Files 100 Opinion Survey Report 175 Osiris Files Import 98 Update 99 Password Protect your Database 10 Passwords Function Disable 11 Enable 11 Pentamation Files Import 97 Update 98 Performance Question 24 See Subjective Question Post Report 180 PowerPoint 54 Engage presentation 158 Engage with CPS lesson 159 Practice mode 8 113 122 123 124 125 148 149 Print
56. RA ox Pa nis JS Automatically Upload Attendance 5B me Default Class Create al Cancel Back Next gt Start Associate Dynamic Standards to Figure 135 Choosing Teacher Managed uestions Assessment mode from the CPS Session Setup window 6 Click Start The CPS Engage toolbar appears Use the CPS Engage toolbar to navigate through the session and engage students in the lesson For more information on using the CPS Engage toolbar please see Engage Lessons Student Managed Assessment Mode The Student Managed Assessment SMA mode lets you incorporate CPS lessons existing hard copy material or FastGrade lessons into one seamless activity that allows students to pace themselves For more information on creating and using FastGrade lessons please see Create FastGrade Lessons and Engage FastGrade Lessons To deliver a lesson in Student Managed Assessment mode 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson that represents the hand out either a lesson of questions or a FastGrade lesson CPS 4 0 Users Guide 116 4 de Click Erstes The CPS Session Setup window appears Select Student Managed Assessment mode NOTE If you select multiple lessons or standards to engage in Student Managed Assessment mode you can assign certain pad numbers to respond to selected lessons or standards Click Start to begin the Student Managed Assessment Depending on the ty
57. Response Pad CPS 4 0 Users Guide 113 Chapter 4 Engage Functions The K 12 RF System works with K 12 RF response pads and a receiver unit One receiver unit can handle up to 300 response pads The response pads also have an LCD screen which allows students to view their answers before sending them to CPS OHDH95 003595 Me Pb L Figure 132 Using Second Generation RF System the K 12 RE The next generation of eInstruction radio frequency technology will be available Response Pad in the Fall of 2006 The Gen 2 RF System includes all the features of the first generation RF system as well as new capabilities With the Gen 2 System instructors can Auto Join Higher Ed classes See the response pad serial number Higher Ed Indicate the correct answer on the response pad Hide answers on the response pad Create equations using symbols decimal space X Y Engage students in self paced testing eliminating the need for a projector and bubble sheets Engage students for Higher Ed or K 12 Figure 133 Using the Gen Setup the Response System 2 RF Response Pad CPS requires very little setup to begin engaging students This section will show you how to use the receiver unit and make sure the connection between the receiver and CPS works Plug in the Receiver unit Setting up the response system is very easy Simply plug your response pad USB cable into an available USB port on your com
58. School of Medicine please contact elnstruction at Ee id 888 333 4988 Click Next to i e o continue Universi of Oklahoma Instruction 7 Create or enter your Username and Password 8 Select your institution from the emea lt lt Back Newt gt gt pull down menu Click Next to Figure 92 Entering or creating your CPSOnline Username continue or Password for a Higher Ed class 9 Click Next to create your class or click Back to edit your class information 10 Click Done to close the CPS New Class Wizard and return to the Classes tab CPS will syne your class with CPSOnline and create your class You will have access to your CPSOnline class through CPS For information on recycling your CPSOnline class for subsequent terms please refer to Recycle a Higher Ed Class Create a Quick K 12 Class The Class Wizard lets you create a class as you are delivering a session This on the fly class contains the pad ID values specific to the number of students participating in the session so you can quickly generate a a Mak e class with only 6 pad IDs 32 pad IDs or up to 2000 pad IDs 074m The Class Wizard also saves any class generated during a sede delivery session into the database you have open so the class aio i 2 She anaged Ascossment is available from the Classes tab any time you want to use it C TeacherLed Student Managed Assessment again Studeni Managed Practice 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Tate Found
59. The name of the open database is the first item listed in the left window Beneath that are parent level standard names If a parent level standard name has child level standards a plus symbol appears next to the parent standard name Click that plus symbol to see all child level standards The right window bottom in horizontal view lists all of the questions from any highlighted standard name We refer to this as the question side When you highlight the database name all standards and the number of questions in the standards display in the question side When you highlight a standard name from the left window all questions for that standard and any child level standards display on the question side The question side also displays the number of questions the type of question and its difficulty level This section will show you how to Create standards and standard questions Download standards from elnstruction Edit Standards Import Standards Associate Dynamic Standards with questions Create Standards You can create your own standards to associate with your lessons To create a standard 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Standards tab Parent District_Coordinator cps Title Math Standard UY Click A pop up menu appears 4 Choose New then Standard The CPS de Standard Attributes window appears E The window displays the database or z standard name under which the new pe an F sta
60. Top Score window Close the window to return to the Question Delivery window Engage PowerPoint Presentations You can engage PowerPoint presentations from CPS This section will show you how to Engage a PowerPoint presentation Engage CPS lessons with a PowerPoint presentation Engage a PowerPoint Presentation You can engage a PowerPoint presentation within CPS To engage a PowerPoint presentation 1 2 Double click on the PowerPoint Open CPS to the Lessons tab folder to view all available presentations For information on importing PowerPoint adi presentations to CPS please see l EL Import PowerPoint Presentations GS Select the presentation and click Engage Lessons The CPS Session Setup window appears Choose your session options and click Start Your presentation will appear with the Engage toolbar at the bottom of your screen Figure 183 Engaging a PowerPoint presentation in CPS 0 NOTE You can engage PowerPoint presentations only in Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on Teacher Managed Assessment mode please see Teacher Managed Assessment Mode CPS 4 0 Users Guide 158 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 5 Press any key on your keyboard to begin your presentation NOTE If you would like to ask a Verbal Question use the Chalkboard feature or select a random student choose the appropriate button from the Engage toolbar 6 Click the Close button on the Engage toolbar aft
61. Username and Password will not change 10 Click the Submit button to return to the WebCT Build tab and Basic View Your class 1s now available for import into CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide Basic View Power View 7 C Add to Course Toolbar Course Toolbar tools always visible Y Toolbar Settings Go to y gt Add to Home Page O Assessments gt fi Assignments gt Chat and Whiteboard B Content File gt Discussions Eh Learning Module Media Library Collection gt Organizer Page EA SCORM Module i Syllabus URL More Tools gt E Tool Overview 3 Course Customization Selective Release Map 262 Appendix C Third Party Add ins WebCT Build Basic View Create CPSOnlineRegistration LOCAL Title English 4250 Register Class Cancel Required field You will be able to access your class from the Build tab under the Basic View tab Import your Class to CPS Now that your WebCT class is linked you will need to import the class to CPS If your institution has enabled the option student names will be imported along with other roster information Follow the steps below to import your class to CPS 1 Open CPS to the Classes tab 2 Click on the Import icon The Import Class Wizard appears 3 Choose WebCT from the list of file types 4 Enter your CPS WebCT Connection username and password CPS Import Class Wizard
62. You can export an entire database with lessons standards team activities e a port Liafabase classes and the Gradebook using an XML format Follow the steps below TE T to export a database Save a Copy As 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon CACPS Databases Beta e 2 Open the database you would like to export C CPS_Databases gieta d 3 Click the File menu and choose Export Database The Package o 2nCPS Databasesibeta g and Export Database window appears CACPS DatabasesiBeta 4 Browse through your computer to find the location to which you C CP5_Databases Beta d would like to save your exported database e 7 CCPS DatabasesiBeta d 5 Type in a database name in the File name text box CACPS Databasesificta 6 Click Save to save your database as an XML file to your computer C CP5_Databases Beta d Figure 6 Exporting a database from the File menu Import a Database You can import a database in an XML format into a new or existing database Follow the steps below to import a database 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Import Packaged Database 2 Open the database into which you lookin ES PS Databeses El would like to import an existing EN E eth Grade2 cxm database Alternatively create a new imported Databases cgable cxm database For more information on Pot Images DCC cxm l 5P System Database creating a new database please see the EJ standards Create a New Database section 3
63. a class is imported into CPS review the student information from the Classes tab Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the DuPont file To learn more about editing a class please see Edit Class Information Import Classes from WebCT You can import your WebCT class into CPS by using the CPS WebCT Proxy Tool For more information on the CPS WebCT Proxy Tool please refer to CPS WebCT Proxy Tool or contact eInstruction at 888 333 4988 to speak with a Technical Sales Support Associate To import a WebCT class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Click Alternatively right click on the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class Wizard appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 101 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Choose WebCT and click Next Enter your CPS WebCT Username and Password and choose your CPS Import Class Wizard m Import Source Helpful Information 9 5 Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any institution from the pull down list n orton aho thet getting Click Next ie SE ea The CPSOnline and WebCT choices Select the WebCT class or classes Mee allow you to download mpos your you would like to import The other types of sources are files a that you will need to specify in the next Alternatively import all of your a available WebCT classes by l AAS npg at tecaignentc
64. a ge the or 888 333 4988 for additional help asses sment Select the end date for engaging this assessment e Sunday April 30 2006 End Date The last day E Instruction teachers may engage the Changing the face of education assessment 2 Click Next Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 17 Choose assessment dates 3 Choose the assessment access Assessment Access Options Helpful Information options Figure l 8 4 Select the access options below Changes made by teachers will only apply to their individual CPS files oe vine lint oo any information about that setting Allow teachers to edit Go to the next step in the wizard the lesson Allows teachers to add change or delete questions and lessons in the assessment Allow teachers to view the lesson s and question s Allow teachers to change the lesson s s question order You may contact elnstruction technical Allow teachers to view or 888 333 4988 lo addtional heb the lesson Allows Allow teachers to print the lesson s and question s teachers to view the e A questions and lessons Instruction before engaging the assessment Allow teachers to change Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt the lesson order Allows teachers to reorder questions or lessons in the assessment Figure 18 Select assessment access options Allow teachers to print the lesson Allows teachers to print the questions
65. a student response grid o Organize your presentations Instructors can organize all of your presentations along with your lessons class rosters attendance reports grades and student response reports all within CPS How does your company address disability accommodation for your product E All RF pads have Braille bumps capability on the pads Does your software limit the number of answers per question in tests or quizzes If it does what is the maximum question limit m I Students can enter only one answer per question However instructors can create questions with up to 8 multiple choice answers on PC and up to 5 multiple choice answers on the Mac CPS 4 0 Users Guide 258 Appendix A REAP Does your software provide for integrating multimedia video audio files If so please list the file format types supported e I CPS can support any audio video multimedia that is supported on the computer running CPS What has been your historic schedule for software releases and what pricing mechanism do you make available to your clients for upgrading E I We formally release CPS each June All upgrades are free We release multiple beta versions of CPS during a development cycle so that all released software in classroom tested Please describe your response pads e I We have an 8 button alpha IR pad Man We have an 18 button alpha numeric RF pad E 1 We will have an 18 button alpha numeric LCD RF pad fo
66. access via credit card or personal check or with their response pad via the college bookstore If students choose the credit card personal check option less expensive because there is no bookstore markup eInstruction does not maintain any credit card or personal check data after the transaction E Al transactions are secured by 128 1024 bit bank level encryption E 1 You can download the elnstruction Privacy Statement from http www einstruction com downloads Do any of your business partners collect personal information about students that use your technology E I No elnstruction business partners collect any personal information about students With what formats can test quiz questions be imported or exported 5 You can import test quiz questions into CPS from Microsoft PowerPoint ExamView XML and Microsoft Word RTF format E I You can export test quiz questions into Excel Word XML PDF HTML and TXT Is your system both Windows and Macintosh compatible If so please list the operating system versions with which it is compatible 4 I CPS is compatible with both Windows and Macintosh We support Windows 98 and higher and Mac OS X 10 2 8 and higher CPS 4 0 Users Guide 257 Appendix A REAP Does your system require the use of proprietary hardware or cabling especially between the receiver s and the computer Please describe how your system is configured e The RF system uses one USB receiver to s
67. any setting to see further information about that setting You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help Cancel 1 e nap Instruction Changing the face of education lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 19 Download assessments from the CPSOnline Login Wizard CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard lol xf m Download Assessments S Assessment Name Engage Date Pa Select the 4ssessment s from the list below and click Next to download them to your current CPS database American Colonization Quiz 04 12 2006 JROTC REAP Demo 04 05 2006 Helpful Information sE Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting This is a list of Assessments you may download from CPS Online You may select one or more and download by clicking the Next button below fou may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help Cancel e ad Instruction Changing the face of education lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 20 Select assessments to download from the CPSOnline Login Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 243 Appendix A REAP 3 Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS Your downloaded assessments appear in the Downloaded Assessments folder in the Lessons tab Figure 21 CPS C CPS
68. application and automatically save to the CPS folder on your hard drive Look at the word processing application s title bar to see the file name of the printout If you get a message indicating that a default viewer cannot see the questions please refer to Troubleshooting for more instructions NOTE If Microsoft Word is set to automatically view text and graphic files graphics associated with questions display as well as the text Other word processing programs may not be capable of displaying images 8 Review the file and make any layout adjustments 9 Click the File menu and the Print command CPS 4 0 Users Guide 76 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 10 Make sure you are connected to a printer and then click the OK button to print this standard You can close the word processing application and the standard you printed at any time 11 Return to the Reporting Preview window and click Close 12 In the CPS Print Questions window click the Close button to return to the Standards tab Import Standards Y ou can import standards to the Standards tab of your CPS database This section will show you how to Import standards from CPS databases Import downloaded standards Import Standards from CPS Databases CPS lets you import pre existing standards from other CPS databases The import feature will save you valuable time For example if you have a standard in a database for a marketing class that would be beneficial for
69. assessments to you that you cannot re grade For more information on using REAP please see Appendix A REAP pk Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the assessment you would like to regrade and click Z The CPS Assessment Options window appears For more information on the CPS Assessment Options window please see Edit Assessments CPS 4 0 Users Guide 163 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 4 Click the Re Grade Questions button The CPS Re Grade Assessments window appears The Correct Answers tab contains each question included in the session with a distributed number and percentage representing which answer options the class selected The correct answers that were previously selected will be represented by a check in each question s answer option box CPS Re grade Assessments Correct Answers Groups For each question in this Session use the check boxes to change the correct answer make multiple answers corect or omit the question from the scoring process entirely A T V B FIN Cc D F G H Omi h Question 5 B Iv C 20 Responded 0 Os 20 100 0 Des o 0 Question 6 I Bn a 20 Responded 14 702 0 0 3 15 3 15 Question a C E Iv 20 Responded 3 15 8 O 01 3 15 8 14 40 Question 6 E C m E 20 Responded 3 115 3 15 12 604 10 Question Y B Iv Ci C 0 Responded 2 1102 14 40 10 2 10 Question 10 T Ti al Fi 20 Responded 16 80 2 10
70. average as you type Delete Assessments You can delete any assessment from the Assessment view If you delete a CPS generated assessment you can no longer access the performance data from the Reports tab When you delete any assessment CPS automatically recalculates students averages without the deleted assessment 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab 3 Click the Assessments button on the left hand toolbar 4 Click the top column that contains the assessment you would like to delete 5 Click L2 A confirmation message appears 6 Click OK in the confirmation message to delete the assessment and return to the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 206 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Export Assessments You can export assessments in a class gradebook as a Comma Delimited csv file You can open the Comma Delimited file in Microsoft Excel or your computer s default spreadsheet application To export assessments from a class gradebook 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab 3 Click the Assessments button on the left hand toolbar 4 Choose which assessment s you want to include in your export by selecting from the assessment category icons on the left side of the screen Only the assessments that are showing in the assessment table at the time you click Export will be included in your export Make sure the grading period and date range that contain the assessme
71. beginning of each long semester Please check our website http www einstruction com support for extended hours Contact Information Email techsupp einstruction com Phone 888 333 4988 Training Information Professional Development Seminars http www einstruction com pds Online Training http www einstruction com training New Features in CPS 4 0 CPS 4 0 includes many new features that enable you to create a more fun and flexible learning environment Gen 2 Response System The Gen 2 response system works with radio frequency RF technology to create an new and improved system The Gen 2 response pads include Auto Join capabilities as well as a new multi function sym button for creating equations Random Student Selector The Random Student Selector allows you to set your options when randomly choosing students during an assessment You can choose how frequently a student is available to answer questions as well as the pool of students from your class that you choose There It Is SMA Mode The There It Is SMA mode allows you to engage students in a There It Is Activity using SMA mode In SMA mode students move through a set of questions at their own pace There It Is SMA mode also allows you to include one picture file jpg bitmap or gif file at the bottom of the SMA screen For example you could include a picture of an algebraic equation and ask the students to find the answer if X equals their ques
72. click Reports A pop up menu appears Choose Print Chart The Print window appears J Select the printer to which you would like to send the Figure 223 Printing a chart from the file CPS Charting window Click OK to print the chart and return to the CPS Charting window Save Chart as Graphic Print Chart CPS 4 0 Users Guide 188 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Show Multiple Charts You can view an individual chart for each question answer or category You can set the view for your charts from the Chart Responses option For more information on charting responses please see View Performance Data by Question View Performance Data by Answer or View Performance Data by Category To display multiple charts 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Show Multiple Charts A checkmark appears by the option The CPS Charting window changes to reflect your choice To view a single chart a Options Reports Chart Responses by Chart Type Cross Tabulation Show Questions and Categories Show Correct Show multiple charts Add session Retain Selections During Session Show Answer Legend Answer Legend Options Figure 224 Choosing the Show Multiple Charts option from the CPS Charting window
73. database formats If so please list which ones i CPS currently uses MS Access as its database You can import data into CPS from o Other CPS databases XML CSV Exam View MS Word documents or documents from other word processors O O O However we do not allow applications to access to our CPS files directly As we continue to develop CPS the format and structure of the application changes Because CPS changes we want to avoid burdening institutions and third parties by requiring constant upgrades Please describe the support levels you provide If you offer maintenance agreements please describe what is covered i eInstruction provides free technical support for students and instructors We have a large call center subdivided into two different groups an instructor group and a student group Access to these groups is available from 7AM to 6PM CST via a toll free number email and text chat Instructors and students can access Technical Support information and a Knowledge Base through the Tech Support website http www einstruction com support What is your company s history in providing this type of technology Please provide a client list especially higher education clients i eInstruction leads the industry with over 1 4 million response pads in the marketplace for K 12 Higher Ed and corporate training eInstruction also leads the market in Higher Ed with over 700 universities using CPS at various levels and two doz
74. e Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 9 Confirm your school information in the CPS New Class Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 237 Appendix A REAP 3 Create a Username and Password _CPS New Class Wizard for CPSOnline Figure 10 Click ole Next to continue fy e Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 10 Create a CPSOnline Username and Password in the CPS New Class Wizard CPS New Class Wizard 4 Choose your grade and subject information from the pull down menus Click Next to continue Figure 11 English Language_Arts Foreign_Language istory Mathematics Science Social_Studies ls e Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 11 Choose Grade and Subject information from the CPS New Class Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 238 Appendix A REAP 5 Select CPSOnline class options Click Next to continue Figure l CPS New Class Wizard m Online Class Options Helpful Information 12 y gt o Please change any of the options below for your class By default each uploaded session has a viewable study guide that allows a student to see the session questions and his her answers as well as the correct answers Online Study Guide a study guide for each assessment uploaded to this class available by default To choose which assessments should have study guides available online click the Ask me for each session
75. elementary middle and high schools Other May include a business Other military or non profit organization e Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel Next gt gt Figure 58 Creating a SEARCH account from the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard 7 Enter your Instructor Setup Code eInstruction will provide you with this m Your Instructor Setup Code Helpful Information 5i code before you create your account a OS Y ESO UCIN S RUD EGUR For more information please contact If you do not have an Instructor Setup elnstruction support at 888 333 4988 or i by email at techsuppGeinstruction com Code please contact eInstruction at Instructor Setup Codes are sent in an 888 333 4988 email from elnstruction com titled 8 Click Next to continue peo ai e n Instruction anging the fac Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 59 Entering the Instructor Setup Code in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard 9 Confirm your school by clicking Next m Confirm Your School Helpful Information gt The information you entered indicates that pou are o creating an account at If this is not the correct school please use the Back button to verify pour SEARCH Demonstration Elementary Instructor Setup Code You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com Press Next if the above information is correct or 88
76. files below to the CPS PowerPoint folder or subfolder to download e 04 gr taks Reading ppt Figure 70 Importing a PowerPoint presentation from el SEARCH The presentation appears in the PowerPoint folder where you can engage the presentation For more information on engaging a PowerPoint presentation please see Engage a PowerPoint Presentation CPS 4 0 Users Guide 62 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Upload Content Only publishers and curriculum coordinators can upload content to el SEARCH el SEARCH then makes this content available to specific teachers or groups of teachers through Adoption Codes and Instructor Setup Codes For more information on uploading content to el SEARCH please contact eInstruction at 888 333 4988 This section will show you how to Create a publisher or curriculum coordinator el SEARCH account Upload textbook content Create Publisher Coordinator el SEARCH Account Before you can upload content to el SEARCH you will need to create an el SEARCH Account To create an el SEARCH account 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 2 From the Lessons tab click PE The el SEARCH homepage el Deel m Institution Type r Helpful Information in the question right hand side of the Lessons tab ues coleges ard 3 Click Create a SEARCH Account MS Be ae onena midte The CPS SEARCH Account Wizard Other May include a business military or non profit organization appears 4 Choose Other
77. from CPSOnline ai ly ReCAP Real time Evaluation of Academic Progress The REAP Dashboard presents the Creation Date 087 05 performance data as graphs The Engage Start Date 08 1705 graphs show student performance AX cece based on Standards demographics Mreer otupioagea sessions 195 g pe A a Multiple Student Results Checking Use First 2 5 B 112223 2 and campus information District Average 33 20 EEN S ie col re h 1 A ff a pa 1122228 Administrators can click on each S23 SIRIO gt E AA gt hna Choose an assessment from the list below _ ni oe aa u AA AAA a aa ua et ba a 1122226 graph to VICW more information on TA A Only the first 18 records are shown in the graph above To view the entire Sans E 1222 54 IV Show with deta Don t show deleted graph click on the enlarge button E 11222168 the graph or to change the settings on the Dashboard so that they can P EERE view performance data sorted by PEIR student demographics school or district Graph 2 Average of each school that responded to the assessment The Graph 3 Percentage of students taking the AA assessment by demographic The above key district average is represented above as a red line shows the performance by demographic Appendix A contains walkthroughs for the following REAP users Curriculum Coordinators Teachers using CBIT Teachers not using CBIT You can find more information on REAP and CBIT by contactin
78. from elnstruction com titled Instructor Setup Code For more information please contact elnstruction support at 888 333 4988 or by email at techsupp einstruction com If you are using a McGraw Hill text book in your class you will need the name of your McGraw Hill representative when you call Cancel 5 m Helpful Information You may enter demo as your Instructor Setup Code if you wish to create a practiced CPSOnline class Please do NOT let your students enroll in your practice class Demo classes are for practice purposes only e Instruction Changing the face of education Next gt gt Figure 12 Entering your Instructor Setup Code in the CPSOnline Login Wizard Password is your CPS Blackboard or CPS WebCT Username and Password 5 If you are a first time user create your class For more information on creating a CPSOnline class please see Create a Higher Ed Class If you are a current CPSOnline user choose a current CPSOnline class roster that you would like to import optional and click Next 6 Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 15 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Lessons CPS provides you with several ways to create a lesson You can create a traditional lesson with class participation questions or you can create lessons using PowerPoint CPS also offers a third type of lesson the FastGrade lesson where you do
79. from the Reports or Gradebook tab Export immediately after lesson Y ou can export the results of your performance data to WebCT automatically after you finish a lesson Follow the steps below to automatically export HEEE your performance data Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint 1 Open CPS to the Lessons tab 2 Select the lesson you would like to engage 3 Engage your lesson by clicking the Engage ous f Teacher Managed Assessment Lesson s icon The CPS Session Setup window P tGardentMdeneaed Assaseriei appears C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment Student Me EA 4 Click the box next to Automatically Upload so 3 l Tite Weimar Republice i i S S that a checkmark appears beside the option diablo 5 Engage your lesson as you normally would Eran Et eee After your lesson is complete CPS will IS ES automatically export the performance data to RE WebCT 1 Greate Attendance from this Assessment Class Section 002 Create You can choose to export your data to WebCT at a later time Follow the steps below to export your al Cancel lt Back Ne sen performance data CPS Session Setup window 1 Open CPS to the Lessons tab 2 Select the lesson you would like to engage 3 Engage your lesson by clicking the Engage Lesson s icon The CPS Session Setup window appears Make sure the box next to the Automatically Upload option does not have a checkmark beside it Engage your lesson a
80. if you already have a CPSOnline account with a Username and Password If you have never created a CPSOnline account choose No Click Next to move to the next screen Other May include a bunness Othe military oF norrpealt ongarazaton New Class Wizard NOTE Steps 6 9 assume you have never created a CPSOnline account If you have previously created an account enter your Username and Password and continue to step 10 6 Enter your Instructor Setup Code An Instructor Setup Code links you to your CPSOnline class You should receive your Instructor Setup Code in an email from eInstruction If you don t have a code please contact eInstruction at 888 707 6819 and ask for the Administrator for Web Based Initiatives Please save this code to receive updates for the CPS software 7 Select your school from the scroll down list Click Next Create a Username and Password 9 Fill in your Instructor Information A CPS 4 0 Users Guide 249 Appendix A REAP 10 Fill in the Higher Education Class Information For a brief description of each field please see below Instructor This field is automatically filled in using the Instructor Information you entered on the previous page Class Name Fill in your class name Make your class name descriptive of your class for example HIST 4210 002 so that you can quickly distinguish between your classes Class Designation You can add additional information such as secti
81. information on engaging a lesson please see Engage Lessons 4 Click EA The CPS Session Setup window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 194 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 5 Choose your setup options on the CPS Session Setup window 6 Click the box next to the Include in Gradebook option so that a checkmark appears You can also add an attendance record to the Gradebook by clicking the box next to the Create Attendance from this Assessment option For more information on including attendance records in the Gradebook please see Create Attendance from Session Setup CPS will include your students performance results in the CPS Gradebook You can access the grades through the Gradebook tab Quick Setup and Grade Export Engage List Lesson Mames Porarair Modes e Teacher Managed Assessmen Boden Managed Aceessment Teacher Lled Student Managed Assessment O Student Managed Prscice soos alas Jig THe F nasa cre F Incdade in Gradebook Anonymous Mode F l Exporito Question Gad Session Close Pericipation ES a m LEL Mex Points 100 T Cresa A endanos born thie Asgecement Figure 232 Including the session in the Gradebook from the CPS Session Setup window You can quickly set up your Gradebook and export the students grades to a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel To quickly setup your gradebook and export the grades to a spreadsheet 1 Open CPS from your desktop ico
82. institution from the pull down menu Class End Date enter the last day students will use their response pads in your class Instructor Setup Code enter your Instructor Setup Code from elnstruction If your institution has an exclusivity deal you can get your Instructor Setup Code from your eC If your institution does not have an exclusivity deal you can get your Instructor Setup Code from CPS when you create your class CPS WebCT Connection username and password create a username and password to use with the CPS WebCT connection Your CPS WebCT username and password will not change unless you change the information in the Contact Information area of your class roster in CPS 9 Click Register Class 10 Click Finish Registration eInstruction will send you an email with your class information Import your Class to CPS Now that your WebCT class is linked you will need to import the class to CPS If your institution has enabled the option student names will be imported along with other roster information Follow the steps below to import your class to CPS 1 Open CPS to the Classes tab Click on the Import icon The Import Class Wizard appears Choose WebCT from the list of file types Enter your CPS WebCT Connection username and password i 0 NOTE If you change your WebCT Instructor Username and Password your CPS WebCT Connection Username and Password will not change You can change your CPS WebCT Connection
83. item and drag it to another available location within CPS On screen messages will inform you if the location 1s or is not available The item will no longer be available from its source location Copy to copy lessons standards questions and other items within CPS simply highlight the item press the Ctrl button and drag it to another available location within CPS On screen messages will inform you if the location is available The 1tem will be available from its source location as well is its target location Link to link lessons standards questions and other items to one another within CPS simply highlight the item press the Ctrl Shift buttons simultaneously and drag it to another available location within CPS On screen messages will inform you if the location is or is not available The item will be available from its source location and linked to its target location so that any changes made to the item at either location will directly affect the other location US q126449 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 4 Chapter 1 Getting Started Software Support Information eInstruction Corporation supports your instructional activities with CPS CPS aids your instructional delivery process and enhances your flexibility and creativity If you have any questions about CPS please call eInstruction Corporation and ask for Technical Support Hours Monday Thursday 7 A M 6 P M CST Friday 7 A M 5 P M CST Extended hours available at the
84. not even need to create questions You can create lessons using the CPS Question Author window and toolbar import entire lessons from other CPS databases or create quick CPS answer keys to accompany existing hard copy material using the FastGrade option The Lessons tab splits into two windows These windows can either be vertical or horizontal depending on your preference The default 1s vertical view To switch views simply click the View button located at the far end of the Lessons tab The left window top in horizontal view gives a view of all lessons in this open database We refer to this as the lesson side The name of the open database is the first item listed in the left window Beneath that are parent level lesson names If a parent level lesson name has child level lessons then a plus symbol appears next to the parent lesson name Click that plus symbol to see all child level lessons File Settings Help Es Lessons SS standards yy Team Activities i Classes Gy Reports EA Gradebook E 0 A Verbal Questions Engage Lessons Tools SEARCH Regt ap MyLessons cps Number Title Question Stem _ Type Difficulty Standards El writing Writing O Els Grammar E Reading Comprehension 0 lf TAKS Writing ls Reading Comprehension Y PowerPoint Y Examiview Figure 13 Viewing the Lessons tab The right window bottom in horizontal view lists all of the questions from any highlighted lesson name We refer to
85. or K 12 and click Next to continue CPS SEARCH Account Wizard Please choose the type of institution below that best represents you or your organization e Instruction Cancel Next gt gt Figure 71 Creating a SEARCH account from the CPS 5 Enter your Instructor Setup Code SEARCH Account Wizard eInstruction will provide you with this code before you create your Your Instructor Setup Code Helpful Information account If you do not have an ee Oe eee E Instructor Setup Code please contact po EEA eInstruction at 888 333 4988 Click Next to continue E Instructor Setup Codes are sent in an email from elnstruction com titled Instructor Setup Code e o Instruction Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 72 Entering the Instructor Setup Code in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 63 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 6 Confirm your publisher company or AE school district by clicking Next Confim Your School Helpful Infomation sji 0 gt The information you entered indicates that you are ar If this is not the correct school please creating an account at use the Back button to verify your University Press Instructor Setup Code You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com Press Next if the above information is correct or 888 333 4988 for additional help Press Back to make any change
86. over any setting to see further information about that setting Go to the next step in the wizard You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help e E Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 47 Editing a rubric from the CPS Performance Question Wizard Click Done to save your rubric and return to CPS Copy a Rubric You can copy a rubric in CPS To copy a rubric l Click the Settings menu and choose Rubric Wizard The CPS Performance Question Wizard appears Click the circle next to the Copy option so that a dot appears within the circle Click Next Edit the Rubric Name and Total Number of Categories Click Next Edit the category names Click Next Verify that your information is correct click Back to change the information and Next to continue Click Done to save your changes and return to CPS CPS Performance Question Wizard m Performance Question Rubrics New Rubric Create a new rubric Ps Create New Rubric Existing Rubrics Select a rubric from pour list of existing rubrics to edit delete or copy Existing Rubrics deo Rubric Delete Cancel Helpful Information 0 Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting Check this button and click Next to create a Rubric You may contact elnstruction tech
87. page 6 Enter your Class Information Please note that Class Name is the only information required 7 Choose your Attendance Options You can view class attendance as a grade in the Assessments area of the Gradebook tab or as Absent Present in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab Click Next to continue Click Next to create your class or click Back to review your information 9 Click Done to close the CPS Class Wizard and return to the Classes tab A CPS 4 0 Users Guide 80 Create a K 12 CPSOnline Class Chapter 3 Creation Functions A K 12 CPSOnline class is a roster of students using a numbered system of pads When your district or campus uses REAP you will create CPSOnline classes so that administrators can gather student performance data To create a K 12 CPSOnline class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab sae Click l The CPS New Class Wizard appears Choose K 12 as your institution type and click Next 5 Ifthis is your first CPS class enter your Contact Information If you have created classes Lio in CPS before you will skip this step and move directly to the Class Information page 6 Fill in your Class Information Click the box next to the Make this a CPSOnline class option so that a checkmark appears Choose your Attendance Options You can view class attendance as a grade in the Assessments area of the Gradebook tab or as Absent Present in the Class Info ar
88. point range For example in the first class s row click under the A column and enter the point value 95 Click OK to save this information and return to it later Click Previous to review the Weight Sets data you entered Extended Letter Grades Classes Class 1st Period Letter Grades C 73 E 2nd Period 73 D efault Class 173 Default Class 2 173 lt lt Previous Next gt gt Figure 237 Viewing the Letter Grades tab in the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard The Letter Grades tab allows you to establish the letter grade assigned to students points For example if a student earns 83 points in your class after their assessments are weighed and tallied then that student would earn a letter grade of B You can expand the letter grades to A A A and so on by clicking the Extended Letter Grades option Click Next to proceed to the Class Participation tab or click OK to save your changes and end the wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 200 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 26 Gradebook Setup EA Welcome Y Class Information ES Grading Period a Weight Sets G Letter Grades MY Class Participation As part of the class participation feature you may want to reward your students for participating during the assessment even if they get questions incorrect You may also want to penalize ther a certain percent for in
89. question text box of the template you selected Type multiple answers in the answer boxes of the template you selected Select a correct answer by clicking in the check box beside that answer Use the toolbar in the upper left corner of the CPS Question Author window to save the question CPS 4 0 Users Guide 35 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 E 3 E gt y el gt all z Template MC4 No Graphics ditty 1 Figure 34 Using the Question Author toolbar 9 Click Save to save the question and remain on the CPS Question Author window Click Move to Previous Question to move to the previous question in the lesson Click Move to Next Question to move to the next question in the lesson Click New Question to negate any text or graphics you may have just added and to redo this question number Click Standards to display standards in this database that you can associate with questions see Associate Standards to Questions for instructions Click Preview Question to preview the question Click Save and Move to Previous Question to save any change you have made and move to the previous question in the lesson Click Save and Move to Next Question to save any change you have made and move to the next question in the lesson If the question you are saving is last in the list clicking Save and Move to Next Question opens a new question template Repeat for as many questions as you want to ad
90. return to the Classes tab Edit Contact Information You can edit your contact information x as a teacher of any of your CPS Class Students Class Information 22 Contact Information T Online Class Options Y Recycle CPSOnine Class classes To edit contact information dd Engish 3 History Account Information Helpful Information 5 1 Open CPS from your de sktop AZ Please enter the following account information e r To create an account you must enter 1con Title Ms Prof Dr etc sb last name and an A pe i A Teacher Cod be used as a 2 Click the Class es tab First Name mey dice Piia fo as 3 S 1 1 ait Scarlet pl A aa Codes Last Name are not saved to nline select a class dress To change your username update the Usemame field in the form To change A your password enter ee pe i password in both the Password an pl Edit s Phone Ext Confirm Password fields in the form R 4 s Click g Alternatively Teacher Goda indicates a required field right click the class name and O EE e y P e choose Edit from the pop up Password Instruction Confirm Password Changing the face of education menu or double click the class name The CPS Class Information window appears 5 Click on the Contact Information tab 6 Edit any contact information Figure 104 Editing teacher contact information from the CPS Class Title This is your optional Information window title by which p
91. standards CPS 4 0 Users Guide 225 Appendix A REAP 5 Indicate the standards you would like to import by clicking the checkbox next to each standard 6 Click OK to import your standards CPS imports your standards to the Standards tab in CPS Figure 6 E CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases District _Coordinator cps File Settings Help i Lessons Sy standards yy Team Activities a Classes E Reports EA Gradebook A OQ 4 Dn a Down Wie Verbal Questions Engage Standara s Tools SEE District Coordinator cps Title Question Stem Tepe Dificil E Sy Texas Standards TAKS a Texas Standards TAKS O Els Math ES Sth Grade Math Bly 10th Grade Math y 11th Exit Math Els English y 7th Grade Writing Gls 10th Grade English 1 11th Grade Exit English El Science El 10th Grade Science E 11th Grade Exit Science Ely Social Studies Ss 10th Grade Social Studies E an 11th Grade Exit Social Studies Figure 6 Standards in the Standards tab Create a Lesson Structure 1 Open CPS to the Lessons tab Lesson Edit Folder 2 Right click in any of the white space A pop up Delete Question menu appears Figure 7 Previews Engage 3 Choose New then Lesson The CPS Lesson Builder Attributes window appears Figure 8 Cae Question Finder Gabegores Copy Questions Figure 7 Create new lesson a CPS Lesson Attributes Parent District_Coordinator cps 4 Title your new l
92. students You can use the Challenge board which creates a Jeopardy like quiz game that you can engage just like any other lesson The Team Activities tab also includes the There It Is game There It Is combines knowledge and quick critical thinking skills in a fastest finger format 7 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases MyLessons cps File Settings Help Y Lessons i B Classes oe Reports Ba Gradebook 4 z Edit Settings Activity Figure 122 Viewing the Team Activities tab This section will give you information on the various CPS team activities The team activities include There It Is CPS Challenge Board Top Score CPS 4 0 Users Guide 105 Chapter 3 Creation Functions There It Is CPS makes it easier than ever to get your students to learn without realizing it Using the time honored method of healthy competition get your students to learn the course material while having a fun time in your class You can organize your class into teams of students or let individual students compete There it is employs the Student Managed Assessment mode in a fastest finger format Each team or student answers a different question at a time so students do not need to shout out answers The first team student to correctly respond to their own question receives bonus points Teams Students who answer correctly but did not answer first receive the standard point value that is set Teams Students who did n
93. tab For more information on generating reports or choosing a report please see Generate Reports or Choose Reports To print a report 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the assessment from which you would like to print a report y The CPS Reporting window appears 5 Select the report you would like to print and click Preview The Print e Preview window appears Pa 6 On the left hand toolbar of the Print Preview window click the Output button Print Save as RTF file Save as PDF file Save as HTML file Save as text file Save as Excel spreadsheet Formatted HTML File Save as archive file Figure 212 Choosing 7 Choose a print source from the options available a print option from the a Output toolbar in the 8 Click Close in the Print Preview window to return to the Reports tab 5 Preview window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 181 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions View Results and use Data Slicing When you engage lessons you can view the performance results graphically through the CPS Charting window so that you can quickly assess your students performance The CPS Charting window 1s available after each question during a session and from the Reports tab in CPS The CPS Charting window not only provides you with a graphical representation of your students performance 1t also allows you to slice the performance data in that session and comparison sessions to vie
94. the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Chart Responses then By Options Reports Chart Responses by Chart Type Cross Tabulation Question dl Category By Answer f uses the wol to close ll hes concatene d in spaces E before against or of w Show Questions and Cateyfries Show Correct F Show Answer Legend y pl Answer Legend Options ly uses the wol Figure 215 Viewing charts by Category in the CPS Charting window Category The charts adjust to display the performance data by category Change Chart Options You can set the options by which you view the performance data in the CPS Charting window This section shows you how to Show the response time Change the chart type Show the correct answer to a question Access questions and categories Export data Save the chart as a graphic Print the chart Show multiple charts Change the answer options Show a Charting legend HEr CPS 4 0 Users Guide 184 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Show Response Time When you view performance data in the CPS Charting window you can also see the time in which students took to answer a question You can view the response time information in seconds in the chart legend To show the response time on the graph l Za Choose Answer Legend Options then Show Response Time A checkmark appears beside the option Open CPS from yo
95. the Question Author toolbar to save your question Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab ae a Engage as Freeform Choose Engage as Freeform to deliver freeform Options Tools questions with your lessons Choosing this option will not change the information in the Question Author window however your questions will be delivered in a freeform control rather than in the template This option Exclude Question From SMA allows you to display questions with a large amount of text without needing to scroll through the information Show Graphic After Response Show Graphic Full Screen Engage as Freeform Figure 26 Engaging a question in Freeform mode with the Engage as Freeform option NOTE You will not be able to display graphics in this mode To use this option 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears 2 From the CPS Question Author window click Options 3 Choose Engage as Freeform A checkmark appears next to the option 4 Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question 5 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 30 Chapter 3 Creation Functions To turn off this option ll a A Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears From the CPS Question Author window click Options Click Engage as Freeform so that the checkmark disappears Click in the Quest
96. the Show Large Screen option ON To access the Show Large Screen option in the Verbal Questions section 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Large Screen To display the CPS Content Delivery window when you engage a verbal question click the box next to the Show Large Screen option in the Verbal Questions section so that a checkmark appears Hide Large Screen To deliver a verbal question using only the Feedback Grid click the box next to the Show Large Screen option in the Verbal Questions section so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 139 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Auto Move to Next Question The Auto Move to Next Question option automatically advances to the next question after you end a response cycle To access the Auto Move to Next Question option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Auto Move to Next Question To automatically advance to the next question after you end a response cycle click the box next to the Auto Move to Next Question option so that a checkmark appears Manually Move to Next Question To manually advance to the next question after you end a response cycle click the box next to the Auto Move to Next Question option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save you
97. the default font Set the default font from the Settings menu item found on the main CPS window You can adjust the size and style of the text in your note using the Format button V Make note available after response Color make all of the text in Figure 21 Adding a Note to a question from the Note tab of your note or only selected words the Question Note window in your note colored to draw attention to it 4 Click the Close button when you have finished typing and formatting your note This automatically saves any changes Back on the CPS Question Author window be sure to click the Question menu and the Save command in order to associate this note with this question Any note you associate with a question is available during the delivery session after you click the End button You can edit this note at any time by going back to the Notes and Media command from the Question menu item Create Questions with Graphics You can add jpg gif or bmp graphics files to questions The smaller files are usually better and range from jpg as the smallest to bmp as the largest All question templates with graphics include the pixel size of the graphic area The following page shows two methods to adding graphics CPS 4 0 Users Guide 27 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Method 1 21x After you have selected a question template a e 1 e FE with graphics left click inside the graphic Meade Fea E The Brain area and the Se
98. they have finished the assessment If you selected Export to Question Grid from the CPS Session Setup window a separate window opens with the performance data for this session in grid format You can access reports of student performance from the Reports tab for Student Managed Practice sessions as well CPS clearly labels the reports with Practice mode The performance feedback accurately depicts that only questions answered correctly on the first attempt display as correct in the correct attempted ratio CPS 4 0 Users Guide 125 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment Mode The Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment TLSMA combines the TMA and SMA modes for one teacher led session conducted at the students pace This new mode is ideal for K 12 teachers who use multiple versions of a test For example you can create three versions of the same test A B and C make a FastGrade answer key then distribute the tests to the class The students then write their answers on the handouts After a set time you can pass out the response pads and have the students put in their answers one question at a time You can even create tests with different question totals In the time it takes to have the students enter all of their answers on the CPS pad you can have multiple test versions so Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint graded and ready to review To engage a lesson in he Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment mod
99. to the Teacher Managed tab Click the Feedback Grid tab Use the sliding scale to select the number of students you would like to view in the Feedback Grid during question Preview If you have more students in your class than students in the Feedback Grid the Feedback Grid will cycle through the response pad numbers Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 144 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Team Activities tab The Team Activities tab allows you to set your delivery and grading options when delivering a There It Is game For more information on There It Is please see There It Is CPS Delivery Options E Teacher Managed Student Managed Recelwer Feedback Grid Team Activities Options Help Information There s 2 2 222 Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting W Show Answered Correct Point alue 20 4 Use Bonus Points Bonus Point Value 5 W Enable Student Led Mode ou may contact elnstruction technical support at techsuppeinstruchon com or 868 333 4988 for additional help F 6 e Instruction anging the face o cc Figure 169 Setting There lt Is activity settings from the Team Activities tab in the CPS Delivery Options window From the Team Activities tab you can Show correctly answered responses Use bonus points Show Answered Correct The Show Answered Correct option allows you at the end of a The
100. to activate a scanner for other installations of The Classroom Performance System please note this when A calling form will be displayed now and on future executions Activation Code 9809686465 7 Click the Show icon to view a list of the Activation Key lessons in your database Cancel 8 Select the lesson that corresponds with the Figure 51 Activating a scanner session from the scanner file you are importing and drag it Feature Activation dialog box into the Lesson box on the upper right side of the Create Scanner Session window The Lesson title ID and number of questions will appear in the Lesson box 9 Click Browse and search for the scanner file you are importing 10 Select a class that contains students corresponding with the scanner file you chose The student IDs in your CPS roster must match with the student IDs in the scanner file 11 Continue inputting your setup preferences Click Create once you have input all required data The Session Summary window may appear showing any issues experienced during the session import Click Yes if you desire to store the session in your database and No if you do not If you select Yes your scanner session will be imported and available for generating extensive data reports via the Reports tab If you select No the Create Scanner Session window will appear allowing you to either make any preference changes before importing again or cancel the session all together CPS
101. to import the content CPS imports the lesson content into the existing CPS lesson TAKS Writing Chp 11 Using Language Accurately Reading Comprehension Editing Technical Documents H E PowerPoint 3 ExamView e Cho 11 Usi Figure 68 Importing a lesson from el SEARCH to the Lessons tab If you drag the SEARCH content lesson to your main database name CPS will ask you 1f you would like to create a new lesson for the content CPS 4 0 Users Guide 60 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import Specific Content Questions In addition to importing entire lessons of content you can import specific questions from a lesson To import specific questions 1 Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Lessons tab Login to el SEARCH For more information on logging in to el SEARCH or creating an account please see Login to an el SEARCH Account or Create an el SEARCH Account Your SEARCH home page appears with any available content Browse through SEARCH to find the content you would like to import Click on the textbook image or book title to view all the lessons Click on the lesson to view lesson questions Click and hold down the left mouse button on the question you would like to import Holding down the left mouse button drag your mouse to the lesson side left hand side of the Lessons tab to the lesson to which you would like to import the question CPS imports the question in
102. window appears 2 From the CPS Question Author window click Exclude Question From SMA Options Engage as Freeform 3 Choose Show Graphic Full Screen A Figure 24 Displaying a graphic full screen checkmark appears next to the option with the Show Graphic Full Screen option 4 Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question 5 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab 0 NOTE If you have the option turned on for one questions so that the graphic is displayed full screen the options stays on until you turn it off If you would prefer the graphic to appear the size in which it was formatted when you added it to the question see the pixel count for each graphic area in a question template then make certain that this option is off To turn off this option 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears 2 From the CPS Question Author window click Options 3 Click Show Graphic Full Screen so that the checkmark disappears 4 Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question 5 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab Exclude Question from SMA The Exclude Question from SMA option is a valuable tool when grading paper based exams or assignments that contain question types that need to be answered in written form If you select this option for a given question the question will be skipped when delivered in SMA mode For example yo
103. you can include a large graphic with the question text but not in the answer choices 21 MC2 No Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B and no graphics included in the question text or in the answer choices MC2 Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices MC2 Question Graphic Right This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text MC2 Question Graphic Answer Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B and a graphic included with the question text and with each of the answer choices MC3 Answer Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and no graphics included with the question text but with a graphic included for each of the answer choices MC3 Answer Graphics II This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and no graphics included with the question text but with only graphics included for each of the answer choices You may not include text with any of the answer choices MC3 Answer Graphics III This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and no graphics included with the question text but with graphics included for each of t
104. your management class to review then you can import the marketing standard to the management database l 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon Open the database into which you want to import the standard and click the Standards tab Select the target standard into which you want to import another standard CPS Import Standards E Choose the CPS Database that contains the standard s you wish to import C l 1 ck A p Op up menu a C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS am Databases Standards District_of_Columbia_Standards_101 cps app Cars Choose the standard or standards you wish to import 2 04 District_of_Columbia_Standards_101 cps Cho OSE Imp 0 rt H 0 District of Columbia Content Standards 2003 Alternatively right click the selected standard name and choose the Import command from the pop up menu The CPS Import Standards window appears Click the Browse button An Open dialog box appears Select the path and file name of the standard you want to import and click the Open button The path and file Car name appear at the top of the Figure 88 Importing standards from existing CPS databases CPS Import Standards window Any standards in the database appear in the larger text area of the dialog Select individual standards from this database by clicking in the box beside each standard name When you select a standard that has child level standards those child level standards are sele
105. 157 161 175 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 Access from Reports tab 183 Access 1n Session Delivery 182 Answer Options 190 Change options 184 Chart Type 185 Export Data 188 Print 188 Save Chart as Graphic 188 Show Correct 186 Show Legend 190 Show Multiple Charts 189 Show Questions and Categories 187 Show Response Time 184 Slice Data by Comparison Sessions 192 Slice Data by Demographics 19 View by Answer 183 View by Category 184 View by Question 183 Class Information tab 196 Class Information window 89 90 91 93 94 Class Participation tab 200 class side 79 Classes 7 79 Add Students to Higher Ed Class 89 Add Students to K 12 Class 86 Add Students using CBIT 87 Copy Students 92 Create Blackboard Class 85 Create Higher Ed Class 81 Create K 12 Class 80 Create K 12 CPSOnline Class 81 Create Quick K 12 Class 82 Create WebCT Class 83 Delete 95 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Index Delete Student 95 Edit 89 Edit Class Information 89 Edit Contact Information 90 Edit CPSOnline Options 91 Edit Student Information 91 Export as CSV File 104 Export to tbt Deliver 103 Import from Blackboard 102 Import from CPS Database 96 Import from CPSOnline 96 Import from DuPont Files 101 Import from OnTrack Files 100 Import from Osiris Files 98 Import from Pentamation Files 97 Import from SASI XP Files 99 Import from WebCT 101 Print Export 104 Show All Students
106. 2000 pad IDs g p pp g up p The bottom row of each bank of numbers preceded by a question mark represents question numbers These numbers increment as each student proceeds through the list 7 Click Options to change any of the session delivery options 8 Click Start to initiate the session Upon doing this students can begin submittin p g g g answers 9 Click Close to end the session at any time CPS 4 0 Users Guide 122 Chapter 4 Engage Functions WI OPS Astesament Class Mame Let Period Figure 145 Viewing a lesson in SMP mode from the Student Feedback window Using Student Managed Practice Mode In the Student Managed Practice mode only a correctly answered question moves the student onto the next unanswered question If a student answers a question incorrectly their corresponding on screen number flashes blue until he or she answers that question correctly When he or she does select the correct answer his or her corresponding on screen pad number changes to blue The student 1s then allowed to move to the next unanswered question The following graphics illustrate the feedback grid during a response activity Follow student usage on the top box and question progression on the bottom box Please note that the student ID pads are the top number and the Question number is on the bottom Snapshot 1 Figure 146 Snapshot 1 of Student Managed Practice mode CPS 4 0
107. 3 Select the assessment you would like to delete XK 4 Click A confirmation message appears 5 Click OK to delete the assessment or click Cancel to keep the assessment and return to the Reports tab Download Assessments You can download assessments sent by your Curriculum Coordinator To download NO assessments NOTE Only K 12 teachers participating in REAP may download assessments Open CPS from your desktop icon Login to CPSOnline The CPSOnline Lo on Wizard appears For more information on logging on to CPSOnline please See K 12 CPSOnline Login m Download Assessments Helpful Information Choose whether or not you Soe Move your mouse over any would like to sync your class If oe information about that setting SSS ae AA ss This is a list of Assessments you ma you choose not to sync your E American Colonization Quiz 04 12 2006 download ftom CPSOnine M JROTC REAP Demo 04 05 2006 E milan Demian class you will not receive any dovnload by cicking the Next button below new assessments Click Next Select your class from the You may contact elnstruction technical available list To select all 868 388 4868 for addtional heb classes click the box next to the Select All option so that a checkmark appears Click Next Instruction Choose to download new or existing assessments Click Next Select the assessment s from the pa sil list Click Next CPS down
108. 33 4988 Import Content Once you find the content you would like to import you can drag and drop the content directly into the Lessons tab You can import entire lessons PowerPoint presentations or individual questions from a lesson This section will show you how to Import entire content lessons Import specific content questions Import PowerPoint presentations Import Content Lessons Y ou can import entire content lessons from your content in el SEARCH To import content lessons 1 Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon 3 Click the Lessons tab 4 Login to el SEARCH For more information on logging in to el SEARCH or creating an account please see Login to an el SEARCH Account or Create an el SEARCH Account Y our SEARCH home page appears with any available content 5 Browse through SEARCH to find the content you would like to import 6 Click on the textbook image or 77 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases MyLessons cps book title to view all the lessons stn tb z 7 Click an d hol d down the le ft Lessons Standards Y TeamActivities Classes Reports EA Gradebook mouse button on the chapter you E e would like to import Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools SEARCH Eg MyLessons cps 8 Holding down the left mouse a amp wir button drag your mouse to the lesson side left hand window of the Lessons tab to the lesson to which you would like
109. 36 Connect your Class t CP SONDE a ot 237 Populate Student ROSES sin dt 240 Adda Studentlio OUT lAs 240 sync Class wit Cb SORDO tarden 241 Download AS SCSSTICINS url data 243 Appendix B CPSOnline Higher Ed 245 GPS ONnMME TAS EENCOES UI le dE 246 Have your School Bookstore Order Response Pads oooocccccnccccococonononananaooononnoo nono no nonononoss 247 Install the Classroom Performance System desktop SO tWAar8 ooooononooononooooononooonnnnnnnnnnnnos 247 Create WEBS Dala aa 248 Create a EPSON ios 249 Purchase a Response Pad at the Bookstore cscis02 cca Ce eee 251 Resister Response Pads tract 251 Import and Deliver PowerPoint Presentations 00ooooonccnnonoooooooooonononnn nono nono nono nono nono o nono nnnnnnnos 232 CPS 4 0 Users Guide vii Table of Contents Import PowerPoint Presentations ii ita 232 Engage PowerPoint Presentations aicadsevadsssccussacrseesancedsevasasadestoiedecaeatevesesevduoranoveadaatends 232 Use your CPSOnline class for following semesters ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 254 ROU LSS CVO riein a a a a 254 CP SON Ne Tohe r EO TAO A A A 255 Appendix C Third Party Add ins 261 CPS WedCl Proxy Tool for WeD CT aid 262 Linka WebCT class to Pr oa 262 Import your Class AA E E al ME Se tecate han Ail 263 Export CPS Gradesito SL 264 EXportamimediately atier lesson dai 264 EXPO ir a iiic i s 264 So CES wit WED EN A O AE eee 265 CPS WebC Proy Tool for Weil OE voc
110. 4 Chapter 3 Creation Functions If You Have Previously Created a Rubric The CPS Performance Question Wizard appears Any rubrics you have CPS Performance Question Wizard y m Performance Question Rubrics Helpful Information already created will be in the Existing New Rubro Create a new rubric Move your mouse over any Rubrics list setting to see further s Create New Rubric information about that setting 2 In the New Rubric section Go to the nest step in the wizard check the box labeled Select a rubric from your list of existing rubrics to edit Create New Rubric Dt Existing Rubri h Select a name for your e rubric and how many You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com categories 1 8 you want or 888 333 4988 for additional help for your rubric and click Next e e Delete 1 Choose names for your Instruction categories or leave the default names and click Next Been j Verify that the information Figure 45 Creating a rubric with the CPS Performance Question is correct Click Back to Weed change it and Next to continue k Click Done your rubric information is now available to associate with questions Associate a Rubric to a Subjective Question 1 Open CPS from your desktop E b Question Format Options Tools 1con A i CRES AE liewe ene gel 2 Click on the Lessons tab 3 Double click on a subjective
111. 4 0 Users Guide 49 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import Lessons from Microsoft Word The Import from Word feature will allow you to quickly import RTF formatted questions into CPS At this time you will not be able to import tables from Word into CPS To import your files 1 Open your file in Microsoft Word You will need to format your document before importing it Please see CPS Import Saveas 21x from Word Format for more a information 7 2 Click the Save as option from the File My Recent menu The Save as window will open 3 From the Save as type pull down menu save the file as a Rich Text Format rtf document ter NOTE Make sure you save spate Memme faddtiont doc E Places Save as type ume your file in a folder that you ee na can find later To save a file to a particular location use Figure 52 Sana a p as an RTF document in the Save in pull down menu Microsoft Word NOTE You will not be able to import tables from your RTF document into CPS 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon 5 Click on the Lessons tab 6 Click A pop up menu appears 7 Choose Import 8 Click on the Browse button The Open dialog box will appear Use the Look in 2 tsm Jee pull down menu to view the folder your file is in Use the Files of Type pull down menu to view RTF files 9 Click Open and CPS will begin importing your files from Word File name ss O Files of type RTF files
112. 5 The student will demonstrate an understanding of probability and statistics _ Objective 6 Objective 6 The student will demonstrate an understanding of the mathematical processes and tools used in problem solving Oo Print Standards A _ Objective 1 6 1 6 1 Number operation and quantitative reasoning The student represents and uses rational numbers in a variety of equivalent forms _ Objective 1 6 2 6 2 Number operation and quantitative reasoning The student adds subtracts multiplies and divides to solve problems and justify solution Al Es l h l k _ Objective 2 6 3 6 3 Patterns relationships and algebraic thinking The student solves problems involving proportional relationships ternat ve y 118 t C 1C _ Objective 2 6 4 6 4 Patterns relationships and algebraic thinking The student uses letters as variables in mathematical expressions to describe how one qu _ Objective 2 6 5 6 5 Patterns relationships and algebraic thinking The student uses letters to represent an unknown in an equation The student is expecte the st andard name and LJ Objective 3 6 6 6 6 Geometry and spatial reasoning The student uses geometric vocabulary to describe angles polygons and circles _ Objective 3 6 7 6 7 Geometry and spatial reasoning The student uses coordinate geometry to identify location in two dimensions The student is expected tc gt _ Objective 4 6 8 6 8 Measurement The student solves app
113. 8 333 4988 for additional help Press Back to make any changes E e aa Instruction Changing the face of edu Cancel lt lt Back i Figure 60 Confirming your school in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 56 Chapter 3 Creation Functions CPS SEARCH Account Wizard 3 loj xj Enter User Information m New Username and Password Helpful Information l Cre ate a Us erm ame and P as sword 3 Please choose a unique username and password For example ES i you could use your first name and the last four digits of your cs phone number as your username Please select and enter a unique 2 C lick Next to continue username and a password you will Usemame remember If you need help with your username and password please contact elnstruction technical support at f 888 333 4988 or Password Confirm Password techsupp einstruction com This username and password is used to connect to CPSOnline indicates a required field Instruction Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 61 Creating a SEARCH Username and Password in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard 2 i Enter your F irst Name 9 Last Name 9 Account Information Helpful Information and Email addres S a Optionally 5 you AZ Please enter the following account information To create an account you must enter can include your phone number or a ee your fist name last name and an e
114. Assessment Mode CPS Delivery Options Teacher Managed Student Managed Receiver Feedback Grid Team Actryities Options Helpful Information M Show Pads That Have Responded Show Cumulative Percent Correct Show Answer Distribution Detach Narrative Imported Narratives Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid feo Timer Length Gen RF Only Auto send Alphabetic Responses verbal Questions 3 i Show Large Screen Time Based M Auto Move to Next Question o a El ee Tamer Length i Show Large Screen M Show Percent Correct Y Show Correct Answer Auto Startthe Timer IY Auto Start the Question Auto Show Charting Timer Increment l Mask Response on Pad l Indicate Correct Answer on Pad Last Giyestion laimerlnerement Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting You may contact elnstucton technical support at techsuppeinstruction cam or 680 333 4986 for additional help Instruction Changing the face of education Figure 153 Setting Teacher Managed Assessment and Verbal options in the Teacher Managed tab of the CPS Delivery Options window From the Teacher Managed tab you can adjust settings for Teacher Managed Assessment mode sessions Verbal Questions CPS 4 0 Users Guide Chapter 4 Engage Functions Show Pads that Have Responded The Show Pads that Have Responded option alters the on screen appearance of the response pad number
115. B analyze economic issues such as industrialization the growth of railroads the growth of labor MS C analyze social issues such as the treatment of minorities child labor growth of cities and prot Use to view child level standards os US4 History The student understands the effects of reform and third party movements on American os US History The student understands the impact of the American civil rights movement The studer os US13 Economics The student understands significant economic developments between World We A S elect the standards you would like os US14 Economics The student understands the economic effects of World War Il the Cold War ar A A A os US21 Culture The student understands how people from various groups including racial ethnic ar to associ ate with a question by os US22 Science technology and society The student understands the impact of science and techn i os US23 Science technology and society The student understands the influence of scientific discov clickin g the checkbox next to the os WG5 Geography The student understands how political economic and social processes shape ct os WG10 Economics The student understands the distribution and characteristics of economic syster standard SO that a checkmark S Objective 4 The student will demonstrate an understanding of political influences on historical issues and S Objective 5 The student will use
116. CPS 4 0 for PC Users Guide Ee w Instruction Changing the face of Education Table of Contents Table of Contents Chapter 1 Getting Started 1 AS A ction teedeaunsseecctaancee 2 Install Free Databases Of Questions occccccccnnocccnncnononononococnnnnonononoconnnnnnnnnnorcnnnnnnnnnonanionoconons 2 Install CPS Student Content Databases occcccccnnnnnnnnnnononononononononnnnnononononononanononocononanananoss 3 Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts ooooononnonooooooooonnnnononononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnininess 4 Software Support INf OV MANION ssa sisaissavisniiertenstisetaewtas arenas a es gt LOUIS robots neue nc wade nenot abo E EATE TET T 5 Contact Information ariadna 5 Training Information 0 OMA OCRE REPO OOOU OO o 5ue O Sn A 5 IN CWT COUT In Cro A U ann reacs 5 Chapter 2 CPS Overview 7 A PP gies sana tg OO 7 ENCANTOS lana S REDORIA SUELOS singeing i ae i a iai S Gradebook and Attendance FUncilONS occooononononnoncnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnrncnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnannnnnncnnnnnns S Chapter 3 Creation Functions 9 TOGO SCG cae capstan E ces caper tatu earn e o an E A Ramee 9 Che ale Ae New A e o E 9 Password P FOLECE a Database iodo 10 Onen an Existino Database cscir cases csmreaisetisensinsenteniss tina 11 Import Export XML Databases atracos toner se nenneotelEcops neaodieeteensinse hexnenwenes 12 EXpOrTa DADAS nata pad tae o nd 12 Importa DADAS a ee SEE EE EEE EE 12 IG 2 ti O
117. CPS Charting window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 182 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Access from the Reports tab After you finish a session CPS saves the students performance data in the Reports tab From the Reports tab you can also view the CPS Charting window for a session To access the CPS Charting window 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the session for which you would like to view the CPS Charting window 4 Click A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Charting The CPS Charting window appears View Performance Data by Question You can choose to view the charts in the CPS Charting window by question To view charts by question 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Cptions Reports 2 Access the CPS Charting window For Chart Responses by t e Question more information on accessing the Category CPS Charting window please see _ By Answer Access the CPS Charting window e Show Questions and Categories P NAR aaa 3 From the CPS Charting window click EE T to clase Options A pop up menu appears y Show multiple charts pee nee 4 Choose Chart Responses then By Add session d in spaces Question The charts adjust to display Retain Selections During Session f a the performance data by question PEA im OF op Answer Legend Options l pone sel Figure 213 Viewing charts by Question in the CPS Charting window NOTE Numeric question types appear as separate graphs from multi
118. CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For PINs ty Asie Questions Delivered In this Session more information on accessing the CPS PD Whats he mena lena E 02 Which sentence propel uses ere Charting window please see Access the nn 4 05 isthe fear of closed in spaces CPS Charting window TO de e eet ck ol H 8 Which root word means with 3 Select the questions or answer choices yOu 92e serene propensos new 10 Which sentence properly uses the v would like to view from the Questions m Delivered in this Session window You ae ee can select questions or answer choices by clicking the box next to a choice so that a as checkmark appears The chart will change ME to depic t each ques tion or answer choice This chart displays a graph for the folowing questions Which sentence prope which are charted By Question you choose The figure at right shows Question 10 as a bar chart in the question response view A During the debate President Bush contravened Senator Kerry s proposal 16 of 20 We contravened the meeting at 7pm 2of 20 10 0 El The doctor contravened an I v for the patient Dof 20 Hide Figure 229 Viewing a question chart sliced with demographic data in the CPS Charting window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 191 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 4 Select the demographic data you would like to use by clicking the demographic
119. Change Questions The CPS Question Author Change All window appears sl 4 Click EA The CPS Spell Checker Options Close automatically spell checks your Figure 40 Spell checking a questions with the Spell question Check window Add CPS 4 0 Users Guide 41 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 5 Ifthe Spell Checker finds any misspelled words the Spell Check window appears 6 Use the Spell Check window to change the spelling ignore the word or access the Spell Checker Options window For more information on changing the Spell Checker options please see Set Spell Checker Options Set Spell Checker Options You can set your Spell Checker to ignore capitalized words ignore alphanumeric words or even to recognize special words from your custom dictionary To setup the Spell Checker options l Open CPS from your desktop icon lolx 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a question you would like to ES spell check or create a new question ATS seas The CPS Question Author window 2 i Ignore words with letters and numbers appears For more information on creating or editing a lesson question please see Create Lesson Questions or Edit Lesson Questions From the Tools menu choose Spelling then Spell Checker Options The Spell Checker Options window appears Cancel OK Ignore uppercase words To have Spell Checker 1gnore Figure 41 Setting up Spell Check options from the Spell capitalized letters click the box Checker
120. Chart Type Cross Tabulation ante ly uses the wol to close es concaten Add session d in spaces in Selecti ee Gees before w Retain Selections During Session a Acalnst or oF Wath eo aw Show Total E A 10 Which sentence prop w Show Questions and Categories w Show Correct w Show multiple charts w Show Answer Legend Answer Legend Options oe w Show Percentage w Show Answer Stem w Show Response Time Figure 226 Choosing answer legend options for the chart legend in the CPS Charting window 2 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Answer Options then select the choices that you would like to remove from the chart legend The checkmark beside each option disappears as you click it Show Answer Legend You can view the legend for a chart in the CPS Charting window To view the legend 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears 4 Choose Show Legend A checkmark appears next to the option and the CPS Charting window displays a legend beneath the chart or beneath each chart in Multiple Chart view CPS 4 0 Users Guide Options Reports Chart Responses by Chart Type Cross Tabulation Show Questions and Categories Show Correct Show multiple char
121. Cross Tabulation From the CPS Charting window click Options A Show Questions and Categories pop up menu appears Show Correct Choose Show Questions and Categories A e Show multiple charts checkmark appears next to the option The CPS Add session Charting window expands to make Questions ce Patani detections During Session Delivered in this Session and Categories windows aho nshertecerd available Answer Legend Options Figure 202 Choosing the Show Questions and Categories option from Open CPS from your desktop icon the CPS Charting ae j Access the CPS Charting window From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears Choose Show Questions and Categories The checkmark next to the option disappears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 187 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Raw Response Data Export Y ou can export the students performance data for a session from the CPS Charting window Y ou can also export this data as a report in the Reports tab For more information on exporting the performance data from the Reports tab please see Response Reports Data Export Report To export students performance data from the CPS Charting window l 2 Raw Response Data Export j Data Slicing Report Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window Figure 221 Exporting session From the CPS Chart
122. First Name Addams Jane Anthony Susan B Bolivar Simon Bonaparte IN apoleon Columbus Christopher Currie Marie De Medicis Catherine Edison Thomas Galilei Galileo Ghandi Mohandas He Zheng Khan Kublai King Jr Martin Luther Magellan Ferdinand Mendel Gregor Nightingale 45 Florence Nkrumah Kwame of Arc Joan Ramon Y Cajal Santiago Smith Adam Class Info la AA Reports View from wed Mar 29 2006 y to Fri May 12 2006 y Figure 231 Viewing the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide gt Grading Period Sixth Six Weeks y 193 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions The Gradebook tab functions include The list of classes in the open database in the top right corner Select a class to view Icons for each Assessment category in the left side toolbar including an All icon Tables listing students First and Last Names Grades for each assessment category selected and the Average and Weighted Average of the grades Click the category headings to sort by any of these columns You may sort them in ascending or descending order Class Information button in the side toolbar which displays in table form the data you entered on the Classes tab for each student and accesses Attendance data Reports button
123. Gradebook and Attendance Functions Y ou may sort by any of the above categories by simply clicking the corresponding category title in each column You may choose to sort in ascending or descending order by clicking the category title again Change the class you are viewing by simply clicking a different class name in the drop down list from the upper right corner LastName First Marne StudentlD Econ Disady Gender Ethnicity PadiD Serial Mum 1024775 LI Female NA 11 1066354 Female 1023541 LE Male 1048794 E a 1036458 1064997 1011346 1031470 70 T 1076458 Female NA 1017598 Male NA 1043197 1046597 Mea NA 1054979 Male M A 1052147 E NA 1031647 NA 1053644 Nid Tillerman Dicey 1024074 Hele HA Tremain Johnny 1064530 Male MA gt Figure 247 Viewing class information in the Gradebook tab Change Attendance Options You can choose your attendance options from the CPS Class Information window By selecting Display Attendance as Absent Present in the Class Info Area you can view student attendance as an Attendance sheet For more information on taking attendance please see Manage Attendance 1 Take attendance from the Classes tab 2 Goto the Gradebook tab 3 Select a class name from the Class drop down list located in the upper right corner of the Gradebook tab These classes are entered from the Classes tab and are only displayed here 4 Select the grading period that you want
124. I upload option Sync Options CPS can automatically sync with CPSOnline when you open Online Study Guide Syncing your class when CPS starts ensures that pour online roster is always up to date in CPS Ask me for each session upload Sync Options M Automatically sync class when CPS starts r e a Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt CPS If you are not always Figure 12 Select CPSOnline class options from the CPS connected to the internet New Class Wizard during class you may want to turn this option off 6 Click Next to create your class or click Back to review your information 7 Click Done to exit the CPS New Class Wizard and return to CPS Your new class appears in the class side left hand side of the Classes tab Figure 13 7 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases Campus_Teacher cps File Settings Help a Lessons Standards y Team Activities amp Classes C Reports EJ Gradebook Classes Siuxitg F amp O ew Edit Delete Import Export Print Attendance _ Students i Biology Students New Pad ID Delete Show All Student Information First ame fC Last Name CY sender Ethnicity Student IB Pad ID Figure 13 A new class in the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 239 App
125. If you took attendance at the beginning of class then in the middle and at the end of class using the Engage toolbar a student present only at the beginning of class would receive 5 points for the attendance assessment a student leaving after the second attendance would receive 10 points a student staying all the way through class would receive 15 points This section will show you how to Take an attendance average from a session Take an attendance average from the Classes tab Take an Attendance Average from a Session CPS allows you to create an incentive for students to stay for the entire class If you take attendance multiple times during a class period CPS will take the Max Points for the attendance session and divide it by the number of times you took attendance To take an average attendance grade from a session 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a lesson you would like to engage and click KJ The CPS Session Setup window appears 4 Click the box next to the Create Attendance from this Assessment option so that a checkmark appears The Include Attendance in Gradebook and Max Points options become available 5 Click the box next to the Include Attendance in Gradebook option to include the attendance in the gradebook If you do not choose this option CPS will still create an attendance session in the Reports tab where you can add the session to the Gradebook at a later time Ty
126. L Wizard appears Import Source Helpful Information Choose OnTrack csv from the Py Peme hante nvr sox youth Move yur mouse over any list Click Next Sl o ba clio Click Browse An Open dialog box a Select the OnTrack file from which Pala ri aad you want to import information seca Click O p e n I f no MS File tx or 888 333 4988 for additional help instructors teachers are defined you e will automatically be presented with Instruction the Teacher Login dialog box If there are instructors teachers defined you can use an existing en teacher or create a new teacher Figure 115 Importing an OnTrack file 0 NOTE The information on the left side of the CPS Add Edit Teachers dialog box applies to data that is in CPS not data that is in the OnTrack file Select the instructor teacher you want to import classes for and click OK You will see a list of classes associated with that teacher from which you can choose which classes to import Select the classes to import and click OK When a class is imported into CPS review the student information from the Classes tab Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the OnTrack file To learn more about editing a class please see Edit Class Information CPS 4 0 Users Guide 100 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import Classes from DuPont Files Y ou can import files from DuPont To import a DuPont file l 2 Open CPS fr
127. Next Question 141 student side 79 Study Guide Class Summary Report 177 Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report 177 Study Guide Report 176 Subjective Question Create 21 T F No Graphic 25 T F No Graphics Big Questio 25 T F Question Graphic 25 T F Question Graphic Bottom 25 T F Question Graphic II 25 T F Question Graphic Right 25 tbt Deliver 103 Teacher Managed Assessment Mode 116 Teacher Managed tab 128 Auto Move to Next Question 140 Auto Show Alphabetic Responses 132 Auto Show Charting 133 Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid 132 Auto Start the Question 137 Auto Start the Timer 136 Detach Narrative 131 Mask Response on Pad 138 Show Answer Distribution 130 Show Correct Answer 135 Show Cumulative Percent Correct 129 Show Large Screen 133 Show Large Screen Verbal 139 Show Pads that Have Responded 129 Show Percent Correct 134 Timer Length and Increment 138 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Index Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment Mode 126 Team Activities 7 8 12 105 106 107 108 109 110 127 154 Team Activities tab 145 Enable Student Led Mode 146 Show Answered Correct 145 Use Bonus Points 146 There It Is 5 17 18 105 106 Engage 154 Top Score 105 111 116 Engage 157 Top Score icon 158 Turn Off Response Pads 142 Upload Attendance after Class 222 Attendance Assessments 220 Attendance from Session Setup 220 Attendance from the Attendance window 221 Ve
128. Notes in your lesson questions 0 NOTE The following instructions assume you are adding a note to an existing question in one of your lessons However you can also add a note to a new question in an existing lesson or to a question in a new lesson Once the CPS Question Author window is displayed the process 1s the same 1 Open the Lessons tab of CPS 2 Click on one of your lessons The o ls to add additional information to your question questions in that lesson will display to MM the right or on the bottom if your A A view is split horizontally v Bwe Any changes will be saved 3 Right click on the question to which CPS Note Audio Video you want to add a note Fie Tite T Fie Pabiame Chopin Prelude in E minor mp3 C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents My 4 Click Edit The CPS Question Author window appears 5 Click Question 6 Click Notes and Media The Question Note window appears 7 Click on the Audio Video tab 8 Click Browse Locate the file you TT Make all file s available after response Remove Remove All wish to attach and click Open The Figure 20 Adding an Audio Video Note to a question from CPS File Details window appears the Audio Video tab of the Question Note window 9 Ifthe information is correct click OK The file will be listed in the Audio Video tab NOTE There is a checkbox in the bottom right corner that says Make all file s availab
129. OK to exit the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard and return to the Gradebook tab Using Grading Periods Y ou can create grading periods to help you organize your class records in the Gradebook tab This section will tell you how to Create Grading Periods Use Grading Periods View data by calendar function Create Grading Periods CPS saves student performance data from the first day you begin using it and you can organize that data into certain grading periods While the data available from the Reports tab is in order sequentially the Gradebook offers the opportunity to organize the data into specific grading periods For example if you create and deliver questions to students from January 8 to February 21 and that is referred to as your fourth 6 week period then from the Gradebook tab you can define that period of time as such To create a Grading Period 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab Ea 3 Click Gradebook The CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 201 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 4 Click on the Grading Period Ex Welcome amp Class Information ES Grading Period en Weight Sets S Letter Grades M Class Participation tab i Establish the Grading Periods specific to your district and school Simply enter a grading period title Le First 6 weeks and then use the Begin Date and End Date drop down calendars to select your dates by
130. OS 8 Enter your el SEARCH account username PR Usemame and Password Helpful Information and password or your CPSOnline ES Please enter pour username and password for your CPSOnline account username and password Click Next to 4 If Prompt for Login at Statup is selected you will be prompted to login to CPSOnline when CPS starts B Usemame C ontinue If you need help with your username and password please contact elnstruction technical support at 88 Password techsupp einstruction com This username and password is used CPS logs you in to your el SEARCH account to connect to CPS nine where you can find and import content for your indicates a required field lessons Prompt for Login at Startup T A e n Instruction anging the face of edu lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 66 Entering your username and password in the CPS SEARCH Login Wizard Find SEARCH Content You can access elnstruction sample content directly from the el SEARCH main page without logging 1n or you can login to el SEARCH to access content specifically for you or your school district To search for content 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Login to your el SEARCH account For more information on creating an el SEARCH account or logging in please see Create an el SEARCH Account or Login to an el SEARCH Account Your SEARCH home page appears with any content already available to you C
131. OSES doesnt 113 Setup The RESPOMSE Y A A A A A 114 AAA A ae ees 114 O A PTE OP rr Re nC TaP eee 114 BG tH RE PAGS Ai 115 CSS CSS OMS CD A os JS CHOOSE Dele MOS a 115 Teacher Managed Assessment Mode A A A AAA 116 Student Managed Assessment Mod ooooccococononoooooooooonnnnnnnnnno nono nono nono nono n ono nono non nono nnnnnnos 116 Student Managed Practice Mode A AO 122 Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment Mode ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 126 CPS 4 0 Users Guide iV Table of Contents AAMONY MOUS MOS A ios 127 DE tH Dever ODON aie a e e N 127 Teacher Mana eni E E manatees 128 BUG OMe a A a a O 140 RE r Oa ola a E uabacsn toasts 141 la a A A a a a A 143 de A A O a 145 Eneas e mile CIS TOM ER ci 147 Engage in Quick Start Moderens n ai AAA Ia 147 FETS ACE CSS ONS tania 148 Wsethe CPST ngare TOD alada De c la 149 BG ae CAVITE Leona 149 Engage T astride LESSONS iia 151 Fngage Exam y 1 w LESSONS ti E 151 POVON LESSON Sutton a as 152 Encase Verbal DUES ROS do 152 Engage Verbal Questions from the Lessons tab cccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 152 Engage Verbal Questions from the Engage Toolbar ooccnnnnnnninininnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 153 e A E A 154 Play Ther A RIA 154 Play the CPSC hallenge Borda ti 156 Play LOPS COL anaa E EE E T aoe 157 Fngase PowerPoint Presentations snarere iA aAA A AAE a 158 Engage 4 PowerPoint Presentation sadyanira AN Oe eas 158 Engage Less
132. Options window next to this option so that a checkmark appears Ignore words with letters and numbers To have Spell Checker ignore alphanumeric words click the box next to this option so that a checkmark appears Custom Dictionary To add words to or create a custom dictionary for Spell Checker click the Edit button Custom Dictionary ES Edit your custom list of correctly spelled words one word per line 5 Click OK to save your changes and return to the CPS Question Author window Add Words to the Spell Checker Dictionary You can create a custom dictionary for the Spell Checker Using the custom dictionary the Spell Checker can identify special words or acronyms that you frequently use To create a custom dictionary l 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a question you would like to Open CPS from your desktop icon fle Edt Format view Heb spell check or create a new question The CPS Question Author window appears For more information on creating or editing a lesson question please see Create Lesson Questions or Edit Lesson Questions From the Tools menu choose Spelling Figure 42 Creating a custom dictionary with the then Spell Checker Options The Spell Dictionary Notepad window Checker Options window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 42 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 5 Click Edit The Dictionary Notepad window appears 0 NOTE Put each word on a separate line 6 When you ve added all your word
133. P Oo 2552s oscersonteveas ose eocasusutneceaatooensonteueas use oeasosutonce RENERE ONTO ea RiR 13 Ie SPs OT PI emer in cree o oe EOE pacman eouneaetoanaafneemea teamed 13 Higher Ed CP SO nie LO a 15 TSS IIS APPCCOMET Oy A E a 16 O e A soe UE AS A 17 Create Fast Grade Lessons escarola iia iaa ot dia Raid 18 CIi cate Lesson QUESTIONS rra is 19 Create Subjective QUCSIIONS a e ee N eaa anai 21 Selecta Question Templat aa 21 Add Audio Video Notes to Lesson QUEStIONS occcccccnncconnocccnnnnnnnonanoconnnonononanoconinnnnnnn 26 Add Notes to Lesson Questions cccccccccccesesseeeccceceeeeesececcceesaueeeececcesssuaeseeeeseeeeuaenes 27 Create Questions with Graphics ccccccccccsesssssseessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 Display Graphics within Questions cccccccescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 28 Assign Question Difficulty Levels cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeees 31 Associate Categories to a Question cccccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nn rra 31 Associate Standards to a Question ooooccccncnnnnncnnnocccnnnnnnnnnanocnnnnnnnonnnononnnnnnnnnnnoccnnnnnnnnns 32 Create Lessons with the Lesson Builder occcccccnnnnnnnnnnnnononononnccnoncnonononnnnnonononanananononoss 32 Ed EC SSCS roca 34 Edit Lesson Attributes ccccccccccccccccecccceeesssssseeeeccccccceeeeeeasaauseeseeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeaaaaanes
134. PS C CPS_Databases Beta databases MyLessons cps File Settings Help amp Lessons Standards y Team Activities YH Classes E Reports EA Gradebook XK OU ss E Verbal Questions Engage Lessonfs Tools SEARCH EE MyLessons cps TE Books Available To You Your Campus And Your 68M Reading Comprehension District m MN E Editing Technical Documents J PowerPoint H A Examview Note If your book is not shown enter it s adoption code at GO the right You may your book seller or for a book adoption code Engaging Kids In Marketing The Mi Human Resource book a EE 4 Math Gr 1 a Core 2 e bs Management 10 e image JE not y available The Art of Public Engaging Kids in Engaging Kids in Speaking 9 e i Math 5th Grade book Math 5th Grade image ihe TEXAS available available 2004 TAKS EKI Math Grade 4 Released Test Grade 6 PowerPoint Presentations Figure 67 Viewing the SEARCH home page with content CPS 4 0 Users Guide 59 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 3 Browse through your content to find the textbook or content information you would like to import 4 If you do not have any content or do not see the content you would like enter a textbook Adoption Code into the Adoption Code box and click Go el SEARCH will retrieve the textbook data available from your Adoption Code If you do not have an Adoption Code please contact your textbook publisher or eInstruction Technical Support at 888 3
135. S Turn Off Response Pads If you use an RF system you can automatically power off all your students response pads To turn off RF response pads 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Receiver tab 3 Click Power Off The students response pads turn off 4 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 142 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Change RF Receiver Settings If you use an RF system you can change the Base Channel and max power settings for your receiver unit To change RF receiver settings 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Receiver tab 3 Enter your Base Channel in the Base Channel box Your Base Channel number ranges between 1 and 75 and flashes on your receiver unit 4 Increase or decrease your max power range by using the sliding scale 5 Click Apply to apply your changes 6 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Feedback Grid tab The Feedback Grid tab allows you to set your Feedback Grid settings for when you engage a lesson CPS Delivery Options p Teacher Managed Student Managed Receiver Feedback Grid Team Activities Options Helpful Information FE E Time Interval for Feedback Grid fin Seconds Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting Nu
136. S communicates with CPSOnline and logs you in Cancel Newt gt gt Figure 14 CPSOnline Login Wizard Prompt for Login at Startup I Changing the face of education CPS 4 0 Users Guide 229 Appendix A REAP 4 Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS A Lend ssessment icon appears in the Lessons tab Create an Assessment 1 In the Lessons tab click m Send Assessment m Helpful Information Allowed CPSOnline Assessment space 100 0 MB A Currently used CPSOnline Assessment space 6 33 MB Move your mouse over any ieee The CPS Send gas cren seting to sog further eg Assessment Wizard appears IAB Sendnew assessment Figure l gt ee eee Check this button and click Next to E Select an assessment from your list of existing assessments RO NA IEA to edit delete or copy CPSOniine 2 Click the box next to Send new Assessment so that a M i hnical checkmark appears Tre oa or 888 333 4988 for additional help 3 Click Next Assessment Name Engage Date Ll e oe IA Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel Next gt gt Figure 15 Send a new assessment CPS Send Assessment Wizard 3 Select Lesson s m Helpful Information 4 Select a lesson from your database that you would like to Select the Lesson s that you would like to include send as an assessment ie ak lee h
137. S from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select a class from the class side left or top window Any students in this class display on the student side right or bottom window 4 From the student side select a student name The selected student s information activates in the Student Information area at the bottom of the Classes tab Continues on next page CPS 4 0 Users Guide 91 Z CPS CCPS Databases Beta databases REAP Databases MScarlet cps File Settings Help ES Lessons gt Standards y Team Activities UMD Classes E Reports EA Gradebook Classes Students TEREE SO Y New Edit Delete Import Esport Print Attendance Delete 4 Mapa e wiliam Emily Samuel Taylor Ralph Waldo Robert 4 John erry Wradswoarth Sylvia 4 Christina wililam A Fercey Bisshe aay Veen tuident Information First Name Henry Wadsworth Gender Male Last Name Longfellow Ethnicity HA Pad ID Figure 106 Editing a student s information in the Classes tab 5 Edit any of the student s information Angelou Blake Bronte Cooleridge Cummings Dickinson Donne Emerson Frost Keats Longfellow Milton Plath Rosetti Shakespeare Shelley Student ID f 366665 i 2 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Show All 6 Click Save when you finish editing that entry The entry displays as edited 7 Repeat the above steps for as many entries as you want to edit in the class
138. SI EXPO RENO arta llar tado OT RAC KX DOM RD riera Response Data de X DOT RE DOR irssi iuen eieo a ee a ei AIL D ta Export Report adi TEN eeit POSE REPON as aa E EMS EXPO REPO eresi O InteGrade Pro Export ROI A W CoG T Export REDO io EAN IC O E E IE E guna RE E E aaaNa View Results and use Data SlicCiNE oooooncccncinininnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ocn non nnnnnnos Access the CPS Charting Window s ssessesssessnsnsstenneenssesnnnnnsenneeees ACCESS CUEING SESSION WEN VELY sctssavecrestoesiadueeeiecsatinuereieuiadseies Access rom th Reports aD steers cctscadacrcaterdtanidaed haia View Performance Data by Question cccccsssssssssesssssssssesssssssssssseeeeees View Performance Data by AnsWe cccseessssssssssessssssesssssssssesssesaaas View Performance Data by Cato Vid Change Chart Op MOMs aa Snow Response Lime siena Aa y o E eae ae Se ea ese PIO WO BNC OU sia atetc le dl Show Questions and Categories oooococccooooooooooononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnonnnnnnnnnos Raw Response Data EXPO cuado pave Chart as Graphic ida PEE CALE ss dreds ns canta al Nate da tea ech encores tanitan bhai dellnehiadimasiewaadaen toute ti vhaNaaes Show Multiple Gi arts soci cit e a edo ul a O PTS WCE PLOWS de en oe STOW ANSWERS Slice Perlormance Dat Sice by DEMOS io Slice by Comparison E iii he E a e Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions USe Te Cro Gradebook anne a a no e ce Create a radeo
139. Start The CPS Engage toolbar appears Create a WebCT Class Now you can use your WebCT Vista classes in CPS Before you follow the steps below make sure your IT Administrator has installed the CPSOnline Registration Proxy Tool onto your institution s server To link your WebCT class to CPS 1 Log on to your WebCT Vista Instructor s account WebCT Check Browser Help ES Username E We highly recommend that you perform a p d browser check before logging in to ensure A your computer is properly configured to use ok Vista Run a Browser Check Forgot your login information Pop up Blockers This site makes use of pop up windows If vou have a pop up blocker installed please disable it for this site Figure 95 Logging on to your WebCT Instructor s account 2 Select the link for your WebCT Vista Course Section that you would like to create in CPS 3 Click the Build tab and click the Basic View tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 83 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 Click the More Tools link on the left hand menu A link for you to create your class in CPS will appear below 5 Click on the link ro 6 Click the appropriate button to create a new class or edit an ne existing class Skip step 7 if you are editing an existing class peal 7 Create a class Title Go to gt Add to Home Page WebCT Build Basic View Create CPSOnlineRegistration LOCAL Assessments gt A Assignments g
140. Summary Report 177 Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report 177 Study Guide Report 176 WebCT Export Report 181 Response Data Export Report 180 Response Report 173 response system 112 Rubrics 44 Associate to Subjective Question 45 Copy 46 Create 44 Delete 47 Edit 46 SASI XP Files 99 Scanner testing 48 Session Category 148 Session Data Export Report 178 Session Merge 161 Show Graphic After Response 28 Show Graphic Full Screen 29 Software Support Information 5 Contact Information 5 Hours 5 Training Information 5 Spell Checker 6 41 42 43 Customize Dictionary 42 Options 42 Standard Attributes window 67 71 standard side 67 279 Standards 8 66 Add Questions 73 Associate Dynamic Standards 72 Associate to Lesson Question 32 Copy Questions to Other Standards 74 Copy Questions within the Same Standard 75 Create 67 Create Questions 68 Delete 75 Delete Question 75 Download 68 Edit Attributes 71 Edit Standards Questions 71 Import Downloaded Standards 78 Import from CPS Database 77 Print 76 Standards Builder 69 Standards Analysis Report 174 Standards Builder 69 Star Chart Report 176 Student Managed Assessment Mode 116 Using a 1st Generation Higher Ed RF System 117 Using a 1st Generation K 12 RF System 121 Using a 2nd Generation RF System 121 Using an IR System 117 Walkthrough 118 Student Managed Practice Mode 122 Student Managed tab 140 Manual Advance to
141. Users Guide 123 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Student 5 has correctly answered Question 1 and moved to Question 2 Student 6 is currently answering Question 1 incorrectly and remains on Question 1 The pad ID flashes blue indicating acceptance of an answer but the question number remains 1 because the answer is incorrect Snapshot 2 Figure 147 Snapshot 2 of Student Managed Practice mode Student 5 has correctly answered two questions and moved to Question 3 Students 7 8 and 9 have correctly answered Question 2 and moved to Question 3 Student 6 is incorrectly answering Question 1 The pad ID flashes red with a black X indicating that the response 1s out of range Snapshot 3 WA CPS Assessment Class Name Ist Period Figure 148 Snapshot 3 of Student Managed Practice mode Students 5 and 6 are on Question 3 Student 7 has progressed to Question 5 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 124 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Students 8 and 9 are on Questions 6 and 4 respectively Because students cannot move to the next question until a question has been answered correctly the G and H buttons are disabled on the IR pad Snapshot 4 iah CPS Assessment Class Nante Ist Period Figure 149 Snapshot 4 of Student Managed Practice mode All of the participating students have finished all of the questions They cannot move to any other questions and they remain on Question 20 Their pad IDs stay blue to indicate that
142. _Databases Beta databases REAP Databases CMustard cps File Settings Help i Lessons S Standards y Team Activities Qi Classes CY Reports Bal Gradebook Xx 0 Verbal Questions Engage Lessons Tools SEARCH Y Campus Teacher cps Number Title Question Stern C Assessments Difficulty Standards a 10th Grade Grammar 4ssessment a a 10th Grade Writing Assessment xamview T Downloaded Assessments Categories 10th Grade Grammar Assessment Expire Identifying Parts of Speech Parts of Speech Il 5 23 10th Grade Writing Assessment Expired M Unit 1 Vocabulary Problem Words Figure 21 Downloaded assessments in the Downloaded Assessments folder of the Lessons tab To engage your downloaded assessments as lessons in CPS and to upload the performance data to CPSOnline please see the CPS Help File or the CPS Users Guide CPS 4 0 Users Guide 244 Appendix A REAP Appendix B CPSOnline Higher Ed CPSOnline is the online companion to CPS Using CPS and CPSOnline you can engage students in the classroom and allow them to view their grades and online study guides for class assessments CPSOnline works primarily for Higher Ed classrooms but also works for K 12 classes using REAP For more information on CPSOnline for K 12 and REAP please see Appendix A CPSOnline Higher Ed allows students to engage in the classroom and at home via the Internet Students create CPSOnline ac
143. a standards based reporting system for teachers principals administration and parents Click here to learn about EPS Online You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help indicates a required field Attendance Options Display attendance as a grade in the Assessments area Display attendance as Absent Present in the Class Info area ls Cancel e Instruction Changing the face o lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 7 Enter class information in the CPS New Class Wizard Choose your class options Click Next to continue CPSOnline Class click the box next to the Make this a CPSOnline class option Attendance Options select whether you would like to view your students attendance as an attendance sheet in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab or as an attendance grade in the Assessments area of the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 236 Appendix A REAP Connect your Class to CPSOnline 1 Enter your Instructor Setup Code Figure 8 Click Next to continue CPS connects with CPSOnline to retrieve your school information 2 Click Next to confirm your school information or click Back to use a different code Figure 9 1 e o Instruction nging the face of education y Cha Figure 8 Enter your Instructor Setup Code in the CPS New Class Wizard CPS New Class Wizard i
144. ade lesson 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the database or a lesson under which you want to create a i CPS Lesson Attributes iz Parent Lessor Unit 1 Early America Title FastGrade lesson Coane vil Description 4 Click A pop up menu MC quiz over the early colonies of the New World appears 5 Choose FastGrade The CPS Lesson Attributes window opens for Unique Identifier you to name your FastGrade lesson A 6 Type a name for your FastGrade _ O OS XK lesson in the Title box and optionally a description or unique Pe identifier You can also add a picture ae file jpeg bitmap or gif that will appear when you engage the lesson Figure 15 Creating a title for a FastGrade lesson in the in There It Is SMA mode CPS Lesson Attributes window 7 Click OK The CPS FastGrade window opens showing the following features Title The name you typed in the CPS Lesson Attributes window Number of questions in this Lesson The number of questions you have successfully added to the FastGrade answer key Properties Opens the CPS Lesson Attributes window Question type columns Question types in individual columns enable you to add various question types to the FastGrade answer key Standards associated with the current question Standards in the open database appear so that you can associate them with each question if you like Current Question The question number you are curren
145. ance A CPS database contains lessons standards classes team activities student performance data reports the student gradebook and attendance records This section will show you how to Create new databases Password protect databases Open existing databases Convert databases to CPS 4 0 Beta Import Export databases in XML Login to CPSOnline H Create a New Database Although you can create many CPS databases we suggest you create only one Organizing the data collected by CPS 1s easy when you save multiple classes and lessons to a single database Whether you re a first time CPS user or a seasoned pro follow the steps below to create a new CPS database First time CPS Users If you have never used CPS before you will need to create a new cps database file 1 Open CPS from the desktop icon The CPS E Opes a mosie CPS database if CACPS Detsbeses PDS Traring Trainer DEPOS Trarmg cps Open or Create New CPS Database window one ard Setings michael DesktoprelnstuctiomCPS_Distabuses if 4 CA Docume and Selingsmichaci Desktoprelrnstnaicion CPS Databases app Cars C Documents and Setings michael Desktop velrstucton CPS_ Databases F CACPS DatabasesiSample Databases Tiivis 2002 T viacp 2 Choose Create a new CPS File de il cala bd RAFA ina F CACPS_DetabasesMakED Seling cps 3 Click OK The New CPS File dialog box Al PANDO Maishat EN r a E en said i opens z Close CPS 4 Go to Step 4 i
146. appears Type in the title of your lesson A pop up menu Optionally you can add a description unique identifier or l CPS Lesson Attributes i Parent Lesson Unit 1 Early America Title Discovery and Settlement Description study of the earliest colonization attempts in the New World Includes the history of the Roanoke and Jamestown settlements as well as discussing the geographical differences between early settlements at Jamestown and Chesapeake Bay Unique Identifier HIST_1 1_SET Associated File Browse associate a picture file that you can view in There It Is SMA mode Click OK Use the keyboard commands Ctrl and Ctrl Shift along with mouse selections and movement to move copy or link lessons For more shortcut hints please see Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts CPS 4 0 Users Guide Cancel Figure 14 Creating a CPS lesson with the CPS Lesson Attributes window 17 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Create FastGrade Lessons Use the FastGrade feature as a supplement to worksheets and other hardcopies You can create a FastGrade answer key distribute hardcopies to the students and have them respond for a quick grade When you create a FastGrade lesson please have a hard copy of the course material with you preferably one that has the correct answers indicated You should make this FastGrade lesson before you present 1t to your students Follow the steps below to create a FastGr
147. apter 3 Creation Functions Delete a Class Y ou can delete an entire class in CPS However when you delete a class you also delete any students within that class s roster To delete a class l 2 gt 4 5 6 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Select the class you want to delete XK Click A Alternatively right click and choose the Delete command from the pop up menu A confirmation message appears Click OK to permanently eliminate the class or click Cancel to quit this delete function Repeat steps 3 5 for as many classes as you want to delete Delete a Student You can delete an individual student from a class roster Deleting a student who is copied into another class roster will not delete that student from the other class roster To delete a student ll 2 3 4 gt 6 7 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Select the class from which you want to delete students The students in this class display in the student side right or bottom window From the student side left or top window select the student s that you want to delete B Click Ed Alternatively right click and choose the Delete command from the pop up menu A confirmation message appears on screen Click OK to remove that entry Repeats steps 4 6 for as many entries as you want to delete from the class Import Classes You can import class rosters from many different applications in
148. art the Question The Auto Start the Question option automatically starts the question so that you do not need to press the Start button to begin the response cycle In this sentence what does concatenate mean Sheila used a concatenate of root words to create a new word group many string chain field EN tnd g u ara f Aka 4 Question 4 Unit 1 Root words 0 1Iof3flsa s 6 7 89 10 14 12113 14 45 16 17 18 19 20 Figure 163 Viewing the CPS Content Delivery window with the Auto Start the Question option ON To access the Auto Start the Question option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Auto Start the Question To automatically start the response cycle for a question click the box next to the Auto Start the Question option so that a checkmark appears Manually Start the Question To manually start the response cycle for a question click the box next to the Auto Start the Question option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 137 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Mask Response on Pad The Mask Response on Pad option allows you to mask the response on Gen 2 response pads For more information on Gen 2 RF response pads please see Gen 2 RF System To access the Mask Response on Pad option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to th
149. ases C Documents and Settingsmichach MDesktoptelnstmuctionCPS_ Databases 4 CA Documents and Settings wrichaehiWDesktoprelrstucionCPS_Detabases WI CACPS Databases Sampl Database Tivia2002 Tiia cps WN CACPS DalsbaresiSample DislabaresiTihmiaCPS Trivia cps t CACPS DaabaseshatED Seling ops Fl PPR Pista LE Cera Pres O rl momo hd gt Choss ces Figure 1 Choose Create a new CPS database Save in REAP Databases 4 4 Ef E REAP Assessments CMustard cps il Coordinator Db cps E District Coordinator cps El MScarlet cps Mi hite cps File name District Coordinator Save as type ces Databaze Cancel Figure 2 Create a new CPS database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 224 Appendix A REAP Ji CPS CCPS Databases Beta databases REAP Databases District Coordinator cps File Settings Help Es Lessons Sy Standards yy Team Activities ca Classes E Reporte EA Gradebook 5 Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools Book SEAR CH Number Title Question Stem Type Difficulty Standards Figure 3 Empty CPS database opened to the Lessons tab Download REAP Standards from eInstruction 1 Open your web browser and go to http www einstruction com downloads 2 Select State Standards from the Download Types pull down menu x Click OR Do you want to save this file 4 Choose your state country or Mame IS A Type Unknown File Type 1 89 MB province from the pull down menu B orcs 5 Cli
150. assessment type 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Gradebook tab 3 On the left hand side of the Gradebook tab click Assessments The Assessments toolbar appears down the left hand side of the tab Class Info Reports Figure 242 Using the Assessments toolbar in the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 203 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 4 Click an icon to view only that type of assessment You can view the following assessment types All assessment types Homework Quiz Exam Test Other Class Participation Attendance 5 Click the icon again to remove that assessment type from your gradebook view 44 NOTE Make certain that the Grading Period highlighted in the lower right corner represents the time frame of grades you want to view You can add edit and delete assessment grades from the Assessment view whether the grades are generated from a CPS delivery session or not Include Assessment in Gradebook Even 1f you don t include an assessment in the gradebook when you deliver it you can include the assessment in the gradebook from the Gradebook tab To add a CPS assessment to the gradebook 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab ep 3 Click L The Choose Session for Gradebook window opens and lists previous CPS delivery sessions not already in the gradebook EE cea Select the Sessions you want to include in your Gradebook Se
151. associate the current question with the categories ae you create Alternatively you can add a new e arene sore category by clicking New and typing in the category name Ok Cancel Session Categories 5 Click OK to save your changes and return to the Figure 28 Associating categories to CPS Question Author window questions using the Categories window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 31 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Associate Standards to a Question After you have typed in a question and answer options you can associate specific standards to a question using these steps 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears 2 Inthe CPS Question Author window click the Question menu item and choose Associate Standards Alternatively click from the Question Author toolbar The CPS Question Standards window appears CPS goea Standards Er LN English B Oy Eth Grade English E E HAS Objective 1 The student will demonstrate a basic understanding of culturally diverse n oss Objective 2 The student will apply knowledge of literary elements to understand cull Fl oy Objective 3 The student will use a variety of strategies to analyze culturally diverse El os Objective 4 The student will apply critical thinking skills to analyze culturally diverse E T Science Figure 29 Associating standards to a question with the CPS Question Standards window 3 Click inside the boxes beside as many standards as y
152. ate in If the system operates in the 2 4 2 5 GHz spectrum have you tested it to ensure that cell phones wireless PDAs laptops and 2 4 GHZ wireless phones do not affect your system If so what are the results of those tests i The RF system is an FCC approved system that meets all frequency hopping requirements to avoid interfering with other 2 4 GHz devices We have thoroughly tested it with cell phones wireless keyboards PDAs and multiple 802 11 wireless networks with no interference Again the system is FCC approved so it has to abide by the guidelines for approval CPS 4 0 Users Guide 260 Appendix C Third Party Add ins Appendix C Third Party Add ins eInstruction works with several third party systems to create a more flexible and interactive CPS Y our school administrators can install the CPS tools along with CPS or at a separate time so that you can use third party products with CPS CPS supports two specific tools for Higher Education WebCT and Blackboard When IT Administrators install the CPS tools on their networks teachers can then setup their existing WebCT or Blackboard classes with CPS CPS can then download class rosters from WebCT or Blackboard and then upload via the CPS tool information back into the WebCT or Blackboard class CPS also supports a universal tool for both Higher Education and K 12 PowerPoint When you open PowerPoint on a computer with CPS installed PowerPoint provides you with access
153. ating an attendance sheet in the Gradebook tab please see Take Attendance as Absent Present Use Gradebook Reports CPS generates grade reports from the assessment grades in the Gradebook tab From the Gradebook tab you can generate the Progress Report Assessment Summary Report Card Summary Grade Post Summary Attendance Report Assessments Class Info You can use these reports as progress reports for students or as a way to track student performance data You can also track student performance data from the Reports tab For more information on performance data reports please see Choose Reports This section will show you how to Access Gradebook reports View Gradebook reports Access Gradebook Reports You can access five different gradebook reports using the Reports toolbar in the Gradebook tab To access a gradebook report 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab 3 Click the Reports button on the left hand toolbar Figure 249 Using the Reports toolbar in the Gradehook tah CPS 4 0 Users Guide 209 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 4 Click the icon representing the report type you would like to view The Gradebook Reporting window appears For more information on the different types of gradebook reports please see View 5 CPS Gradebook Reporting Gradebook Reports Classes Choose the class for which you would like to view the gradebook report
154. ation but does not do well on quizzes Cl Aue age 1410 3 6 Maris gnted fg ars Mad Arg _ O men T Mur De of feces meds Chats Parichat 1 j Bam 04 Homework 24 Oe 4 TestO Other co 4 Tex naa Paren S gral puden ID Aas iya Za acel Hat NEAL Aa e 260 Tec PAE HTA E APARATO ALLA AO RL rk En e HE AA O A AA a k F H cH Tide a ud Ged ed oe ode e 0 ede Ce gees de 10 oe A gd ed AAA Figure 252 Viewing an Assessment Summary report from the Gradebook tab For information on accessing the Assessment Summary report please see Access Gradebook Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 211 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Report Card Summary Y ou can print a Report Card Summary to send home with your students at the end of a Grading Period The Report Card Summary shows the class average the student s average and includes a grading scale Clos Aveiage 94 TA Man We gico Avy B Wege iwy Teac Sealer Pan Sgnauie Tih iaa Ted bal ee ee i eed ed dee de e ee eed a AL Figure 253 Viewing a Report Card Summary from the Gradebook tab For information on accessing the Report Card Summary report please see Access Gradebook Reports Grade Post Summary When you choose the Grade Post Summary from the Reports toolbar a grade summary is exported to Microsoft Excel You can choose to view the Grade Post Summary by Student Full Name Student Last Name Student ID or Pad ID Cla
155. ations 2 Click the Lessons or Standards tab F ndate in Gradebook T Anonymous Mode F l Esporito Cueston Cd 3 Select a lesson or standard name Session Close Participation Mex Points 1100 4 Click Engage Lessontel or Engage Standard The CPS Session i Create A endence tom thie Assecement Setup window appears Select the session options from this window 5 Click Create Class on the CPS Session Setup window The CPS Create Class window appears Figure 93 Accessing the CPS Create Class window from the CPS Session Setup window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 82 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 6 Type in a Class Title 7 Use the Lower Range and Upper et Range boxes to indicate the number of DeutCess pads you are using in this delivery pad ids and student ids wil 6 begin atthe lower range and session as well as designating the pad LowerRange UpperRenge end atthe upper range For a Ez example a lower range of 6 ID values in use For example if you are n 3 is A nan upper range of 15 wil create a class of 10 students using 5 pads with a pad ID value range assigned pads 6 15 OK C l from 11 to 15 then type 11 in the Eag Lower Range box and 15 in the Upper Figure 94 Creating a K 12 Quick Class from the CPS Range box When the lesson is Create Class window delivered only those pad IDs would be represented on screen 8 Click OK The CPS Session Setup window reappears 9 Click
156. base open in the bottom left pane Alternately you can choose to build from Standards questions simply click the Standards tab in the bottom left window Questions for the selected Lesson Name E Use the ERP standard display in the bottom right pane 6 Select questions to copy or link into the target standard Select the number and types of questions to be selected at random 7 Use the Ctrl key or the Shift key and Random Questions your mouse to select specific questions to Busstion Select Number be included in the target standard While H BEES E pressing your mouse button drag those ee Zz selected questions into the top pane 8 Use the Link or Copy option buttons to e EE choose how you want the questions E E moved 42 Numeric i 9 Click the Select Random Question button to choose the number of specific Cancel question types you want to include inthe Figure 82 Selecting a random question with the target standard Click the OK button to Random Question Selector from the Standards complete this random selection SUNGI When you have completed building a new standard from an existing database s click the Close button The Standards tab appears Select the standard you built on the left in order to review the questions on the right CPS 4 0 Users Guide 70 Edit Standards Once you create standards you can edit them in CPS This section will show you how to 44 Edit Standard Attributes Edit Standard Q
157. before you click Start to begin the question response cycle To join the class the students simply press Join enter the channel number displayed on the screen and press Send If a student who has already joined the class turns his or her pad off or becomes un joined for any reason bring up the Join Form again by clicking the Join button Administer your lesson as you normally would once all students have joined the class Students respond by pushing the button corresponding to their answer choice and pressing Send The CPS Question Deliver window appears Type in or ask your question or use the Chalkboard toolbar to draw or import an image Click the Start button on the Feedback Grid to allow students to respond to your question Click the End button on the Feedback Grid when your students have answered Close the CPS Question Deliver window to return to your presentation 8 Close out the Engage toolbar when your presentation 1s complete to return to the Lessons tab The Weimar Republic e 1918 1933 e Result of WWI e Political unrest CPS 4 0 Users Guide 253 Appendix A REAP Use your CPSOnline class for following semesters Once a class s semester term has ended you may want to reuse the class s online site and stored class information for a new semester with a new set of students The Recycle button allows you to select the class information you want to keep and then eliminate the class information you are ready to di
158. bric Associate a rubric to a subjective question Edit a rubric Copy a rubric Delete a rubric Create a Rubric 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Click the Settings menu item and choose Rubric Wizard The Rubric Wizard appears Your next few steps will depend on whether or not you have created a rubric in CPS before Follow the steps below to create a new rubric If You Have Never Created a Rubric The CPS Performance Question Wizard app ears m Performance Question Rubric Information r Helpful Information 1 i Enter the information for your rubric a Fill in the Rubric Name box Move your mouse over any b Choose the number of AO alt tha ETE categories from the Total ERES Number of Categories pull Enter the name of your rubric down menu Total Number of Categories c Click Next to continue 5 You may contact elnstruction technical d Type 1n the names of your support at techsuppGeinstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help categories or leave the J default names and click Next e Verify that the information you entered previously is correct Click Back to edit the information and Next to a AA save 1t Figure 44 Creating a rubric for the first time using the CPS Click Done to save your Performance Question Wizard rubric and return to the Lessons tab E truction Changing the face of education CPS 4 0 Users Guide 4
159. ce window 5 In the Attendance Options area of the Attendance window click the box next to the Include Attendance in Gradebook option so that a checkmark appears 6 Seta value for your Max Points The Max Points tell CPS the maximum number of points you would like to assign to a student for the day s attendance grade 7 Click the box next to the Automatically Upload Attendance option so that a checkmark appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 221 8 2 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Click Start to begin attendance When students press an answer key A 1 J 0 on RF or A H on IR their corresponding pad ID number lights up on the Attendance window and CPS creates an attendance session if one does not already exist for the day in the Reports tab and a grade in the Gradebook tab Repeat steps 1 8 for as many times as you would like to take attendance CPS automatically uploads your attendance assessment after you end the attendance If you take attendance multiple times during the class period CPS will adjust your students attendance grades to reflect an attendance average Upload Attendance after Class CPS allows you to upload attendance assessments after class from the Reports tab To upload attendance after class a eS N O NOTE To upload attendance you must have a CPSOnline class and have your class options set to Display new attendance in the Reports tab For more information on setting your class option
160. choice questions To access the Indicate Correct Alphabetic Response on Pad option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the box next to the Indicate Correct Alphabetic Response on Pad option so that a checkmark appears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 132 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Auto Show Charting The Auto Show Charting option automatically displays the CPS Charting window after you end a response cycle For more information on the CPS Charting window please see View Results and Use Data Slicing To access the Auto Show Charting option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Auto Show Charting To automatically view the CPS Charting window after you end each question click the box next to the Auto Show Charting option so that a checkmark appears Auto Hide Charting To hide the CPS Charting window after you end each question click the box next to the Auto Show Charting option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Show Large Screen The Show Large Screen option displays questions in the CPS Content Delivery window The CPS Content Delivery window contains the questions and answer choices for each question Which sentence properly uses the word somnambulance Carrie s somnambulanc
161. ck Go 6 Select a standard type from the list of available standards The File While files from the Internet can be useful some tiles can potentially Download window appears Figure 4 SE les IF You do not trust the source do not save this 7 Click Save and browse through your Figure 4 Save downloaded standards computer to find the location to which you would like to save your standards You will be able to import these standards to CPS CPS Import Standards 1 m p O rt C P S R E A P St a n d a rd S Choose the CPS Database that contains the standard s you wish to import a C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases Standards Beta ak Standards T exas_Standards_TAKS_122 cps 1 C lick on the S t a n d a r ds tab Choose the standard or standards you wish to import 2 04 Texas Standards CA H 0 Texas Standards TAKS S O Math GJS 31d Grade Math H O 4th Grade Math aos 5th Grade Math A pop up menu appears HEIN th Grade Math DS 7th Grade Math JS 8th Grade Math Choose Import The CPS Import FN e hat H O 11th Exit Math Standards window opens Figure 5 BS see o E th Grade Science e H O 10th Grade Science 4 Click the Browse button to browse _ EN Tins Senos through your computer and find the HI El os 11th Grade Exit Social Studies standards you would like to import TN Tova Standards TAKS Update H O Science 8th grade Clear All Figure 5 Import downloaded
162. ck Next to proceed to the Grading Period tab or click OK to save your changes and end the wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 197 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 26 Gradebook Setup Ea Welcome amp Class Information ES Grading Period 8 Weight Sets 5 Letter Grades i Class Participation Establish the Grading Periods specific to your district and school Simply enter a grading period title 1 e First 6 weeks and then use the Begin Date and End Date drop down calendars to select your dates by month day and year Click Next to continue or OK to save this information and return to it later Click Previous to review the Classes information you entered Title Begin Date End Date First Six Weeks Mon ug 22 2005 y Fri Sep 30 2005 y Second Six Weeks Mon Oct 03 2005 y Fri Nov 11 2005 y Third Six Weeks Mon Nov 14 2005 y Fri Dec 23 2005 y i Sep16 2005 y Ne gt gt Figure 235 Viewing the Grading Period tab of the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard The Grading Period tab allows you to customize and identify the time periods in which student grades are organized From this tab type in the grading period name then use the Begin Date and End Date drop down lists to select the coordinating dates For more information on grading periods please see Grading Periods Click Next to proceed to the Weight Sets tab or click OK to save your changes and end the wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 198 Cha
163. class roster are considered identical 1f they have the same exact number questions the content has not been altered or modified and 1f they have the identical relationships to standards To use Session Merge 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Engage a lesson For more information on engaging lessons r Session Merge m Helpful Information Select the Session that you want to be merged with the please see Engage Lessons Weimar Republic Session Mave rons Souta over ore 3 R e p e at S t e p 2 t o cre at e a secon d mpm _ information about that setting Reunification GERM Class 9 14 7200 delivery session using the same As and cute cft Geman Class 7 29 200 Weimar Republic German Class 6 28 200 Neue Frau German uiz 6714 200 le SSON Bauhaus German E 6714 200 4 Click the Reports tab Bauhaus 6 13 200 Geman Clas 6713 200 You may contact elnstruction technical a support at techsupp einstruction com 5 Click nine A pop up meal or 888 333 4988 for additional help appears 6 Choose Session Merge The fastruction Classes Wizard will appear with a list of sessions available to Cancel Next merge with the lesson you right E Eo clicked Figure 185 Choosing a session from the CPS Class Wizard g g 7 Choose a session from the list to merge Click Next CPS 4 0 Users Guide 162 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 8 Rename the newly merged
164. click the selected question and choose the Edit command from the shortcut menu The CPS Question Author window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 71 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 7 Make any changes to the question answer choices question template subjective status difficulty level format note and standards from this window NOTE Display the file path of a graphic included in a question by rolling your mouse cursor over the graphic itself or right clicking on the graphic 8 After adding all your questions click Close or Save and Close in the Question menu Associate Dynamic Standards to Questions The Dynamic Standards feature allows you to easily align state standards to your questions during a delivery session This feature lets you choose a subset or a list of standards applicable to the lesson you are engaging You can choose to be prompted with this subset before you ask each question or you can automatically apply all the standards in your subset to all of the questions in the lesson you are engaging To associate Dynamic Standards to your questions 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Open the Lessons tab 3 Click or highlight the lesson you want to engage and click EA You can also access the Verbal Question Setup window from the Settings menu If you engage a prepared lesson the CPS Session Setup window will appear If you engage a verbal question session then the Verbal Question Setup window will appear Dy
165. correct answers Now you can choose how much you would like each incorrect question to count towards the total grade For example if a student atterapts to answer 4 out of 5 questions and gets ther all correct then he or she would normally recerve 30 of the total points possible You can choose to grve your students additional credit for incorrect answers as an incentive for attempting to answer all posed questions If you choose to allot 0 5 points for every attermpted question answered incorrectly then a student who atternmpts 5 questions and gets 4 correct would recerve a score of 90 You can also choose to deduct an additonal 0 5 points for every incorrect question This would grve the student a grade of 70 as opposed to 80 Please note that this percentage will only be applied to assessments pou engage after you have created the incentive All previous assessments will be calculated based on vour vrevious settings Class Participation Incentive 1 0 0 8 lt lt Previous Figure 238 Viewing the Class Participation tab in the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard The Class Participation tab allows you to add or deduct points for incorrect answers on a particular assessment You may choose to give your students additional credit for incorrect answers as an incentive for attempting to answer all posed questions You can also choose to deduct points for every incorrect question as a disincentive for missing questions Click
166. counts that connect the student s response pad to the student When instructors sync their CPS class with CPSOnline CPS downloads student information and populates a roster of students for the class Appendix B includes CPSOnline Instructor s Guide CPSOnline Higher Ed FAQ Student Enrollment Instructions You can also import classes from Blackboard or WebCT to use with CPS If your institution uses the CPS Connection Building Block for Blackboard or the CPS WebCT Proxy Tool for WebCT students can use their online portal to register for your CPS class For more information on linking CPS to Blackboard or WebCT please see Appendix C or contact eInstruction Technical Support at 888 333 4988 and ask for a Technical Sales Associate CPS 4 0 Users Guide 245 Appendix A REAP CPSOnline Instructor s Guide Welcome to the Classroom Performance System CPS family eInstruction is delighted to offer you a creative and interactive method of class participation test preparation presentation and complete performance reporting There are some required processes that you and your students must complete before you can start using CPS in your classroom s Some processes are instructor oriented and others are student oriented Please refer to the coordinating sections of each process 1 Have your school bookstore order response pads Instructor Install the Classroom Performance System desktop software Instructor Create a CPS Database Instr
167. critical thinking skills to analyze social studies information appears 5 Click OK to return to the CPS Que stion Author window Figure 13 Choose Standards to associate to a question 6 Click or to save your changes A confirmation window appears asking you whether or not you would like to save your standard associations Click Yes For more information on creating questions in CPS please refer to the Help file in CPS Create and Send Assessments Once you create lessons with associated standards you can create an assessment to send to teachers This section will show you how to use the Send Assessments Wizard to create and send an assessment Username and Password Helpful Information Lo g i n to C P SO n l i n e EE Please enter your username and password for CPSOnline Y If Prompt for Login at Startup is selected you will be prompted to il From the Settings menu choose a login to CPSOnline when CPS starts fs If you need help with your username CPSOnline Login The CPSOnline ed la oa elnstruction technical support at Login Wizard appears Figure 14 Password 888 333 4988 or a techsupp einstruction com This username and password is used 2 Enter your CPSOnline Username to connect io CPSOning and Password in the fields provided Tindenr precia You can get your Username and Password from the CPSOnline m Setup Codes tab in the REAP Tool Instruction kit 3 Click Next CP
168. ct Anonymous mode and choose the type of assessment you are giving Standards Standards are state district or school mandated minimum requirements of students Standards tab One of the main CPS tabs From this tab you can download state district or school standards and link them to specific questions in your lessons or to lessons themselves Standards side The left window of the Standards tab This side lists all of the standards available in a particular database Students side The right hand window of the Classes tab This window shows you all of the students from any highlighted class name Subjective question A subjective question is a performance question Subjective questions do not have a specific answer that can be defined by multiple choice true false or yes no answers See Performance Question Sync Your computer and CPSOnline can sync together This means that when you sync you form a connection with CPSOnline so that you can download the most updated assessments or upload your most recent sessions T Team Activities tab One of the main CPS tab From this tab you can create or edit new There it is activities or Challenge Boards for your classes Whether you use the activities as class participation grades or as assessments students will always have fun U Upload Think of uploading as sending files from your machine down here to the Internet up there USB Your computer will have several USB ports The
169. cted automatically CPS 4 0 Users Guide 77 9 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Click the OK button when all desired standards are selected Depending on the standard sizes and the speed of your processor this import may take some time The imported standards appear on the standard side of the Standards tab You can edit questions and deliver imported standards the same as any you authored with CPS 0 NOTE When you import a standard from one database to another any lessons and or classes in the database from which you are importing are not imported into the target database Import Downloaded Standards Most states with CPS enabled schools have their standards on the web for easy access If eInstruction has posted your state s educational standards then you can download them to your computer and import them into your CPS database To import downloaded standards l Za 1 8 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Standards tab Click A pop up menu appears Choose Import Alternatively right click in the Standards tab and choose Import from the pop up menu The CPS Import Standards window appears Click Browse to look through your computer to find the standards you would like to import An Open dialog box appears Click Open Select the standards you would like to import by clicking the box next to the standard so that a checkmark appears Click OK Depending on the amount of standards you are importing this
170. d Ins Instruction ISBN enter the book s ISBN de manana number Carce Publisher choose a publisher from the drop down list Figure 76 Entering content information in the CPS Upload Title enter the book title ME Era Author enter the book author s name Discipline select the discipline from the drop down list Subject choose the specific subjec t from the drop down lis t m Upload Content r Helpful Information Grade Choose HE for a ses seme den acing Wane tana ai Higher Ed book and K 12 fora EE a K 12 book If you choose K 12 e e UA te coon ike click each box corresponding to i od iiem the grade for which the book was Remove og written A checkmark will appear in each book you check oi ina coriact Sinetron tach Book Image optionally or 898 932 4868 lo additonal heb include a picture of the book s E cover as a bitmap bmp image Instruction 6 Click Next to continue Po anscia 7 Browse through the Lessons area to Cancel lt lt Back Newt gt gt find the content you would like to iad Figure 77 Moving textbook content as CPS lessons into the Upiog CPS Upload Content Wizard 8 Click Add to add content to the Lessons to Upload area Click Next to continue CPS 4 0 Users Guide 65 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 9 Click Browse to find any PowerPoint presentation files you would like to upload with the textbook content Click Next after you inclu
171. d to the lesson Remember to save your question before exiting the CPS Question Author window Edit Lesson Questions ll Ze gt Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Lessons tab Select the lesson from the lesson side of the window To edit an existing question select that question from the question side of the window Click A pop up window appears Choose Edit Alternatively right click the selected question and choose the Edit command from the shortcut menu or double click the selected question This opens the CPS Question Author window Make any changes to the question answer choices question template subjective status difficulty level format note and standards from this window NOTE Display the file path of a graphic included in a question by rolling your mouse cursor over the graphic itself or right clicking on the graphic When you have added as many questions as you like click Close or Save and Close in the Question menu CPS 4 0 Users Guide 36 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Rearrange Questions within a Lesson Y ou can rearrange the order of questions within a lesson To move a lesson question 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click on the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson that contains the question you would like to move The questions appear in the question side right or bottom window of the Lessons tab 4 From the question side select the question that you would like to move
172. dance CPS creates an attendance report in the Reports tab and puts the attendance record in the Gradebook tab Import an Assessment You can import assessments from tbt Deliver into the Reports tab in CPS To import an assessment l Open CPS from your desktop icon E CPs Import Sessions yg 2 Click the Reports tab Select the Deliver database q dbf that you wish to import to CPS 3 Click The CPS Import Sessions Choose the Session s you wish to import window appears 4 Click Browse to search through your computer to find the database which contains the assessment you would like to import The Open dialog box appears 5 Click Open to open the database and return to the CPS Import Sessions window 6 Select the assessment s you would like to import by clicking the box next 5 HE to the assessment s so that a Figure 193 Importing tbt Deliver assessments from the checkmark appears Alternatively CPS Import Sessions window click Select All to import all assessments 7 Click OK to import your assessments CPS imports the assessments to the Reports tab in CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 169 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Delete an Assessment Y ou can delete assessments from the Reports tab However when you delete an assessment you can no longer access the performance data from that session nor generate a report To delete an assessment 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab
173. dards Analysis Report Ada ime mo tae man mtn at EE Dras Po hasia 0 a teas meager at a a 1 e D Ele 2 Pages Figure 202 Viewing the Standards Analysis Report CPS 4 0 Users Guide 174 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Opinion Survey Report E The Opinion Survey Report provides Coe A GODOBIO fs mah gt vw a table that shows each question number and the percentage of Opinion Survey students who answered each a question per answer choice Page width For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Els 2 Pages Preview Page 1of1 L Figure 203 Viewing the Opinion Survey Report Data Slicing Report a Roster Demographics The Data Slicing Report opens up Questions Delivered In this Session O 1 What is the meaning of ante 2 Which sentence properly uses the wr 03 Which root word means to close 4 In this sentence what does concaten 15 ____is the fear of closed in spaces O16 Which root word means before O Which root word means against orc O 8 Which root word means with 9 Which sentence properly uses the wr HM 10 Which sentence properly uses the v the Charting window with a chart of the last question of the assessment To view more information in the Charting window please see View Results and Use Data Slicing AA _ Categories FHE E For more
174. de your files or if you do not wish to include any PowerPoint files 10 Verify the content information in the Verify Information area and click Next to upload your content CPS provides you with the Adoption Code for your textbook content 11 Click Done to exit the CPS Upload Content Wizard Teachers can now access your textbook content by using the Adoption Code Standards The Standards tab allows you to enter your own list or outline of teaching standards However the organizational functions of Standards reach beyond merely setting learning goals for students CPS Standards enable you to create an outline of the state s district s or school s standards for a certain grade level or course of study You can identify these standards by different types according your state s district s or school s requirements CPS has a list of terms to help you identify the type of standard with which you are working Curriculum directors and state or district administrators can use CPS to establish an extensive outline of the state s district s or school s goals then pass that CPS database of standards onto individual schools teachers who use CPS in the classroom This ensures that the standards that a state district or school wants to focus on are known and integrated into teaching plans Teachers then take this database and start adding lesson questions standard questions classes and team activities for their class es Que
175. dent is enrolled in classes Can students purchase response pads through their campus bookstore Once a student purchases a response pad is he or she able to transfer ownership when finished with it 5 Any elnstruction response pad can be activated for lifetime use however if a student is only going to use their pad for a single class or for a single semester it can be registered at a lower cost for that period of time e Students can purchase and activate their response pads directly through the campus bookstore CPS 4 0 Users Guide 255 Appendix A REAP Students can transfer a response pad from one student to another at the end of a semester without going through the bookstore NOTE If a student can get money for their response pad by selling it to the bookstore at the end of the semester they can sell it back The bookstore will then sell the used pad the next semester Therefore reusing the pads creates an annuity revenue stream that allows pads to be purchased and resold indefinitely Who receives the annuity revenue stream the company who supports the product trains the faculty and grows the product or the college bookstore Most systems provide the bookstore with the annual revenue stream but the bookstore does nothing to enhance or support the product We do not feel that this is a business model that will support this market in the long term Will your operating software integrate with other standard
176. dix A REAP To gt Kia Bre Ta sarc login to CPSOnline Cora o econ owen 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 From the Settings menu choose CPSOnline Login The CPSOnline Login Wizard appears First Timer Users If this is your first time to login to CPSOnline in this database choose K 12 as your institution type and click Next pied eaa Current Users If you have Figure 8 Logging in for the first time as a K 12 CPSOnline user logged on to CPSOnline before from the CPSOnline Login Wizard in this database skip to step 7 3 Choose your user type and click Next Exiting User Choose this option if you already have a CPSOnline username and password If you are a current CPSOnline user skip to step 7 New User Choose this option y Instruction if you have never used CPSOnline before esconde ae ee n m Helpful Information y ease enter the following account information 4 Enter the required account 2 To create an account you must enter E your first name last name and an information in the spaces provided Tue Ha Prot Di ete email address Fist Name 7 A Teacher Code can be used as a and click Next unique indentifier for your school s management system Teacher Codes Last Name are not saved to CPS Online Title not required Email Address First Name required Last Name required Phone Ex Email Address re
177. ds 6th Grade cps Figure 81 Creating standard questions using the Standards Builder The top pane is the target standard the standard to which you are adding questions The top Browse button allows you to alter the target standard The bottom Browse button allows you to select a source database cps file from which to copy or link questions The bottom left pane lists the standards available in the database shown directly above it You can also build from the Standards in this open database The bottom right pane is a list of questions available in the source standard or standard selected in the bottom left pane CPS 4 0 Users Guide 69 Chapter 3 Creation Functions The Dragged Questions section allows you to choose whether the questions you select for the target standard are copied from the standard source or linked to the standard source The Close button at the bottom of the screen closes the builder window NOTE Check whether the database open in the bottom left pane is the source from which you want to take questions If this is not the correct database use the Browse button to find and open the database from which you want to select questions Also make certain the target standard named at the top of the Builder window is the destination into which you want to build questions If not use the top Browse button to select a different standard name from the open database 5 Select a standard from the data
178. e 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab r Modes Teacher Managed Assessment StudentManaged Assessment 3 Click Erstes The CPS Session Setup Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment a Student Managed Practice window appears 4 Choose Teacher Led Student Managed iMeliGeogranty Assessment mode M Include in Gradebook FT Anonymous Mode F Automatically pl Exportte Question Grid 5 Click Start to deliver your lesson The sale TLSMA mode Session Delivery window OS del a Se q ears Max Points f 00 PP T Create Attendance from this Assessment M duie Atendeance in Gradebook M Pointe E m Automeatcally Upload Atendante E NOTE When you engage TLSMA mode you will not be Class tstPenio yl cesar able to change the Options while al Cancel lt Back Nes sn you deliver your session Figure 150 Choosing Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment mode from the CPS 6 Click Start and ask your students to press his Session Setup window or her answer for Question 1 on his or her pad INA OPS Assessment Class Name Ist Period 1 2 3 4 EH 6 7 EMB 10 11 12 13 14 15 Current Question f gt r row copien CE Figure 151 Tracking student progress from the Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment mode Session Delivery window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 126 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 7 Click the gt button to move to the next
179. e 115 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Teacher Managed Assessment Mode Teacher Managed Assessment TMA mode lets you control the pace and progress of students through the questions A delivery session in the Teacher Managed Assessment mode uses the Engage toolbar to regulate settings and question flow The Engage toolbar also displays in the title bar the lesson or standard title you have engaged When you engage a lesson in the Teacher Managed Assessment mode you can use the Top Score icon on the Feedback Grid to create a quick team activity For more information on the Top Score feature please see Top Score Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint To deliver a lesson in Teacher Managed Assessment O HUMOS mode l Open CPS from your desktop icon E Ze Click the Lessons tab Teacher Managed Assessment 3 Select the lesson you would like to engage y HEA MORA on C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment C Student Managed Practice 4 Click Esteso The CPS Session Setup Tie JUnit1 Early America window appears Include in Gradebook M Anonymous Mode 5 Choose Teacher Managed Assessment M Automatically Uploac T Exportto Question Grid mode Session Class Participation y SS Max Points hi 00 tT Create Attendance from this Assessment 0 NOTE You can associate Dynamic Standards to questions in Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on Dynamic Standards please see M Include tendance in Gradeboo 1r
180. e Engage ExamView Lessons Import PowerPoint Presentations You can import PowerPoint presentations into CPS to engage as a lesson To import a PowerPoint presentation 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Leoke C Ppt Images and Presentations S e ERE 2 Click the Lessons tab Tare and Cukure of the wemer Republic ppt 3 Right click on the PowerPoint folder A fomes pop up menu appears 7 2 K 12 Presentation ppt 4 Choose Add File The Add File window di appears 5 Browse through your computer until you o find the PowerPoint presentation you piesele PowerPoint Fies E Cancel would like to import Figure 56 Importing a PowerPoint presentation to 6 Click Open CPS The PowerPoint presentation appears in the PowerPoint folder in the Lessons tab For information on engaging a PowerPoint presentation in CPS please see Engage PowerPoint Presentations CPS 4 0 Users Guide 54 Chapter 3 Creation Functions el SEARCH el SEARCH 1s an online search engine within CPS that allows you to search for CPS content to integrate into your lesson plans You can browse through elInstruction content or if you have an Adoption Code through content for specific textbooks This section will show you how to Search for content Import content Upload content curriculum coordinators and publishers only Search for Content Before you can search for content in el SEARCH you will need to login to your el SEARCH account This sec
181. e Link or Copy option buttons to A ves No jo choose how you want the questions EN a hy moved 9 Click the Select Random Questions ce Numeric o 3 button to choose the number of specific a question types you want to include in the OK Canal target lesson Click the OK button to a complete this random selection Figure 31 Selecting random questions from the 10 Close the Lesson Builder to return to the Random Question Selector in the Builder window Lessons tab Your lesson will appear in the left or top in horizontal view window True False F Edit Lessons After you create lessons you can edit them to fit your lesson plans This section will show you how to Edit lesson attributes Add or edit questions in a lesson Rearrange questions within a lesson Copy questions Delete lessons and lesson questions Delete graphics from questions Adjust the question font Search for questions Spell check questions Print lessons and questions tet tet CPS 4 0 Users Guide 34 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Edit Lesson Attributes l 2 gt Open CPS from your desktop icon E CPS Lesson Attributes Click the Lessons tab Select the lesson from the lesson side of UE Parent Lesson Unit 1 Est America the window Title a Discovery and Settlement Click and select the Edit Description i el A study of the earliest colonization attempts in the New World Includes the history command Alternatively righ
182. e OnTrack Export Report exports the assessment data as a Comma Delimited csv file When you preview the OnTrack Export Report a Save As window appears allowing you to choose the location to which CPS saves your report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 179 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Response Data Export Report The Response Data Export Report exports the assessment data as a Comma Delimited csv file to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application When you preview the Response Data Export Report a Save As window appears allowing you to choose the location to which CPS saves your report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports All Data Export Report The All Data Export Report exports the session information to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application The All Data Export Report exports Question ID Question Correct answer Each answer choice Corresponding number of students who chose each answer choice For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Post Report The Post Report exports the class grades to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application The Post Report exports Student last name Student first name
183. e Options area of the Attendance window click the box next to the Include Attendance in Gradebook option so that a checkmark appears 5 Seta value for your Max Points The Max Points tell CPS the maximum number of points you would like to assign to a student for the day s attendance grade 6 Click Start to begin attendance When students press an answer key A 1 J O on RF or A H on IR their corresponding pad ID number lights up on the Attendance window and CPS creates an attendance session if one does not already exist for the day in the Reports tab and a grade in the Gradebook tab 7 Repeat steps 1 6 for as many times as you would like to take attendance CPS records students attendance grades based on the Max Points value divided by the number of times you took attendance CPS 4 0 Users Guide 219 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Upload Attendance If you have a CPSOnline class you can upload your attendance assessments to CPSOnline This section will show you how to Automatically upload attendance from session setup Automatically upload attendance from the Attendance window Upload attendance after class Automatically Upload Attendance from Session Setup You can set CPS to automatically upload your attendance sessions after you end the session To set CPS to do this you will need to set your options in the CPS Session Setup window To automatically upload canes E Engage List Lesson Names PowerP
184. e Teacher Managed tab 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Timer Length and Increment The Timer Length and Timer Increment options allow you to change the length of time and increment of change on the question timer Timer Length fen TI Timer Increment o ET Figure 164 Timer Length and Timer Increment options in the CPS Delivery Options window Teacher Managed tab To access the Timer Length and Timer Increment options 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Timer Length To set the length of time that students have to respond to a question during a response cycle use the up and down arrows in the Timer Length option Timer Increment To set the length of time increments by which you can adjust the Timer on the Feedback Grid use the up and down arrows in the Timer Increment option 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 138 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Show Large Screen Verbal The Show Large Screen option in the Verbal Questions section displays the CPS Content Delivery window when you engage a verbal question For verbal questions using the CPS Content Delivery window you can use the CPS Content Delivery window to type in a question and possible answers ZA Verbal Question ma 0 i ppngnonnna 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Figure 165 The CPS Content Delivery window for a verbal question with
185. e a current CPS user and would like to create a new database simply use the File menu in CPS and choose New Database 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon If this is the first time you have used CPS on your computer the Open or Create New CPS Database window appears 2 Choose Create a new CPS database and click OK The New CPS File window appears 3 Type a database name into the File Name textbox The file extension cps 1s automatically added to your file name For example if you teach three sections of German 4250 you might name your database German4250 cps 4 Click the Save button NOTE CPS will automatically open with your new database in the Lessons tab 4 O Create a new CPS database Open File Ci f Open an existing CPS database Open Recent f Open a recently used CPS database Ei C Documents and Settings4rachel hiatt My Documents CPS DatabasestSeconc Ed CA Documents and Sethings rachel hath My Documents CPS Databases English Ed C Documents and Sethings rachel hatt My Documents CPS Databases hadai Ed C Documents and Sethings rachel hiatth My DocumentsACPS Databasest5P Sys CA Documents and Settings rachel Hat Mp Documents EPS User s Guide3 5 H Open or Create New CPS Database window 2 CPS C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases German 4250 cps File Settings Help E Lessons s Verbal Questions German 4250 cpa SS Standards y Team
186. e caused her to frequently wake up in strange places The somnambulance picked up the injured woman Her somnambulance with the question insults me I cannot find the somnambulance request Question 2 Unit 1 Root fords Figure 159 The CPS Content Delivery window appears when you deliver a question with the Show Large Screen option ON CPS 4 0 Users Guide 133 Chapter 4 Engage Functions To access the Show Large Screen option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Large Screen To deliver your questions using the CPS Content Delivery window click the box next to the Show Large Screen option so that a checkmark appears Hide Large Screen To deliver your questions using just the Feedback Grid click the box next to the Show Large Screen option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Show Percent Correct The Show Percent Correct option displays the percentage of students who correctly answered the question after you end the response cycle When you end the response cycle this information appears in the Feedback Grid Question 3 Unit 1 E a America a te E cee Cumulative Question ai 2 Correct Correct Figure 160 Feedback Grid with Show Percent Correct option ON Start End di b To access the Show Percent Correct option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS
187. e choice true false or yes no questions that have definite answers p Parent level lesson A parent level lesson is the main lesson level You can also have sublevels called child level lessons Example if you teach a lesson on Grammar the parent level lesson could be Grammar and you could have a child level lesson called Punctuation Parent level standard A parent level standard is the main standard level You can also have sublevels called child level standards Example You have a standard called 7th Grade Reading and two child level standards called Comprehension and Word Recognition Performance data Performance data is student feedback collected from the CPS response system This feedback is compiled in the Reports section of CPS for you to view Performance question An open ended or subjective question that requires a specific response usually in the form of short answer or essay You can create specialized performance questions through the CPS Performance Question Wizard Preview Use the Preview option to give your class an assessment without putting it in the Gradebook Preview is a great tool for exam or test review Q Question side The right window of the Lessons or Standards tab This window lists all of the questions from any highlighted lesson or standard name R Receiver The CPS IR receiver is a UFO object that accepts infra red IR waves from students response pads and transfers the information to CPS
188. e contact elnstruction at 888 707 6819 and ask for the Administrator for Web Based Initiatives so that we may set 1t up for you Install the Classroom Performance System desktop software When you insert the CPS Installation CD into your CD ROM drive the Setup Wizard should automatically appear Use the Setup Wizard to install CPS onto your computer If the Setup Wizard does not automatically appear 1 Click the Start button on your Windows Taskbar A menu appears Choose Run A Run window appears Type in your CD ROM drive letter install exe For example d install exe Click OK Click Install CPS from the first window Follow all onscreen prompts and restart your computer 1f necessary Click Finish After CPS 1s installed on your computer you will have a folder in your Program Files directory named eInstruction Inside the eInstruction folder is the CPS folder where your CPS exe file is located You will also be able to run CPS from the icon installed on your Desktop ao A CPS 4 0 Users Guide 247 Create a CPS Database Appendix A REAP A CPS database is a file that is created by CPS and has a file extension of cps This file contains your class rosters lesson questions and all the reports of student performance A CPS database may contain lessons class rosters team activities student performance data reports and attendance records The following steps assume you have never used CPS on your computer If you ar
189. e tisctcs inks ad Les ok Sel aaa dial sh 266 Linka WebC I CE class Teee ado eb 266 Import your Class 10 CPS ictus caninatanaen dis 267 Export CPS Grades tO Wer CM E 268 Export immediately after lesson di ee 268 EXPOR ASE 0D cool 268 ame EPS wA WED Dd aora 269 CPS Connection Building Block for Blackboard oocccccccnninnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 270 Linka Blackboard class to CPS inc ete ieee eae ee 270 Import your Class OEA os 212 Syne CPS wit Black Doar oren a 272 Glossary 273 Index 276 CPS 4 0 Users Guide viii Chapter 1 Getting Started Chapter 1 Getting Started The Classroom Performance System CPS is a package of software and hardware developed by eInstruction Corporation The hardware consists of a radio frequency or infra red receiver unit and response pads The hardware and software work together to help you create and deliver course relevant questions and standards Then CPS compiles and reports student performance results With CPS you can Construct organize and deliver your own interactive set of questions Create review materials to deliver in a competitive fun and fast paced learning environment Run CPS and another software application like PowerPoint simultaneously access the on screen CPS bar for a verbal question or select predefined questions Input standards based on your school s district s or state s requirements and create questions that
190. e your CPSOnline class you will need an Instructor Setup Code from your school principal or curriculum coordinator To create a CPSOnline class 1 Click the Classes tab AE r Institution Type Helpful Information zi 2 Click The CPS New Po Hope Ealaion Includes i universities junior colleges and C l di Wizard app j a gt F 6 a Higher Education ee oe middle 4 and high schools i 3 Select K 12 Click Next to A ES A continue e mm instruction Cancel Next gt gt Figure 4 Create a new class with the CPS New Class Wizard 4 S el e ct N o t O 1n di C at e th at y ou r Reuse Your Existing CPSOnline Account Helpful Information do not have a CP S Online T E O E S You will need your ida username and password to retrieve Us ername and P as sword your account information Figure 5 Click Next to continue A o Instruction anging the face o Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 5 Select NO to indicate you do not have a CPSOnline Username and Password CPS 4 0 Users Guide 235 Enter Contact and Class Information l Enter your contact information Note that only your first name last name and email address are required Figure 6 Click Next to continue Appendix A REAP CPS New Class Wizard E m Account Information 2 Please enter the following account information Title o Ms Prof Dr etc First Name
191. ea of the Gradebook tab Skip to step 8 if you have an existing CPSOnline account or continue to step 7 1f you do not Class Information Ge Please enter the following information about your class Teacher Missy Scarlet Class Name Course Number Section Period Semester Campus Classroom Number IV Make this a CPSOnline class An Instructor Setup Code is required Attendance Options Display attendance as a grade in the Assessments area C Display attendance as Absent Present in the Class Info area m Helpful Information To create a class you need a teacher and a class name CPSOnline is a standards based reporting system for teachers principals administration and parents Click here to learn about CPSOnline You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com indicates a required field or 888 333 4988 for additional help Cancel e Instruction Changing the face of education lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 91 Entering the class information for a K 12 CPSOnline class in the CPS New Class Wizard 7 Enter your Instructor Setup Code If you do not have one please contact eInstruction at 888 333 4988 Click Next 8 Create or enter your Username and Password Click Next 9 Click Next to create your class or click Back to edit your class information 10 Click Done to close the CPS New Class Wizard and retur
192. ears consisting of pad ID numbers top row or each row and question numbers bottom row of each row od CPS 4 0 Users Guide 154 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 8 Click Start A new delivery window opens and displays the pad ID numbers with different questions As students teams answer their question their pad ID turns blue They can change their response anytime before you end this question delivery Figure 178 Viewing the There lt Is initial delivery window 9 Click End when all teams students have responded The point values awarded to the teams students for their responses are displayed Cia Ernis Ir Sina Figure 179 Viewing student responses for a There It Is activity Pad ID 6 received 25 points for answering correctly first Pad IDs 7 and 8 received 20 points each for answering correctly but after pad ID Pad IDs 9 and 10 did not respond correctly so they received 0 points CPS 4 0 Users Guide 155 10 Click Score to see the name of each 11 Chapter 4 Engage Functions person or team responding and their points or click Start again to go on to the next question When you deliver the next question each pad ID gets a different question than anyone in the class has had before When the last question has been answered the Start button is deactivated and the only option is to review the Score or Close the game The Score is tallied for each participant ll Click Close from the Scoreboard Fig
193. ed Type a title for the new assessment in the ee Assessment Title text box Set Choose your assessment options Assessment Category sets the assessment Comment type Max Points sets the maximum number of points a student can earn on the assessment Curve optional sets the curve value Assessment Multiplier sets the number of Online Wptions i Show online study guide for this session times you want CPS to count this assessment Other Classes optional includes any Cancel additional classes to which you would like to Figure 244 Creating a new assessment add this assessment from the CPS Assessment Options window Comment optional associates specific notes about the assessment Online Options allows students to view an assessment study guide online This option is available only for instructors using CPSOnline Click OK A new column heading appears in the Gradebook Assessment table Type each student s grade in the new column CPS updates each student s average as you type Edit Assessments You can edit both CPS and non CPS assessments entered in the Gradebook tab To edit an assessment l 2 En 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Gradebook tab Click the Assessments button on the left hand toolbar Click the top of the column that contains the assessment you would like to edit CPS 4 0 Users Guide 205 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance
194. einstruction com As students enroll in your class their information will become available on your CPS class roster If a student does not want their information displayed on CPSOnline you will receive an email from eInstruction with steps to comply with his or her request NOTE Now you can link CPS with Blackboard or WebCT For information on creating a CPS link with your institution s web learning tool please contact eInstruction at 888 333 4988 and ask for a Technical Sales Associate Edit Classes You can manage your class information CPSOnline classes and class rosters by editing classes in the Classes tab This section will show you how to Edit a class Edit student information Copy students to a class Show all students Recycle a K 12 CPSOnline class Recycle a Higher Ed class Delete a class Delete a student 44 Edit a Class You can edit your class information including your contact information the general class information and if you have a CPSOnline class you can manage your CPSOnline options Edit Class Information You can edit the general class information of E x _atudents i Class Information 2 Contact Information 2 Online Class Options Y Recycle CPSOnline Class ai any class within CPS To edit class ah Cee oe information 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class name that you want to edit 4 C li ck Alt ernativ e l r
195. ele Database T ivi 2002 Tiia cps a CACPS Datsbases Samole Datebases TiniCPS Tire cps t EXEPS DaabaseshatED Selino ops Fl PPO Pitra LE Cera Preta O re momo gt Choss ces Figure 1 Choose Create a new CPS database ar 5 Choose Create a new CPS zA database The New CPS File Save in REAP Databases qe aj El window appears C40 fies Ej Mwhite cps REAP Assessments PPlum cps 6 In the File name box title ns District Coordinator cps your database In the example ua to the right the database name Mscarlet cps is Campus Teacher The new database will have a file Filename Campus_Teacher extension of cps CPS will Save as type ces Databaze Cancel open your new database to the Lessons tab Figure 3 Figure 2 Title your database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 234 Appendix A REAP 7 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases Campus Teacher cps File Settings Help Lessons S Standards y Team Activities Qi Classes G Reports Ea Gradebook S e View Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools SEARCH 4 Campus_Teacher cps Number Title Question Stem Type Difficulty Standards Categories 3 Assessments 3 PowerPoint 3 ExamView Figure 3 Empty CPS database opened to the Lessons tab Create a CPSOnline Class For administrators to review your students performance data in REAP you will need to create a CPSOnline class Before you creat
196. elect the class you wish to import from the list of available classes To select all classes click box next to the Select All option so that a checkmark appears Click Next to continue Click Done Sync CPS with Blackboard You can sync your CPS class with Blackboard to upload grades and maintain an updated class roster Follow the steps below to sync CPS with Blackboard 11 Connect your computer to the internet 12 Open CPS to the Classes tab 13 Right click on the class you would like to sync with Blackboard A pop up menu appears 14 Choose Update roster from Blackboard server 15 CPS communicates with Blackboard via the CPS Connection Building Block to upload updated CPS data to Blackboard and download the latest roster information from Blackboard to CPS CPS Import Class Wizard Appendix C Third Party Add ins m Import Source Po st CPSOnline WebCT CPS Database Pentamation File txt Osiris File txt Sasi File txt nTrack cs LMS File txt Please choose the import source you wish to Comma Separated Values cs Helpful Information sE e Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting Please select the type of source from which you wish to import a class The CPSOnline and WebCT choices allow you to download import your classes from online The other types of sources are files that you will need to specify in the next Yo
197. en universities that have standardized on elnstruction s technology August 2005 i eInstruction has been in business since 1981 and has worked with response technology since 1989 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 256 Appendix A REAP What measures does your company take to ensure student data privacy Is your system in compliance with FERPA i CPS CPSOnline does not require any student specific information Specific student information can be collected if desired and made available in a number of different formats CPS CPSOnline uses 128 1024 bit encryption and all user access can be username password protected i Please see the eInstruction Privacy Statement available from http www einstruction com downloads CPS also provides an Anonymous Mode feature so that no student data 1s collected via the response pads This feature can be turned on and off at the instructor s discretion I CPS and CPSOnline comply with FERPA guidelines What personal data does your company collect on students and for what purpose Is it shared or sold to others How is it protected e l _eInstruction never provides or sells data to third parties BCD Students have the option to input their name SMS student ID and email address E I Tf students are registering their pad via WebCT Blackboard student data is not required to be housed in CPSOnline but can be 1f desired by the institution Han eInstruction provides options for students to purchase
198. end your session CPS will also include the attendance assessment in the Reports tab of CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 220 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Automatically Upload Attendance from the Attendance window Y ou can set CPS to automatically upload your attendance assessments when you take attendance from the Classes tab To automatically upload attendance from the Attendance window O NOTE To set the Automatically Upload Attendance option you must have a CPSOnline class and have your class options set to Display new attendance in the Reports tab For more information on setting your class options please see Setup Attendance Options 1 Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet Open CPS from your desktop icon 3 Click the Classes tab 4 Select the class for which you would like to take attendance and click Ea The Attendance window appears 2 Attendance English 412737475 67 feo 10 414 112113 Jesse Violet Encyclope Nancy Scout Huckleben George Hermione Frank Joe Hardy Gilly Stacey Bess Alden Baudelaire Brown Drew Finch Finn Fayne Granger Hardy Hopkins Logan Marvin 414 115 16 17 18 19 20 Meg Mury Harry Ramona Tom Dicey Johnny Ron otter Quimby Samper Tillerman Tremaine Weasley Attendance Options Iv Display Student Mames Include Attendance in Gradebook Max Points Automatically Upload Attendance E Start Cancel Figure 264 Automatically uploading attendance from the Attendan
199. endix A REAP Populate Student Rosters The REAP reporting tool uses class demographic information to help administrators accurately assess how students perform in the classroom To help the administrators assess performance you will need to create class rosters that provide accurate demographic information This section will show you how to populate your new CPS class with student information Add a Student to your Class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab f 3 Click El The Student Information section in the Classes tab activates Figure 14 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases Campus Teacher cps File Settings Help rs i Lessons Standards y Team Activities g Classes Reports EXA Gradebook Classes Students SAX sO Ht New Edit Delete Import Export Print Attendance Clas Students PadiD Y Biology 0 Show All StuSaaiinformation First Name EE Gender N A Student ID Save Last Name fi Ethnicity N A y Pad ID fi Cancel Fiqure 14 Add a student to a class in the Classes tab 4 Enter the student information First Name the student s first name required Last Name the student s last name required Gender the student s gender from the pull down menu required Ethnicity the student s ethnicity from the pull down menu required Student ID a unique studen
200. engage these tests or quizzes just like any other CPS lesson However you will not be able to edit the questions of an imported ExamView lesson in CPS To import an ExamView lesson 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Lessons tab Right click on the ExamView folder in the lesson side A pop up menu appears Choose Add file The Add Files window appears Browse through your computer until you find the Exam View file you would like to import 6 Click Open ae 0 NOTE If you re importing an ExamView file for the first time a pop up window will appear and ask you to choose your state After you select your state from the pull down menu you can engage your ExamView lesson The ExamView file imports to the ExamView folder in the Lessons tab You can engage this lesson like any other CPS lesson Set ExamView Options When you import ExamView lessons into CPS you can alter the ExamView options to filter out certain question types change your state standards and change the magnification on ExamView questions To set your ExamView options 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 From the Settings menu choose ExamView Settings The ExamView Options window appears Question Types Select the question types you would like to display in CPS Any question types with checkmarks will be available in CPS CPS will filter out unchecked question types True False default Modified True False default Multiple Choice default
201. ens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Cumulative Percent Correct To show the session s cumulative percent of correct answers in the Feedback Grid after each question click the box next to the Show Cumulative Percent Correct option so that a checkmark appears Hide Cumulative Percent Correct To hide a session s cumulative percent of correct answers in the Feedback Grid click the box next to the Show Cumulative Percent Correct option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 129 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Show Answer Distribution The Show Answer Distribution option displays the number of students who chose each answer to a question When you end a response cycle the distribution information appears in the CPS Content Delivery window What is the meaning of ante before against to not without 0 Question 1 Unit 1 Root Words Figure 156 CPS Content Delivery window with Show Answer Distribution window option ON To access the Show Answer Distribution option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Answer Distribution To show the question s distribution of answers in the CPS Content Delivery window click the box next to the Show Answer Distribution option so that a checkmark appears Hide Answer Distribution To hide the question s distribution of answers in the CPS Con
202. ent type in a number in the Max pi Points box Curve To give students a curve on the assessment or to adjust an existing curve EPA type in a number in the Curve box i Show online study guide for this session Comment To add a comment to the assessment that you can use as a reference type your notes in the Comment box Online Options To make a study guide Figure 192 Editing assessment attributes for the assessment available online click the om he CPS Assessment Options window box next to the Show online study guide for this session option so that a checkmark appears O NOTE The Online Options are available only 1f you have a CPSOnline class 5 Click OK to save your changes and return to the Reports tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 168 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Create Attendance from an Assessment Y ou can use an existing assessment in the Reports tab to create attendance CPS stores the attendance records in the Gradebook tab as grades in the Assessments area or as an attendance sheet in the Class Info area You choose where CPS stores attendance records when you create your class For more information on choosing your attendance options please see Edit Class Information To create attendance from an assessment 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select an assessment from which you would like to create attendance 4 Click A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Create Atten
203. ents to a K 12 class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select a class name from the class side left or top window f 4 Click _ The default student information displays at the bottom of the Classes tab To start a class of default students click the Save button at the bottom of the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 86 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 5 Personalize the student information by changing or adding any of the available data options First name required Last name required Gender required for REAP Ethnicity required for REAP Student ID required for REAP Pad ID required 44 0 NOTE If you are using REAP each student must have a unique student ID If you know your students district IDs please use them The IDs may be alpha numeric but must have at least 5 total characters and or numbers 6 Click Save when you have added all the elements of one student That student s information automatically displays in the student side right or bottom window 7 Repeat steps 3 5 to add more students to the class You can use any class you create in this database in conjunction with any session delivery Click the column headers First Name Last Name or Pad ID from the student side right or bottom window to sort the view of the students in a class Add Students to a Class using CBIT To make organizing your district s campuses teachers and students your distric
204. eople address you First Name This is your required first name Last Name This is your required last name Email Address This is your required email address Phone This is your optional work phone number Teacher Code This is an optional code used by your school s management system Username This is your CPSOnline Username This field is available only if you have a CPSOnline class Password This is your CPSOnline Password This field is available only if you have a CPSOnline class Confirm Password This field is available only if you have a CPSOnline class and allows you to change your CPSOnline password 7 Click Save to save any changes CPS 4 0 Users Guide 90 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 8 Click Done to exit the CPS Class Information window and return to the Classes tab Edit CPSOnline Options You can edit general CPSOnline class options only if you have a CPSOnline class To edit CPSOnline options 1 Open CPS from your desktop CPS Class Information Y Class Information 22 Contact Information Y Online Class Options 9 Recycle CPSOnline Class icon istor m Online Class Options Helpful Information 2 C lick the Cl as S e S tab Sci Please change any of the options below for your class si o By default each uploaded session has a a viewable study guide that allows a 3 S elect the CP S Online clas S m Online Study Guide student to see the session questio
205. er Font 39 Copy Questions 37 Create 17 Create FastGrade lesson 18 Create Lesson Questions 19 Create Subjective Questions Zi Delete 37 Delete Graphics from Questions 38 Delete Question 38 Difficulty Levels 31 Edit Attributes 35 Edit Questions 36 Engage 148 Engage ExamView 151 Engage FastGrade 151 Engage multiple 149 Engage with PowerPoint 159 Import CPS Lessons 47 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Index Import ExamView 53 Import from MS Word 50 Import PowerPoint 54 Import Scanner Results 48 Lesson Builder 32 Preview 152 Print 43 Rearrange Questions 37 Search for Questions 40 Spell check 41 Lessons Builder 32 Letter Grades tab 199 LMS Export Report 180 Manually Override Receiver Settings 142 Margin of Error 51 Max Points 148 MC2 Answer Graphics 21 MC2 Answer Graphics II 21 MC2 Big Question Graphic 21 MC2 No Graphics 22 MC2 Question Graphic 22 MC2 Question Graphic Right 22 MC2 Question Graphic Answer Graphic 22 MC3 Answer Graphics 22 MC3 Answer Graphics II 22 MC3 Answer Graphics III 22 MC3 No Graphics 22 MC3 Question Graphic 22 MC3 Question Graphic Bottom 22 MC3 Question Graphic Right 22 MC3 Question Graphic Answer Graphic 22 MC4 Answer Graphics 22 MC4 Big Question Graphic 22 MC4 No Graphics 23 MC4 No Graphics Big Questio 23 MC4 Question Graphic 23 MC4 Question Graphic Bottom 23 MC4 Question Graphic Mid 23 MC4
206. er choices A E and no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices It is ideal for essay questions or other question types with extensive text MCS Question Graphic Mid This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes between the question and the answer choices MC5 Question Graphic Right This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text and can be a large scale graphic MCS Question Graphic Right Big This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text and can be unusually large 1f needed MC5 Question Graphic Right Small This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text MC6 No Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 6 answer choices A F and no graphics included with the question text or the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads Chapter 3 Creation Functions MC6 Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 6 answer choice
207. er you have finished your presentation Engage Lessons with a PowerPoint Presentation You can engage a PowerPoint presentation and additional CPS lessons FastGrade lessons or ExamView lessons To engage CPS lessons with a PowerPoint presentation 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the PowerPoint presentation from the PowerPoint folder that you wish to engage 4 Click EA The CPS Session Setup window appears 5 Click to open up the Lessons section of the CPS Session Setup window All of your available lessons from the Lessons tab will appear 6 Double click on the lesson or lessons you would like to engage with your presentation OPS Sean Setup Pepe l a j Lersomi Modes Teacher Managed sternsm ra e i The lesson s will appear volen T e e in the Engage List a Fock Tie F500 sono 6 section of the setup ales F felis bi ioa P Aenor Woda window PT Export to Question Grid Class Paropaion On Max Poeta 1 T Droni dsondanco hom dia 01 rmor Figure 184 Engaging CPS lessons with a PowerPoint presentation NOTE You can engage only one PowerPoint presentation at a time 7 Click Start when you are ready to engage your lessons Your PowerPoint presentation will appear with the Engage toolbar centered at the bottom of your screen 8 Click anywhere on your screen with your mouse to advance your presentation If you would like to as a question from your le
208. erican Society in the Late 1700s E 19 12th Grade i 3 Examview questions use the Ctrl key to l l 1 l 1 Question Stem _ Difficulty S gt ect mu t1p gt y noncons e cutive What did the Great Awakening inter colonial trade and American attitudes toward English culture and constitutional the 1 Which of the following is NOT TRUE of English colonial families in mid eighteenth century America 1 que stions 9 th at you want to drag Thomas Jefferson once observed that the best school of political liberty the world ever saw was the 1 E i Benjamin Franklin s concept of the ideal American differed from John Winthrop s in which of the following ways 1 l l The Salem Village witchcraft crisis occurred for which of the following reasons 1 to a p O int Va ue in a p art cu ar Anglo American women in colonial times 1 By the early 1700s the slave codes of the English colonies in North America established all of the following rules EXCEP 1 C ate gory Between 1650 and 1750 family life in the English colonies changed such that in 1 According to the Whig ideology the best defense against corruption and tyranny rested in the 1 Dra th e u e sti on S t O a O int Colonial cities functioned primarily as 1 2 q p Colonial law generally defined slaves as chattels This meant that slaves were considered as 1 value until the pointer is over the point value Figure 127 Adding questions to a CPS Challenge Board from the CPS C
209. eriods Create 201 View 202 Higher Ed Class Add Students 89 Create 81 Recycle 94 Import Assessment 169 Class from Blackboard 102 Class from CPS Database 96 Class from CPSOnline 96 Class from DuPont Files 101 Class from OnTrack Files 100 Class from Osiris Files 98 Class from Pentamation Files 97 Class from SASI XP Files 99 Class from WebCT 101 CPS Lessons 47 Downloaded Standards 78 ExamView Lessons 53 Lessons from MS Word 50 PowerPoint Presentations 54 Scanner Results 48 Standards from a CPS Database 77 Import 47 Import Class Wizard 96 97 98 99 100 101 Import from MS Word Format 51 Formatting Rules 52 Import from Word 50 Import Lessons window 48 Import Sessions window 169 Import Standards window 77 78 225 Include in Gradebook 148 Infra Red System 113 Install CPS Student Content Databases 3 Free Databases of Questions 2 Installing CPS 2 Mac Operating System 2 Windows Operating System 2 Instructor Summary Report 172 InteGrade Pro Export Report 181 Item Analysis Report 174 Item Analysis with Standards Report 174 K 12 Class Add Students 86 Add Students using CBIT 87 Create 80 K 12 CPSOnline Class Create 81 Recycle 93 Lesson Questions Create 19 lesson side 16 Lessons 7 16 Add Graphics to Questions 27 Add Notes 27 Add Questions 35 Add Special Character 40 Associate Categories 31 Associate Standards 32 Audio Video Notes 26 Change Question or Answ
210. es tab in CPS To take attendance from the Classes tab 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class for which you would like to take attendance and click 2 The Attendance window appears 4 Click the Start button to allow students to respond with their response pads When the pad ID number corresponding to a student s pad lights up blue CPS marks a P present for the day on the attendance sheet in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab Take Attendance as an Assessment CPS allows you to store student attendance records as assessments in the Reports tab Then you can import the assessment from the Reports tab into the Assessments area of the Gradebook tab This section will show you how to Create an attendance assessment from a session Create an attendance assessment from an existing assessment CPS 4 0 Users Guide 216 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Create an Attendance Assessment from a Session CPS can create attendance assessments in the Reports tab for your sessions You can add the attendance assessments to the Gradebook at the beginning of the session from the CPS Session Setup window or after the session from the Reports tab For more information on creating attendance assessments from existing sessions please see Create an Attendance Assessment from an Existing Session To create an attendance assessment from a session Engage List Lesson Mames PowerPoint
211. esponding to questions As students respond to questions the boxes corresponding with the student name and question number light up 4 Click Close to end the session Instructor Feedback Students Questions Totals Mame Ha H4 Corect Attempted Alden Jesse 1 0 O Baudelaire Violet 2 Brown Encyclopedia 3 Drew Nancy 4 Finch Scout 5 Finn Huckleberry 6 Fayne George r Granger Hermione 8 Hardy Frank 9 Hardy Joe 10 Hopkins Gilly 11 Note Please turn off your projector Logan Stacey 12 Instruct students to press a button Md on their pads before you click on the Mur Meg 14 Potter Harry 15 Start button Quimby Ramona 16 Sawyer Tom 17 Tillerman Dicey 18 Tremaine Johnny 19 Weasley Ron 20 SPS oo OP Oj O O O O eee AAGA GOGA G co coor oc co co co co ce ce ec coo 8 ee GOG PERCENT CORRECT Battery level not recened fl Battery level good fl Battery level warning replace after test i Battery level critical Options gt gt gt Figure 143 Viewing an SMA session from the Instructor Feedback window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 121 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Student Managed Practice Mode The Student Managed Practice SMP mode operates in much the same way as the Student Managed Assessment mode SMP allows you to use printout material and student paced responses Like the other Assessment modes 1t too records student performance information in the Reports tab Unlike the St
212. essments in the Lessons tab Generate Reports After you engage an assessment in CPS CPS records the student performance data in the Reports tab From the Reports tab you can view a variety of reports on the performance data For more information on the types of reports available please see Choose Reports To generate a en x 1 Open CPS from your desktop Unit 1 Early America Students 1cOn 10 Questions 2 Click the Reports tab seals y Maya ngelou P 3 Select a session from which Bin Bl TTET Lv Emily Bront v Stu enti ane Student ID 3010 you want to generate a Samuel Taylor Cooleridge A suei F Studento F padit 4 E E Cummings Student Full Name report v Emily Dickinson Era Dee a a p Study Guide I lei ei pee Sty Les Answers JN Th P v John Keats Dean card ENEY 4 R rti E C S v Henry Wadsworth Longfellow Responce eat epo Ing WINdOW opens iv John Milton fo ren a e Sylvia Plath em ee tandards This window displays the Chistina Roseti Session Data Epot f the students er Wiliam Shakespeare wet Ue names O iv Percey Bisshe Shelle IT Export beta i x wat Wiman las a their class entry who iv Oscar Wide pr A SRE 100 t r rt participated in the session F Select Al Ontrack Export wer Response Data Export you selected It also displays 7 Filter out students who didn t respond tdo A When this option is checked the class average Po econ the available report types
213. esson In the example to your Tie right the lesson title is 9 Grade You can Description optionally add a description or unique identifier code to your lesson The new lesson will appear in the Lessons tab Figure 9 Unique Identifier Associated File Browse careat Figure 8 CPS Lesson Attributes window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 226 Appendix A REAP Z CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases District Coordinator cps File Settings Help ea Lessons Y standards yy Team Activities ca Classes E Reports EA Gradebook A E E Y B Up Down view Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Book SEARCH District_Coordinator cps Tile Question Stem Type Difficulty Standards oD Sth Grade i 3th Grade LQ PowerPoint Y Examiview Figure 9 One lesson in the Lessons tab 5 To create a child level lesson sublevel lesson beneath a lesson right click on the existing lesson name and choose New then Lesson 6 Repeat step 3 to title your lesson Figure 10 below illustrates a database with several lessons and child level lessons 7 CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases District Coordinator cps File Settings Help Es Lessons Y standards y Team Activities ae Classes E Report EA Gradebook 5 O A Verbal Questions Engage Lessonls Tools Book SEARCH E District Coordinater co Title Guestion Stem Type Difficult Standards Fil Sth Grade ls Sth Grade 0 lg Engli
214. eted Click the Close button to return to the full Challenge Board 10 Repeat steps 4 8 for each point value from which you want to delete questions 11 Click the File menu and Close when you are ready to return to the Team Activities tab Delete CPS Challenge Boards You can delete a challenge board from the Team Activities tab To delete a CPS Challenge Board k 2 3 N Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Team Activities tab Select the challenge board you want to delete Click X A confirmation window appears Click OK in the confirmation window Repeats steps 2 4 for every challenge board you want to delete CPS 4 0 Users Guide 110 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Top Score Top Score 1s a quick game you can use with an existing lesson You can engage any set of questions associated with a lesson or standard and use Top Score in the Teacher Managed Assessment mode to create a quick challenge for your students The Rules Students answer questions from a CPS lesson using their response pads If you select the Use Bonus Points option the first student to answer correctly receives bonus points You can use the Score window to view students with the top scores in the class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 111 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Chapter 4 Engage Functions A CPS response system enables students to provide electronic feedback to questions in the classroom CPS collects this feedback also called perfo
215. f they respond to any question within the session CPS then saves the attendance information in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab To take attendance from a session 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab e 3 Select the lesson you would like to engage and click E Al The CPS Session Setup window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 214 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 4 Select your session options and click the box nextto PReoeaiaeaez Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint the Take Attendance from this Assessment option Copyediting so that a checkmark appears 5 Click Start to begin your session r Modes Teacher Managed Assessment When students respond to at least one question in the session e i C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment CPS will mark them as Present for the day in the Class Info C Student Managed Practice area of the Gradebook tab Tite ea M Anonymous Mode l Exportto Question Grid Class English Create a Cancel Sack Mex gt Start Figure 257 Creating an attendance sheet Take Attendance During a Session from the CPS Session Setup window You can use CPS to create an attendance sheet for the class during a session Even if you do not choose to create attendance from the CPS Session Setup window you can take a formal attendance from the Engage toolbar To use the Engage toolbar to take attendance during a session 1 Open CPS fr
216. f you would like to set your gradebook options for another class click EN The first tab 1s the Welcome tab From here you can choose to have your database protected by a password which is required to open the database from this point forward You can opt for a points based as opposed to percentage based gradebook in this window For more information about password protection please see Password protect a Database Gradebook Setup EJ Welcome Class Information ES Grading Period Ma Weight Sets A Letter Grades dE Class Participation Click in the Enable Password Protection for this CPS Database option box to activate the password function If you activate thus function enter a password and then confirm it Optionally you can take advantage of our Hint Question option that can help you recall your password Click Next to continue or OK to save this information and retum to it later m Password Enable Password Protection for this CPS Database Enter Password Display Grades Option Please choose between a traditional percentage based gradebook or a points based gradebook For more information please click here Use a Points Based Gradebook Figure 233 Viewing the Welcome tab of the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard Click Next to proceed to the Class Information tab or click OK to save your changes and end the wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 196 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Funct
217. finish adding questions click Question in the menu above the toolbar and then Save and Close All questions appear in the question side of the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 20 Chapter 3 Creation Functions For help editing existing questions please see the Edit Lesson Questions section Create Subjective Questions You can create subjective questions with no correct Template MC4 No Graphics MES No Graphics Big Q SMCS Question Graphic Bottom MCS Question Graphic Mid answer within a CPS lesson These subjective questions use the Performance Question template in the CPS Question Author window To create a subjective question 1 Open CPS to the Lessons tab 2 Create a question within a lesson The CPS Question Author window appears 3 Choose Performance Question from the Template pull down menu in the Question Author toolbar Type your question in the Question Box MCS Question Graphic Right Small MCS Question Graphic At Bot MCE No Graphics MCE Question Graphic MCZ No Graphics ME Question Graphic MECS No Graphics MECS Question Graphic Numeric No Graphics Numeric Question Graphic N Click to save your question 6 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab Performance Question Figure 19 Create a subjective question Alternatively you can create subjective multiple choice with the Performance Question template true false or yes no question by foll
218. from a lesson in the assessment 4 Click Next CPS 4 0 Users Guide 231 Appendix A REAP CPS Send Assessment Wizard 5 Choose your session options Session Options Helpful Information F igure l 9 Z ae ice aaa access options you would like Move your mouse over e setting to see further Allow the teacher to formation about that setting print reports Allows Allow teachers to print t the teacher to print any generated hom delivering this d fi Y Automatically upload this assessment s sessions cdo reports generated trom the session Mia ii You may contact elnstruction technical Auto matically uplo ad porel techsupp Beinstruction com a or 888 333 4988 for additional help the assessment S Allow the teacher to delete sessions for this assessment sessions Automatically w uploads the teachers Instruction sessions to CPSOnline Changing the face of education Allow the teacher to regrade sessions Allows Canoa e lt Back Newt gt gt teachers to change grades as well as which Figure 19 Choose the session options questions are counted as correct Allow the teacher to delete sessions Allows N Es th e t ea ch er t O d el et e Assessment Engage Limit Helpful Information records of sessions ee ee Move pour mouth over any P setting to see further h generated from this Once the Assessment has been engaged this many times information about that settin
219. function Students can use this during the Student Managed Assessment or Practice mode deliveries Just press the F button to advance through each question at an interval of less than a second This is a great function if students want to answer questions 1 5 skip question 6 11 and go onto questions 12 20 They can also go back to the skipped questions Press any button to stop the scrolling Under the G and H buttons are directional arrows Students use this elnstruction com function during Student Managed Assessment and Practice mode Figure 130 Using deliveries It allows students to move backwards or forwards to questions a Response check their answers or answer any skipped questions j CPS RF System The CPS RF System works with eInstruction s award winning CPS software and radio frequency hardware The hardware including response pads and a receiver unit provides instructors with more flexibility in the classroom First Generation RF System The original CPS RF system provides instructors with all the functionality of the IR system and includes additional features With CPS RF instructors can Engage up to 300 K 12 students on one receiver Engage up to 1000 Higher Ed students on one receiver Engage students in numeric answer questions The CPS RF response pads have a range of 200 feet and allow students to respond to questions without a line of sight to the receiver unit Figure 131 Using the RF Higher Ed
220. g i no more sessions for this Assessment may be uploaded assessment E Si ec engaging and thi k 6 Click Next e Choose how many times a teacher may engage this t 7 Choose the number of times ai fu limited y a teacher may engage a di You may contact elnstruction technical a a support at techsupp einstruction com lesson from this assessment or 888 333 4988 for additional help Figure 20 e 8 Click Next Sl Instruction Changing the face of education 9 Title your assessment 10 Click Next 11 Optionally include a note for s _ lt Beck nwo the assessment such as any Figure 20 Select the number of times a teacher can engage a lesson special directions for teachers from the assessment on engaging this assessment 12 Click Next CPS 4 0 Users Guide 232 Appendix A REAP Send an Assessment i CPs Send Assessment Wizard Teacher List Helpful Information 1 Select teachers from the list of available teachers To send an assessment to a teacher the er Select teachers to receive this Assessment Move your mouse over any setting to see further teacher must have a CPSOnline View Range JET Teachers Selected O ADDU O account and Us ername and Rodgers Aaron aarong rodgers net _ Rodriguez Christy christy rodriquez net Check this b d click N Pas sword F igure 2 1 Rubin Brian brian rubin net pe debio Saenz Daniel daniel saenz net li
221. g box Po Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any appears Ne Pesetas brota nae Select the Osiris file from which you A E want to import information Click WebCT Open If no teachers are defined Comma Sept Vasc you will automatically be presented Scr You may crc enstucton etica with the Teacher Login dialog box a o ceed ie You must add a teacher name and ID that has class data associated with an Osiris file If there are teachers defined you can select an existing teacher The teacher you select must Next gt gt CPS Import Class Wizard CPSOnline WebCT eE Instruction have data in the Osiris file in orderto Figure 113 Importing an Osiris file import any data 0 NOTE In the CPS Add Edit Teachers dialog box the class names that appear on the left side apply to data that is in CPS not data that is in the Osiris file Select the teacher for whom you want to import classes CPS 4 0 Users Guide 98 8 9 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Click OK A list of classes associated with the teacher you selected in step 6 is displayed Select which classes you want to import and click OK When a class 1s imported into CPS review the student information from the Classes tab Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the Osiris file To learn more about editing a class please see Edit Class Information Update Osiris Data
222. g in your class online can find your class Click Register Class WebCT My WebCT Help Log out Build Teach Student View American History Founding Reconstruction HIST 2750 001 Course Tools eInstruction CPS Class Setup I Announcements Required Field Assessments A Assignments E Calendar Please choose the campus for this course Aames Technical Institute Q Chat Class End Date mm dd yy x Discussions NOTE You should enter the last day that students will need to use their CPS pads in your class E Learning Modules a Mail Media Library Help with Instructor Setup 4 New Users Enter your Instructor Setup Code A Search 4 7 p Code Local Content Syllabus Choose a CPS WebCT Connection password l Web Links Confirm your CPS WebCT Connection password A Who s Online Enter your email address i 7 See Hinan from NOTE Your CPS WebCT username and password is used to create the bridge between CPS and WebCT pies This username and password will NOT change unless you change it in the Contact Information area of your class roster in 3 Designer Tools CPS g Manage Course This username and password are not related to your WebCT account El Choose a CPS WebCT Connection username Setup vour CPS class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 266 Appendix C Third Party Add ins 8 Setup your class information Campus Location choose your
223. g your local Education Consultant or by calling eInstruction at 888 333 4988 and speaking with a Technical Sales Associate Your contact person can provide you with the REAP Tool Kit which provides in depth explanations of the REAP process CPS 4 0 Users Guide 223 Appendix A REAP Curriculum Coordinator Walkthrough For a campus or district to use REAP to gather student performance data a curriculum coordinator needs to create and send assessments to teachers This guide will show you how to Create lessons with standards Create and send assessments Create Lessons with Standards Before you can create and send assessments you need to create a CPS database that contains lessons with associated premium standards This first section will show you how to create and populate a database in CPS Create a Database 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon The Open or Create New Database window appears Figure 1 2 Choose Create a new CPS database The New CPS file window appears Figure 2 3 In the File name box title your database In the example to the right the database name is District Coordinator The new database will have a file extension of cps CPS will open your new database to the Lessons tab Figure 3 A Open on existeig CPS database Open Recent f Ope aveces used CPS databases El CAPS DatabssesiPDOS Trang ramal DEPOS Trarng cps i 14 C Documents ard SettingsmichacuDesktopyelnstuction CPS_ Datab
224. gories tab in the CPS Re grade Assessments window 6 Select a question to which you would like to assign a different category and click Categories The Categories window appears 7 Use the Categories window to assign un assign or create new categories For more information on the Categories window please see Associate Categories to a Question 8 Inthe CPS Re grade Assessments window click OK to save your changes and return to the Reports tab Re grade Numeric Questions Instructors using CPS RF systems can engage students in numeric questions For more information on CPS RF please see CPS RF System To re grade a numeric question in an assessment 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the assessment that contains numeric questions you would like to regrade and click 2 The CPS Assessment Options window appears For more information on the CPS Assessment Options window please see Edit Assessments 4 Click the Re Grade Questions button The CPS Re Grade Assessments window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 165 3 6 Figure 189 Re grading numeric questions in the CPS Re grade Assessments window Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 7 CPS Re grade Assessments Correct Answers Groups For each question in this Session use the check boses to change the correct answer make multiple answers correct or omit the question from the scoring process entirely A T B FIN D E F G H Omi
225. h T di l l l 5 Use ES or to move the question The question number changes when you click the lesson title in the left window Copy Questions Y ou can create a question and then duplicate it within the same lesson or copy it to other lessons and edit portions of the question to make 1t different from the original Copy questions to other lessons 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a lesson from which you want to copy questions to another lesson Questions in the selected lesson appear in the question side of the window 4 Select a question or a group of questions while pressing the mouse button and pressing the Ctrl button from the keyboard simultaneously 5 Drag the selected questions to a target lesson on the lesson side of the window The selected questions display at the end of the target lesson Copy questions within the same lesson 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a lesson from the lesson side of the window Any questions in the lesson appear in the question side of the window 4 Select a question or a group of questions Right click your mouse somewhere on the selected questions A shortcut menu appears 6 Choose the Copy Questions command from the shortcut menu The copied questions display at the end of the lesson N Delete a Lesson You can delete an entire lesson of questions by following these steps 1 Open CPS from your desktop
226. ha you i peed ta speci mire choose the Import command from the sae e pop up menu The CPS Imp ort Class LMS File txt or 888 333 4988 for additional help Wizard appears E 4 Choose CPSOnline and click Next Instruction 5 Choose your Institution Type and click Next Cancel Next gt gt Figure 111 Importing a CPSOnline class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 96 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 6 Enter your CPSOnline Username and Password CPS will connect to CPSOnline and display all of your available CPSOnline classes 7 Select individual classes from this database by clicking in the box beside each name You can also choose to import all of the available classes from this database by clicking inside the Select All option 8 Click OK Depending on the class size and the speed of your processor this import may take some time The imported classes appear in the Classes tab when the import is complete Y ou can edit recycle this class for subsequent terms For information on recycling a class please see Recycle a Higher Ed Class or Recycle a K 12 CPSOnline Class Import Classes from Pentamation Files You can import classes saved from Pentamation files To import a Pentamation file 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Click 3 Alternatively right click in the class side of the Classes tab and tnpstsouce Helpful Infomation choose Import The CPS Import Class 9 5 Please choose the import sou
227. hallenge Board window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 109 8 9 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Release your mouse button to drop the questions into that point value The point value button changes to display the number of questions that button just received Repeat steps 5 8 for as many questions as you want to add to the challenge board 10 Click the File menu item and the Close command to return to the Team Activities tab when you finish Remove Questions from a CPS Challenge Board You can remove questions from a current CPS Challenge Board To remove questions l D 8 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon Which of the following is NOT TRUE of English colonial families in mid eighteenth century America MC 5 Click the Team A ctivities What did the Great Awakening inter colonial trade and American attitudes toward English culture and constitution tab Select the CPS Challenge Board you would like to edit Click Z The CPS Challenge Board window appears Click on any of the colored boxes that contain questions The Challenge Board jew Questi Deereal Question Edit window Figure 128 Removing questions from a CPS Challenge Board appears Select the question you would like to remove Click Delete to remove the question or click Delete All to remove all the questions A Confirmation dialog box appears Click OK The Challenge Board Level Questions window refreshes and shows only the questions you have not del
228. hapter 3 Creation Functions Create Classes A class is a roster of students student information and class information that you use within CPS to engage students in the classroom You can create several types of classes in several different ways This section will show you how to Create a K 12 class Create a K 12 CPSOnline class Create a Higher Ed class Create a WebCT or Blackboard class Create a Quick K 12 Class Create a K 12 Class A K 12 class is a roster of students using a numbered system of pads K 12 classes can be linked to CPSOnline or stand alone classes within CPS If you are a Higher Ed instructor who does not want to use CPSOnline you will create a K 12 class To create a K 12 class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab Institution Type Helpful Information ie dl Higher secon Irakier 3 Click The CPS New Class Mos E seer middle caes Leas ne en 4 Choose your Institution Type and a click Next NOTE If you are a Higher Ed instructor but you do not want to create a CPSOnline class please choose K Instruction Cancel Next gt gt 12 as your institution Figure 90 Creating a K 12 class with the CPS New Class type Wizard 5 Enter your Contact Information 1f this is your first CPS class If you have already created CPS classes your contact information 1s stored within CPS and you will automatically be moved to the Class Information
229. he answer choices Chapter 3 Creation Functions MC3 No Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices MC3 Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices MC3 Question Graphic Bottom This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes directly beneath the question text MC3 Question Graphic Right This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text MC3 Question Graphic Answer Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 3 answer choices A C and a graphic included with the question text and with each of the answer choices MC4 Answer Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and no graphics included with the question text but with a graphic included for each of the answer choices MC4 Big Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D where you can include a large graphic with the question text but not in the answer choices CPS 4 0 Users Guide 22 MC4 No Graphics This is a multiple choice quest
230. her Code can be used as a First Name unique indentifier for your school s management system Teacher Codes Last Name are not saved to CPSOnline Email Address Phone Ext Teacher Code YES e o Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 75 Entering account information in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 64 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 Create your account by clicking Next A lEstenti esa icon appears in the Lessons tab Now when you login to el SEARCH using your publisher or curriculum coordinator account you can upload content to el SEARCH Upload Textbook Content Once you create a publisher or curriculum coordinator el SEARCH account you can upload textbook content to el SEARCH To upload content m Content Information r Helpful Information ISBN 1 Make sure to connect your computer Maas see os Oo oe Publisher information about that setting to the Internet 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon 3 Click the Lessons tab Select the publisher of the book you Title are uploading Author Discipline Subject A Click Content Upload The CPS Upload a 23 5 You may contact elnstruction technical Content Wizard appears C Ka 61880334000 lo additonal helo 5 Enter the textbook content D a information in the fields provide
231. hics better click once on the graphic to enlarge 1t to full screen Click again to return the graphic to original size Teams press and release the button that represents their desired answer The on screen number that corresponds to their pad number turns blue This indicates the Hide Show option is set to show the pad numbers that have answered The Hide Show button on the feedback grid reads Hide Pads Ifthe Hide Show option is set to hide the pads and a student responds the corresponding on screen pad number flashes blue then becomes white again The Hide Show button on the feedback grid reads Show Pads Ifa student or team wants to change their answer they simply press a different button for the same question and the corresponding on screen response pad number flashes yellow The number of responses received by the receiver unit displays in the counter box on the feedback grid When you have received enough responses click End If there is a Note associated with this question a Note button takes the place of the End button Click the Note button to view the note Optionally you can click the Charting button and see various charts representing student answers For more information on the CPS Charting window please see View Results and Use Data Slicing To return to the challenge board and select a new point value click the Close button The center of the challenge board displays each team name their pad ID and their cum
232. his option l 2 Show Graphic After Response Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Show Graphic Full screen Question Author window appears I Exclude Question from SMA From the CPS Question Author window click Engage as Freeform Options Choose Show Graphic After Response A Figure 23 Displaying a graphic after the checkmark appears next to the option response with the Show Graphic After Response option Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 28 Chapter 3 Creation Functions NOTE If you have the option turned on for one question so that the graphic displays after you have ended the response cycle the option stays on until you turn it off To turn off this option 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears From the CPS Question Author window click Options Click Show Graphic After Response so that the checkmark disappears Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab E M Show Graphic Full Screen The Show Graphic Full Screen option is available only with question templates that include a question graphic Options Tools To use this option Show Graphic After Response 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Show Graphic Full Screen Question Author
233. how Correct Answer option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS NOTE To view the Show Correct Answer option you must also choose the Show Large Screen option For more information on the Show Large Screen option please see Show Large Screen CPS 4 0 Users Guide 135 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Auto Start the Timer The Auto Start the Timer option automatically begins the question timer when you start the response cycle In this sentence what does concatenate mean Sheila used a concatenate of root words to create a new word group many string chain field e i id er e ZA Question 4 Unit 1 Root El 0 a 2314 5 6 7 8 9110 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Figure 162 CPS Content Delivery window with the Auto Start the Timer option ON To access the Auto Start the Timer option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Auto Start the Timer To automatically start the timer when you begin the response cycle click the box next to the Auto Start the Timer option so that a checkmark appears Manually Start the Timer To manually start the timer when you begin the response cycle click the box next to the Auto Start the Timer option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 136 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Auto St
234. i ht z C l 1 ck Display attendance as a grade in the Assessments area gt the class name and choose the Edit el ce a command from the shortcut menu or double click the class name The CPS Class Information window appears You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help indicates a required field Save Figure 103 Editing class information in the CPS Class Information window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 89 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 5 Edit any of the on screen options Class Name This is the only required information for a class Course Number This is an optional course number assigned by your school Section This is the optional section number for your class Period This is the optional period in which you hold your class Semester This is the optional semester during which you teach your class Campus This is the optional building or campus name where you teach your class Classroom Number This is the optional room number for your class Attendance Options This is the location where you store your attendance records in CPS You can choose to view the attendance as a grade in the Assessments area of the Gradebook tab or choose to view the attendance as Absent Present in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab 6 Click Save to save any changes 7 Click Done to exit the CPS Class Information window and
235. icon 2 Click File from the menu bar 3 Click Open Database or look in the File menu drop down list to see the most recently opened databases 4 If you selected the Open Database command an Open CPS File dialog box appears 5 Search for and select the database you want to activate Use the Look in drop down list if you need to navigate around your hard drive to find the correct folder 6 Click Open Any lessons in this database display on the Lessons tab File Settings Help Mew Database Open Database Export Database Import Database CHCPS__ atabases Beta databases MyLessons cps CHCPS Databases Beta databases RESP Databases District_Coordinator cps CiCPS_Databases Beta databases U5 History cps CiCPS Databases Beta databases Math cps CiCPS Databases Beta databases american History cps CHCPS Databases Beta databases World History cps CiCPS Databases Beta databases Publisher cps C0CPS DatabasesiBeta databases REAP Databases CMustard cps CHCPS DatabasesiBeta databases RESP Databases District_Teacher cps CHCcPS Databases Beta databases REAP Databases MGreen cps Exit Figure 5 Opening a recently used database from the File menu CPS 4 0 Users Guide 11 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import Export XML Databases Y ou can import or export an entire CPS database including lessons standards and team activities into a new database File Settings Help Export a Database ERDA
236. icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson that you want to delete a 4 Click L teo A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Delete Alternatively right click on the lesson name and choose the Delete command from the shortcut menu A confirmation message appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 37 Chapter 3 Creation Functions NOTE If you select a lesson that has child level lessons beneath it those lesson s delete as well Use caution when deleting lessons from the lesson side of the window 6 Click the OK or Cancel button 7 Repeat steps 3 6 for as many lessons as you want to delete Delete Lesson Questions 1 Click the Lessons tab 2 Select the lesson from the lesson side of the window 3 From the question side of the window select the question s you want to delete i 4 Click A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Delete Alternatively right click on the selected questions and choose the Delete command from the shortcut menu A confirmation appears 6 Click OK to continue or Cancel to stop 7 Repeat steps 3 6 for as many questions as you want to delete from this lesson 8 Click the lesson name in the lesson side left or top window to see question numbers update Question numbers update automatically when you exit the lesson Delete Graphics from Questions 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson that contains the question with the graphic you would like to dele
237. ighlight the session you would like to upload Click the Upload button to upload the lesson to WebCT Alternatively right click on the session you would like to upload and choose Update roster from WebCT server CPS 4 0 Users Guide 268 Appendix C Third Party Add ins Sync CPS with WebCT Y ou can sync your CPS class with WebCT to upload grades and maintain an updated class roster Follow the steps below to syne your CPS class roster with WebCT 6 Connect your computer to the internet 7 Open CPS to the Classes tab 8 Right click on the class you would like to sync with WebCT A pop up menu appears 9 Choose Update roster from WebCT server 10 CPS communicates with WebCT via the CPS WebCT Proxy Tool to upload updated CPS data to WebCT and download the latest roster information from WebCT to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 269 Appendix C Third Party Add ins CPS Connection Building Block for Blackboard Now you can use CPS with your Blackboard classes The CPS Connection allows you to create a complete interactive learning experience You can use CPS in the classroom to engage your students and receive instant feedback and then connect your class with Blackboard so that students can access information from home This guide will tell you how to Link your Blackboard class to CPS Import your class to CPS Sync your class with CPS Link a Blackboard class to CPS Before you follow the steps below make sure your IT Administrat
238. information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports This chart displays a graph for the following questions Which sentence prope In this sentence wh Which sentence prope Which sentence prope which are charted By Question Figure 204 Viewing the Data Slicing Report Individual Reports Individual reports focus on the performance data for each student Individual reports include Star Chart Report Study Guide Report Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report Study Guide Class Summary Report CPS 4 0 Users Guide 175 Star Chart Report The state of Texas specifically uses the Star Chart Report The Star Chart Report analyzes each student s performance on the assessment based on the principles of Star Chart reporting For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Study Guide Report The Study Guide Report provides an individualized study guide for each student in the class The study guide shows the student each question their response and the correct response for each question The Study Guide lists for each student the Report type Session name Class name Class points average Student name Pad ID Student ID Number of correctly answered questions Percentage of correctly answered questions Each question Answer choice Student answer Chap
239. ing window click Reports A pop up oe i de Nie nanny menu appears Choose Raw Response Data Export CPS exports the session s performance data as a Comma Delimited csv file A pop up window will tell you the location to which CPS saved your file Save Chart as Graphic Print Chart Save Chart as Graphic You can save the chart from the CPS Charting window as a bitmap picture file To save the chart as a picture file l Ze Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window From the CPS Charting window click Reports A pop Reports Raw Response Data Export Data Slicing Report Save Chart as Graphic up menu appears Print Chart Choose Save Chart as Graphic A Save As window Figure 222 Saving a chart as a appears picture in the CPS Charting window Browse through your computer to find the location to which you would like to save the chart Title your chart Click Save to save the chart as a bitmap bmp file and return to the CPS Charting window Print Chart You can print the chart from the CPS Charting window To print the chart l Zi Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window For more Reports information on accessing the CPS Charting window Raw Response Data Export please see Access the CPS Charting window Data Slicing Report From the CPS Charting window
240. ion Author toolbar to save your question Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab Assign Question Difficulty Levels Questions can range in difficulty from 1 easiest to 5 hardest To assign a difficulty level to a met 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author Pilfculty window appears EN 1 2 From the Question Author toolbar click the Difficulty pull down S menu Y 4 3 Select a difficulty level 1 5 F 4 Click LE to save your question tad e 21 5 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons al o stion difficulty tab level from the Question Author Associate Categories to a Question toolbar You can create and assign categories to your questions After you deliver your lesson you can use the categories with the Charting window to slice performance data To associate categories to a question 1 Create a new question or open an existing question in the Lessons tab The CPS Question xl Author window appears Question s belong to these categories 2 From the Question menu in the CPS Question KAMENI Add to List Author window choose Categories The Categories window appears n 3 Type in a category name in the Question s Definition belong to these categories box You can add multiple categories by separating them with a comma gt 4 Click Add to List The category name will appear in the category list box CPS will automatically ore
241. ion Proxy Tool onto your institution s server To connect your class to CPS please follow the steps below l P Log on to your WebCT CE Instructor s account 3 Log in to WebCT Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by eInstruction Corporation File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt G A A Asearch Favorites Meda lt 4 B GSI SE BHO Address a http fturbo webct com 21033 webct logonDisplay dowebct Go Google y IG Search PageRank Fh Popups okay BF Check Autolink AutoFill fed options 2 WebCT Entry Page Check Browser Help eInstructor Institution Log In User name I We highly recommend that you perform a browser check before logging in to ensure your computer is properly configured to use Password pets Run a Browser Check Pop up Blockers To view a list of available courses or to create an account visit the WebCT Entry Page Forgot your password Receive your user name and a new password via e mail This site makes use of pop up windows If you have a pop up blocker installed please disable it for this site WebCT Instructor Login page Select the link for your WebCT Course Section that you would like to create in CPS Click the Add Content button A pop up menu appears Choose CPSOnlineRegistrationCE6 Click the Create CPSOnlineRegistrationCE6 button Enter the title of your class Choose a descriptive name so that students enrollin
242. ion with 4 answer choices A D and no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices MC4 No Graphics Big Question This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices This template is ideal for essay questions or other question types with extensive text MC4 Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices MC4 Question Graphic Bottom This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes directly beneath the question text MC4 Question Graphic Mid This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes between the question and the answer choices MC4 Question Graphic Right This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text MC4 Question Graphic Answer Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text and with each of the answer choices Chapter 3 Creation Functions MC4 Question Graphic Right Big This i
243. ions 5 Gradebook Setup E EA Welcome amp Class Information E Grading Period a Weight Sets AS Letter Grades M Class Participation Choose which classes rosters to include in your CPS gradebook Any classes listed in the check box window are currently associated with you For class options click Import Classes import existing CPS classes or classes from non CPS software use the CSV file format see instructions in the User s Guide that you are associated with Any imported class names appear in the check box window indicating that you are associated with them New Classes click to create new classes with students During the new class creation you have the option to associate yourself with the class If you do the class name will be displayed in the check box window Click Next to use the selected classes and continue or OK to save this information and return to it later Click Previous to review the Welcome data you entered 1st Period 2nd Period Default Class Default Class 2 lt lt Previous Next gt gt Figure 234 Viewing the Class Information tab of the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard From the Class Information tab you can import an existing CPS class that you are associated with create a new CPS class of students or leave the list that appears in the window as is For more information on creating importing or editing a class please see Create Classes Import Classes or Edit Class Information Cli
244. is one document graphic or presentation stored within a database You can have thousands of files within one database File extension A file extension is the ending mark on a file name that tells the computer what type of file it is This is especially important when importing or exporting files from one database to another or from one program to another Folder A folder stores files Folders are a great way to organize all of your files within a database G Gradebook tab One of the main CPS tabs From this tab you can view or edit gradebook data and generate gradebook reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 273 Glossary Import When you import a file you take 1t from another program or computer and put it in your computer or program L Lesson A lesson is your usual method of teaching You can use CPS no matter your teaching style from PowerPoint to Chalkboard CPS can give you immediate student feedback while you re teaching your lessons Lessons side The left side of the Lessons tab This window displays a list of all of the lessons you have in a particular database Lessons tab One of the main CPS tabs From this tab you can create edit lessons organize lessons within your database and link PowerPoint presentations ExamView lessons and graphics to existing lessons Link When you link two files such as a graphic and text together they are merged into one file O Objective question Objective questions are multipl
245. isplays attendance records as an attendance sheet in the Gradebook 6 Click Save to save your options 7 Click Done to close the CPS Class Information window and return to the Classes tab Click here to learn about CPSOnline fou may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help indicates a required field m Attendance Options Display new attendance sessions in the Reports tab e Instruction Changing the face of education Display new attendance sessions as Absent Present in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab Save Figure 256 Changing attendance options for a class in the CPS Class Information window You can edit your attendance options at any time when you can access the Classes tab Any attendance changes that you make affect only new attendance records Take Attendance as Absent Present CPS allows you to store attendance records as an attendance sheet in the Class Info section of the Gradebook tab When you take attendance through a session or through formal attendance CPS records the attendance as an A absent or P present in the Gradebook tab This section will show you how to Take attendance from a session Take attendance during a session Take attendance from the Classes tab Take Attendance from a Session CPS can create an attendance sheet from a session by counting a student as present i
246. it before opening CPS CPS will automatically detect your receiver settings However if you need to check your receiver settings you can detect the current configuration and make changes from the Receiver tab in the CPS Delivery Options window To detect your CPS receiver settings 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Receiver tab 3 Click Detect CPS Receiver CPS will detect your current receiver settings 4 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Manually Override Receiver Settings You can manually override your current CPS receiver settings from the Receiver tab To manually override your settings 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Receiver tab 3 Click the box next to the Manual Override option so that a checkmark appears The COM Port and receiver type options become available 4 Choose your COM Port from the pull down menu 5 Select a receiver type If you choose an RF receiver type the RF Response Pad Options and RF Receiver Options become available O NOTE Manually overriding your receiver settings can affect your ability to engage lessons If you have any questions about your receiver settings please contact eInstruction Technical Support at 888 333 4988 or email them at techsupp einstruction com 6 Click OK to save your changes and return to CP
247. ith and without window graphic placement options Refer to Select a Question Template for detailed information about available question templates 5 Type the question in the question box of the template you selected Type multiple answers in the answer boxes of the template you selected 7 Select a correct answer by clicking in the checkbox beside that answer so that a checkmark appears 8 Use the Question Author toolbar to save the question Roll your mouse over each button from left to right on the toolbar to see each function a As zzz O FS E gt dl q Template MC4 No Graphics Y Ditficuty 1 gt Figure 18 Using the Question Author toolbar to create a question Click to save the question and remain on the CPS Question Author window Click to move to the previous or next question in the lesson Click to negate any text or graphics you may have just added and to redo this question number Click to display standards in this database that you can associate with questions see Associate Standards to Questions for instructions Click to preview the question Click lal le to save any change you have made and move to the previous or next question in the lesson If the question you are saving is last in the list clicking Save and Move to Next Question opens a new question template 9 Repeat for as many questions as you want to add to the lesson 10 When you
248. ith objects pictures words and numbers Objective 1 6 2 B B Use addition and subtraction to solve problems involving fractions and decimals Qu e sti ons from th e 5 Objective 1 6 2 C C Use multiplication and division of whole numbers to solve problems including situations involving equivalent ratios and rates _ Objective 1 6 2 D D Estimate and round to approximate reasonable results and to solve problems where exact answers are not required _ Objective 2 6 3 4 A Use ratios to describe proportional situations selected standard _ Objective 2 6 3 B B Represent ratios and percents with concrete models fractions and decimals y display in the new Select Preview Cose window Click beside Figure 87 Printing standards or questions from the CPS Print the questions you want Questions window to print or click Select All in the lower left corner to include every question on the printout If you want an answer key with your printout click Include Answer Key Click Preview The Reporting Preview window opens showing the selected questions just as they will print but without graphics The directory path of any graphic associated with a question displays in the Preview window Graphics print but do not display in the Preview window Click the Export Print button at the bottom of the Reporting Preview window if you are satisfied with the data The printout contents automatically open in a word processing
249. ividual student the overall focus of the report is on the class Class reports include Instructor Summary Report Question Report Response Report Item Analysis Report Item Analysis with Standards Report Standards Analysis Report Opinion Survey Report Data Slicing Report 4 4 Instructor Summary Report The Instructor Summary Report provides a general review of how each student performed on an assessment The Instructor Summary Boa includes each student s score as Mite amp S OOB Ole mar gt vw well as the class average The Instructor Summary lists Report type Instructor Summary Session name Class Pad ID numbers Student names Student IDs fe Number of correct to Ek attempted answers ici Percentage of correct to attempted answers for all Page Width Preview Page 1of 1 students selected in the report Figure 197 Viewing an Instructor Summary Report CPS 4 0 Users Guide 172 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Question Report The Question Report lists each question the responses for each question by student any associated standards to the question and a chart of the responses for the question The Question Report lists Answer distribution per question Listing the report type Session name Class name Class points average Each questio
250. k your Blackboard class to CPS 1 Log on to your Blackboard Instructor s account 3 Blackboard Learning System Release 6 Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by eInstruction Corporation x t Fie Edit view Favorites Tools Help e Back gt Y A Search Favorites media lt 4 hr SS 5 SOO Address A http eiserver4 8100 webapps login y Go Links gt Google al GC Search S 52 PageRank E 167 blocked AB Check Autolink AutoFill fea Options ke Learning system If you already have an account enter your login information here and click the Login button below If you do not have an account please click on one of the buttons to the left Welcome to Blackboard Learning System Release 6 Bb Please enter your User Name and Password to access youre Have an Account Login Here B d USERNAME You can access as a quest by clicking the Preview button below PASSWORD You can create an account by clicking the Create button below Login Forgot your password Copyright 1997 2005 Blackboard Inc Patents Pending Al rights reserved Fecessibility information can be found at http access blackboard com Figure 98 Logging on to your Blackboard Instructor s account 2 Select the link for your Blackboard course that you would like to create in CPS O 3 Click Tools from the left hand menu 4 Choose CPS Connection from the list of online tools Ifthe CPS
251. l 6 7 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Team Activities tab x Select the challenge board with E attributes you want to edit mie Category 1 Title Category 3 Title Click The CPS Challenge ET ma ategory 1 Category 3 Board window appears Click the File menu item and Categor 2 Title Category 4 Title alegor alegor select the Edit Challenge Board EE EE attributes command The CPS DE Cancel Challenge Board Info window ME appears Figure 126 Editing the CPS Challenge Board attributes Edit the Board Title or the Category Titles Click OK when finished Add Questions to a CPS Challenge Board You can add questions to an existing CPS Challenge Board To add questions l 2 3 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Team Activities tab Select the challenge board to which you want to add questions Click 2 The CPS Challenge SE CPS Challenge Board U S History Challenge Unit 1 a y Ioj xj Board window appears E amp Lessons Y Standards Settlement The First Agriculture Geography Select a lesson or standard from E D pi onde E th Grade gt gt x E 10th Grade which to take questions which 2 on English appears in the bottom half of the col U S History SCre en amp Unit 1 Early America Discovery and Settlement e 7 e America and the British Empire Highlight a que stion or multiple Am
252. le after response If you check this box your note will not be available until question delivery is complete This means that the Notes button shown below will not appear on your question until you click End If you are using the Auto Move to Next Question feature this box must be left unchecked for your note to be available 10 Click Close The note will be added to your selected question 11 Close the CPS Question Author window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 26 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Add Notes to Lesson Questions Often questions have an answer but also need an explanation or some background information CPS allows you to create notes to accompany your questions For example while authoring a question about Indefinite Pronouns you can add a note that defines Indefinite Pronouns and compares that to the definition of Personal Pronouns 1 Click the Question menu item from the CPS Question Author window basa l gt 2 Click the Notes and Media fe fe oe e Sine during or after delivering a question 7 comman d The Ques tion No te ten himi docum ene ss to your question and launched from CPS You may use files other than audio and video e g window opens eS 3 Type in your note then use the ce fc eee e buttons at the top of the window to CPS Note Audio video adjust the format An indefinite pronoun could be someone or anyone Definite pronouns are he she or you Font Notes automatically use
253. lication problems involving estimation and measurement of length area time temperature capacil choo Se one O f thes e print C Objective 5 6 9 6 9 Probability and statistics The student uses experimental and theoretical probability to make predictions _ Objective 5 6 10 6 10 Probability and statistics The student uses statistical representations to analyze data comm ands from the _ Objective 6 6 11 6 11 Underlying processes and mathematical tools The student applies Grade 6 mathematics to solve problems connected to everyday ex _ Objective 6 6 12 6 12 Underlying processes and mathematical tools The student communicates about Grade 6 mathematics through informal and mathemat Objective 6 6 13 6 13 Underlying processes and mathematical tools The student uses logical reasoning to make conjectures and verify conclusions shortcut menu The CP S Objective 1 6 1 4 4 Compare and order non negative rational numbers a Objective 1 6 1 B B Generate equivalent forms of rational numbers including whole numbers fractions and decimals Print Que StiONS window Objective 1 6 1 C C Use integers to represent real life situations _ Objective 1 6 1 D D Write prime factorizations using exponents _ Objective 1 6 1 E E Identify factors and multiples including common factors and common multiples app ears X Objective 1 6 21 4 4 Model addition and subtraction situations involving fractions w
254. loads Figure 194 Downloading assessments from the CPSOnline your assessments PO Meara Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 170 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Y our downloaded assessments appear in the Downloaded Assessments folder in the Lessons tab CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases REAP Databases MScarlet cps File Settings Help le Lessons S Standards y Team Activities Qi Classes E Reports EA Gradebook MScarlet cps Number Title Question Stem Difficulty Standards Categories J Downloaded Assessments Indentured servants were important to the 1 Objective 1 U51 B qr U S History Expired on 1 31 2006 Which of the following correctly describes Objective 1 8 4 Obj Colonial America Quiz What was 4 proprietary colony Objective 2 US10 A Unit 1 Early America Seventeenth century New England and th Objective 1 8 4 Obj a a The Mayflower Compact could best be de Objective 4 8 31 4 3 PowerPoint Objective 1 8 1 C Ga Examview Most of the slaves who came to the thirtee In founding the colony of Georgia James Objective 1 8 1 C Objective 1 8 4 B Roger Williams is best known in American Jamestown survived as the first permanent Objective 1 8 11 0 The Pilgrims were also known as Separatis Objective 1 8 1 C l i i i l i u M ee Figure 195 Viewing downloaded ass
255. m the team activities The CPS response system is the hardware system a receiver unit and set of pads that uses infrared or radio frequency signals to capture students responses to CPS questions and record those responses for later evaluation CPS uses the CPS response system to create an interactive classroom and to record performance results From the Lessons tab and the Standards tab you can choose the Teacher Managed Assessment mode Student Managed Assessment mode Student Managed Practice mode or Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment mode These modes record student performance This data is available for evaluation via the Reports tab and if you so specify CPS records grades in the Gradebook Y ou can also deliver questions using the Preview command on the Lessons tab or the Standards tab however Preview does not record performance data From the Team Activities tab deliver questions taken from Lessons or Standards in a game board setting Your students may not even realize they are learning Reporting Functions Reports are compiled from the data collected from each student s response pad CPS takes information submitted by the response pads during a delivery session and organizes the information by class attributes the data to the appropriate student team and makes the data available to view via the Reports tab You can also choose to include recorded data in the Reports tab in the Gradebook The performance data captu
256. mail address Teacher Code First Name A Teacher Code can be used as a unique indentifier for your school s management system Teacher Codes 4 Click Next to continue Last Name are not saved to CPSOnine Email Address Phone Ext Teacher Code A Instruction Changing the face of edu Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 62 Entering user information in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard 5 Click Next to create your account Or CPS SEARCH A t Wizard ax click Back to make changes to m Ready to save your information Previous Pages a aca 6 Click Done to exit the CPS SEARCH This may take longer if you are creating a CPSOnline class Account Wizard and return to the drenaje earn SEARCH main page The SEARCH main page now shows any available content for you to add to your CPS lessons ls 6 o Instruction Press Back if you wish to change any data Cancel lt lt Back i Figure 63 Completing the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 57 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Login to an el SEARCH Account If you have an existing CPSOnline Username and Password you can use your login information to login to el SEARCH Additionally if you did not have an existing login and created an el SEARCH account you can use your login information to access el SEARCH from CPS To login to an existing el SEARCH account 1 Make sure to connect
257. may take CPS a few minutes Y our standards will be in the standard side left or top window of the Standards tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 78 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Classes To create course class distinctive classes that contain student and response system information continue with the instructions in this section This function is ideal for sharing student lists within a school or even an entire district The import and export commands make it easy to use student data from other applications too The Classes tab is split into two panes The left pane gives a view of all classes in this open database We refer to this as the class side The right pane displays all of the students from any highlighted class name We refer to this as the student side When you highlight a class name from the left pane all of the students names in that class display on the student side CPS C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases New CPS File cps File Settings Help Ta Lessons Standards Reports EN Gradebook Classes SUK e amp New Edit Delete Import Export Print Attendance Students m Student Information First ame Figure 89 Viewing the Classes tab This section will show you how to Create classes Add students to a class Edit class and student information Import classes Export classes CPS 4 0 Users Guide 79 C
258. mber of Pads tor Question Preview 9 160 224 00 352 416 ou may contact elnstructon technical support at techsupp einstructian com or 888 333 4958 for additional help e E Instruction Changing the face of education a Figure 168 Setting Feedback Grid options in the Feedback Grid tab of the CPS Delivery Options window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 143 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Time Interval for Feedback Grid The Time Interval for Feedback Grid option allows you to set the amount of time between Feedback Grid cycles in large classes When classes have rosters of more than 32 students the Feedback Grid displays pad IDs in groups of 30 in cycles You can set the frequency of cycles by using the Time Interval for Feedback Grid option To access the Time Interval for Feedback Grid option l za 3 4 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Click the Feedback Grid tab Use the sliding scale to choose the number of seconds between each cycle of the Feedback Grid Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Number of Pads for Question Preview The Number of Pads for Question Preview option allows you to determine the number of pads you view at one time in the Feedback Grid during a question Preview To access the Number of Pads for Question Preview option l Za gt Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens
259. me Users If this is your first time to login to CPSOnline in this database choose Higher Ed and click Next Current Users If you have logged in to CPSOnline before in this database please skip to step 4 2 Enter your CPSOnline Instructor Setup Code If you do not have a code please contact elnstruction at 888 707 6819 and ask for the Administrator for Web Based Initiatives Click Next 3 Select your university from the list and click Next 4 Enter your CPSOnline Username and Password First time Users If you are creating a Username and Password for the first time you will also need to confirm your password Blackboard and WebCT Users Your Username and CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard Institution Type 5 Please choose the type of institution below that best represents you or your organization Other gt m Helpful Information Cancel Higher Education Includes universities junior colleges and technical institutions K 12 Includes elementary middle and high schools Other May include a business military or non profit organization e Instruction Changing the face of education Next gt gt Figure 11 Logging in to CPSOnline for the first time using the CPSOnline Login Wizard CPS New Class Wizard E Your Instructor Setup Code Y Please enter your Instructor Setup Code m Instructor Setup Codes are sent in an email
260. measure those standards Print questions in traditional paper format Instantly receive and grade homework reviews tests and standards measurements Generate detailed reports about how each student performs in class Record all CPS and non CPS generated grades and automatically calculate averages Take and record attendance in a quick fun way This chapter provides you with information on Installing CPS Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts Software Support Information New Features in CPS 4 0 Beta To access the most up to date Users Guide for CPS please visit our Downloads Center at www einstruction com downloads CPS 4 0 Users Guide 1 Chapter 1 Getting Started Installing CPS To run the CPS package depending on your operating system you will need the following components Windows Operating System Intel Pentium II or higher processor One USB port A minimum of 256 MB RAM 512 recommended At least 120 MB of hard drive space for CPS software databases may require more hard drive space Microsoft Windows 98 and 98SE Microsoft Windows 2000 with Service Pack 2 Windows XP Professional or Home Edition or Windows XP Tablet PC Edition Screen resolution of 800x600 or higher Mac Operating System Mac OS X including 10 3 Panther or greater PowerPC G3 300 MHz or better processor including G4 256 MB of physical RAM 512 MB recommended 120 MB of free hard disk space One open USB port 800 x 600 display
261. month day and year Click Next to continue or OK to 5 7 Cre ate Grading P erio ds by save this information and retum toi later Click Previous to ide the Chesed focal sa entered typing a Grading Period title in Tite Begin Date End Date lt Ad t t b 8 First Six Weeks Mon Aug 22 2005 y Fri Sep 30 2005 y AI O IT CE Ge 6 Choose your Begin Date and Frradsicwesa RRM Men nos 14 2005 Fe Dec 23 205 End Date Sep 16 20 Sep 16 200 7 Click OK to save your Grading Period ven Figure 239 Creating Grading Periods in the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard You can create multiple Grading Periods by repeating steps 5 6 above You can view your class assessments by grading period by using the Grading Period pull down menu in the bottom right hand corner of the Gradebook tab For more information on setting your gradebook options please see Advanced Gradebook Setup View Grades by Grading Period Creating Grading Periods within the Gradebook tab allows you to organize your class records by time frame To view the gradebook by a Grading Period 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases World History cps File Settings Help Y Lessons N Standards y Team Activities Classes E Reports EA Gradebook ta Sa Se Export Choose s 3 Click the Class name from the drop down list in the upper right corner Click the Assessment button from the side toolbar Select a Grading
262. n 2 Click the Gradebook tab If this is your first time using the Gradebook in this database the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard appears 3 Follow the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard if this is your first time using the Gradebook To set your Gradebook for an additional class click 4 For more information on the Gradebook Setup Wizard please see Advanced Gradebook Setup 4 Select the class whose grades you would like to export 5 Click L CPS exports your gradebook to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application Your class roster and grades will appear in the spreadsheet You can save this information and import it to other applications or keep the spreadsheet for your records CPS 4 0 Users Guide 195 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Advanced Gradebook Setup After you deliver CPS sessions to your class CPS automatically saves the performance data in the Reports tab You can also choose to save the data to the Gradebook For more information on automatically adding sessions to the gradebook please see Create Gradebook from Session Setup When you open the Gradebook tab you can use the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard to set all your gradebook options To use the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab 3 If this is the first time you accessed the Gradebook tab in your database the CPS Gradebook Setup Wizard automatically appears I
263. n Data Export Report Student ID Number of correctly answered questions CPS 4 0 Users Guide 178 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Total number of questions Percentage of correctly answered questions Total percentage available For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Classroom Manager Export Report The Classroom Manager Export Report exports the assessment data as a Classroom Manager file When you preview the Classroom Manager Export Report a Save As window appears allowing you to choose the location to which CPS saves your report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports AEIS IT Export Report The AEIS IT Export Report exports the assessment Mia Werte the AEIS IT data associated with this CPS data as an AEIS IT file When you preview the AEIS Lesson in the fields below IT Export Report the AEIS IT Data window appears o aaa In that window enter your AEIS IT data then choose where you would like to save your file Content Area Social Studies Grade 11th Grade y Version Engish e Year Objective Type End of Class me HE Cancel Figure 211 Entering AEIS IT data in the AEIS IT Data window E AEIS IT Data for Lesson Unit 1 Ror For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports OnTrack Export Report Th
264. n Finder window Lessons The Lessons section of the window shows you every lesson that contains the question as well as how many A copy of this question can also be found in the following areas of CPS Geography 10 Challenge Boards total questions are in each of the lessons Le a Standards The Standards section lists EZUS Trivia Geography every standard associated with your question Challenge Boards The Challenge Board section lists every Challenge Board that ARES contains your question Figure 39 Searching for a question using the 6 Select the location of your question that you CPS Question Finder window would like to edit 7 Click the Go to Selected Question button to move to the lesson standard or Challenge Board that contains your question 8 Click Close to return to the Lessons or Standards tab Spell check Questions CPS can spell check your questions with the CPS Spell Checker You can choose to automatically spell check each question before moving to the next question or you can use the Spell Checker icon to check a specific question To use the CPS Spell Checker lolx 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon Not in Dictionary 2 Click the Lessons tab The cate ate a huge bowl of cereal Ignore l i icti Ignore Al 3 Create a new question or edit an existing gnore question For more information on creating or editing a question please see 2usgestions Create Lesson Questions or Edit Lesson
265. n and answer option Pointing finger indicating the correct answer Name of every respondent Answer selected by each respondent Percentile of respondents per answer option Bar graph of answer distribution L Print Preview mcs 2 3 006 10 fe mar gt E Page Width EE 2 Pages Preview Page 1 of 10 Figure 198 Viewing the Question Report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Response Report The Response Report shows each question and the percentage of students who responded to each answer choice The Response Report lists Report type Session name Class name Class average Each question and answer option Pointing finger indicating the correct answer Percentage of respondents per answer option L Print Preview m coe 500A 0e map gt E Page Width El 2 Pages Figure 199 Viewing the Response Report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 173 Item Analysis Report The Item Analysis Report provides a table with all assessment questions and the percentage of students who responded to each answer choice An asterisk indicates the correct answer to each question For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Item Analysis with Standa
266. n oin Create Gradebook from Session Setup ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Quick Setup and Grade BRP OM srt a a Advanced Gradebook EU auraa dia Usmo Gradina A e a s E A a View Specific Assessment DES tati Include Assessment in Gradebook ccccccnncccininoninnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnananannno SS AA O EAS ESMAS A AA A Delete ES ia EXPORASSO SMED al pioa Mane Class IO td de di Review Student Information coccccnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss Chance Attendance ODO S is CPS 4 0 Users Guide Table of Contents vi Table of Contents Use Gradebook Reports said tia 209 ACCESS Gradebook REPO ica A et 209 View Glade DOOK REPORS yaaa ccesancnsvqncanposdacsatenamassessacuarebaenennectetetaauon isomer nuwastort 210 Maha C ATENTEN AREA e 213 SEL ATEO A CELIS A A RARA 213 Take Attendance as Absent Present oooooccococnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnininnnss 214 Take Attendance from a S SSION seretii eeann EA EROE ER 214 Take Attendance During a Session cccceceesesseseseseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 Take Attendance from the Classes tab ccccccccccccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 216 Take Atlendance as am ASSESSMENT esien a A A 216 Create an Attendance Assessment from a Session ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 217 Create an Attendance Assessment from an Existing SeSsi0n
267. n the next section for further A EEE instructions Figure 2 Creating a new database as a first time user CPS 4 0 Users Guide 9 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Subsequent CPS Users If you have used CPS before and want to create a new database file simply follow these steps Open CPS from your desktop icon Click File from the menu bar Click New Database A New CPS Database window appears In the File Name text box type the database name that you are creating The file extension cps 1s automatically added to your file i Ze 3 4 name O NOTE Make certain that you save this database in the CPS folder and inside that the CPS Databases folder not in the My Documents folder or any other folder that displays in the Save in drop down list The install program created the elnstruction and CPS Databases folders on your hard drive when you installed the databases from CD For instructions about the existing databases refer to Install Free Database of Questions File Settings Help Mew Database Open Database Export Database Import Database Save a Copy As CPS DatabasesiBe CCPS DatabasesiBe 00 C0PS Databases Be CU CPS Databases Be CUCPS DatabasesiBe CU C0PS Databases Be C0CPS Databases Be C CPS_Databases Be CCPS_Databases Be CiCPS Databases Be Figure 3 Creating a new database from within CPS 5 Click Save and wait while CPS processes your request The Lessons tab opens wi
268. n to the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 93 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Recycle a Higher Ed Class Y ou can reuse your existing CPSOnline classes in subsequent semesters This feature is especially helpful when you teach the same class in multiple semesters To recycle a Higher Ed class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 From the class side left or top window select the class you wish to recycle 4 Click 2 The CPS Class Information window appears 5 Click the Recycle CPSOnline Class tab 6 Select your recycle options Class Key Click the x box next to the Clas S do Students Class Information 224 Contact Information Online Class Options 2 Recycle CPSOnline Class A German History Key option SO that a Reuse Your Online Class gt r Helpful Information xi checkm ark appe ars i Q The Recycle Class function allows you to reuse this class e The New Start Date is the first day When a checkmark es app ears nex t to the hem CPSOnlne is des des End Date will be the last day res Uploaded CPS Sessions Enabling the Notification Date allows Class Key option aid to notify y by email when Sia F a change to your roster occurs your Clas S Key from CAUTION All students will be deleted from this class sarang caine suecia dal A sina Stat Date 8 22 2005 Recycling your class has no effect on th e revl ous S em e St er N your instructor account P
269. n to the Classes tab CPS will sync your class with CPSOnline and create your class You will have access to your CPSOnline class through CPS For information on recycling your CPSOnline class for subsequent terms please refer to Recycle a K 12 CPSOnline Class Create a Higher Ed Class A Higher Ed class is a roster of students using serial response pads Students typically purchase their response pads from their school bookstore and enroll their response pads into the class through eInstruction s CPSOnline CPSOnline then sends student information to your CPS class when you sync and CPS creates your class roster To create a Higher Ed class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 81 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 3 Click tl The CPS New Class Wizard appears 4 Choose Higher Ed as your Username and Password M Helpful Information 5 If you have an existing CPSOnline Username and Password click Yes Please enter your username and password for CPSOnline and choose your Institution and skip to step 7 If this will be Usemame f Are your first CPSOnline class elnstucton echnical support at continue to Step 6 Password techsupp einstruction com This username and password is used 6 Enter your Instructor Setup to connect to CPSCnine Choose your Higher Ed Institution lotes sed Teld Code If you do not have one si a University of North Carolina
270. namic Standards can be set up from either of these windows O NOTE In the CPS Session Setup window you will be able to click the Dynamic Standards icon only if the Teacher Managed Assessment mode is selected This feature is not available with Student Managed Student Practice or Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment modes 4 Click to bring up the Dynamic Standards Setup window In this window you will see all of the standards you have downloaded 5 Click on the empty boxes next to the standards to include them in your subset 6 Notice that there are two options that can be checked at the bottom of this window Prompt for Dynamic Standards and Automatically Align Selected Dynamic Standards Either of these can be selected or they can both be de selected Dynamic Standards Setup Please select the standards you want to be available during instruction C Sth Grade Math English El Y 6th Grade English Objective 1 The student will demonstrate a basic understanding of culturally diverse written texts 0 6 9 Reading vocabulary development The student acquires an extensive vocabulary through reading O B Draw on experiences to bring meanings to words in context such as interpreting idioms multiple me D Determine meanings of derivatives by applying knowledge of the meanings of root words such as O F Distinguish denotative and connotative meanings 6 8 E O 6 10 Reading comprehension The stude
271. nani that a checkmark appears Click Next Cancel Next gt gt Go to the next step in the wizard Figure 118 Importing a Blackboard class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 102 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the Blackboard class You can recycle this CPS Blackboard class for subsequent terms To learn more about recycling a class please see Recycle a Higher Ed Class Export Classes Y ou can export classes to non CPS applications This section will show you how to Export class to tbt Deliver Export class as a CSV files Print Export a class Export Class to tbt Deliver Y ou export a CPS class to a tbt Deliver file Tbt Deliver is a product by elnstruction Corporation To export a CPS class to tbt Deliver 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select a class name you want to export to tbt Deliver Save jn CPS_Databases de Beta databases SA CPS Question Bank For JROTC A Click seo Alternatively right click Personal Skills Map Success Profiler and choose the Export command from the pop up menu The Export Class window opens with your class name in the File name text box _o O 5 Click the drop down arrow in the pe Comma Separated Values cev a a Save as type box and select Deliver Comms Separced ts co Rosters ros the ros file Figure 119 Exp
272. ndard will be created 5 Type in or select the following i standard attributes The standard title Details about the standard Org None Ed A code number or identifier for this standard _ SaveandClose Close Zt Figure 79 Creating a standard with the CPS Standard Attributes window Other Info CPS 4 0 Users Guide 67 Chapter 3 Creation Functions The type of standard The type helps identify why the standard is in place The drop down list has more than 20 different types from which to select Your school district or state may have a type they use or reference often If that is the case use that type of standard If you choose a grade level type also specify to which grade the standard applies Select the state in which the standard originated or is most closely associated Click the Save and Create New button or the Save and Close button The standard you created appears in the left or upper window of the Standards tab Create Standard Questions When using the Standards tab on an administrative level you may have an outline of standard types to emphasize state district or school teaching goals Within this outline it may be appropriate to have questions associated with only the lowest level of standard types To create questions for a standard l 5 Highlight a standard name from the standard side of the Standards tab The question side should be empty 1f you have not previously added o
273. ndards tab Select a standard from the standard side of the window Any questions in the standard appear in the question side right or bottom window Select a question or a group of questions Right click your mouse somewhere on the selected questions A pop up menu appears Choose Copy Questions The copied questions display at the end of the standard When you have added as many questions as you like click Close or Save and Close in the Question menu Delete a Standard You can delete an entire standard of questions by following these steps pa N T Open CPS from your desktop icon Open the database that has the standard you want to delete Click the Standards tab Select the standard that you want to delete Click A pop up menu appears Choose Delete Alternatively right click on the standard name and choose the Delete command from the pop up menu A confirmation message appears O NOTE If you select a standard that has child level standards beneath it those standard s will be deleted as well Use caution when deleting standards from the standard side of the window Click OK to delete the standard or click Cancel to return to the Standards tab Delete Questions from a Standard ll 2 3 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Standards tab Select the standard from the standard side left or top window Select the question s you want to delete from the question side right or bottom window
274. nical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help YB e Instruction Changing the face of education Next gt gt Figure 48 Copying a rubric in the CPS Performance Question Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 46 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Delete a Rubric Y ou can delete existing CPS rubrics However keep in mind that when you delete a rubric any performance questions associated with the rubric are no longer associated to a rubric To delete a rubric 1 Click the Settings menu and CPs Performan ae Performance Question Rubrics Helpful Information choose Rubric Wizard r New Rubric The CPS Performance Create a new rubric Move your mouse over any ees reas O N WA et ae En to lheneitalao pis a na list select the rubric you OS would like to delete a 2 Click the Delete button on You may contact elnstruction technical ieee ake o confirmation window appears e 4 Choose OK to delete the Instruction rubric or choose Cancel to y cancel You will return to the CPS Performance Question Cancel Wizard Figure 49 Deleting a rubric from the CPS Performance Question 5 Click Cancel to exit the CPS Wizard Performance Question Wizard and return to CPS Import Lessons Y ou can import lessons both from CPS and from non CPS applications to engage in CPS This section will show you how to Import CPS lessons
275. ns and F sh ae ond his her answers as well as the correct Show study guide for uploaded sessions answers whose options you would like ot ceo ed Ask me for each session upload di Ea ensures that your online roster is always to edit i up to date in CPS m Syne Options MV Automatically syne class when CPS starts 4 Click L Alternatively right click the class name and choose Edit from the pop up menu or double click the class name The CPS Class Information window appears 5 Click on the Online Class Instruction Changing the face of education Options tab 6 Edit any CPSOnline class Figure 105 Editing CPSOnline class options from the CPS Class options Information window Online Study Guide This option allows you to change the Online Study Guide options You can choose to automatically show a study guide online for each assessment you upload or you can have CPS prompt you to show the study guide after you upload each assessment Sync Options This option allows you to choose whether or not you automatically sync your class information with CPSOnline each time you open your database 7 Click Save to save any changes 8 Click Done to exit the CPS Class Information window and return to the Classes tab Edit Student Information You can edit student information for K 12 and K 12 CPSOnline classes unless your school uses CBIT To edit student information 1 Open CP
276. nse system CPS saves this feedback or performance data in the open database so you can evaluate it later You can engage a lesson by using the Engage Engoge Het Lespoa domes Romarrolat Lesson s icon in the Lessons tab When you click on the Engage Lesson s icon the CPS Session Setup window appears From this window you can change your engage settings and begin your lesson Teacher Managed Assessment To engage a lesson C Student Managed Assessment 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab Unit 1 Early America Modes C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment C Student Managed Practice 3 Select a lesson from the lesson side and Title Unit 1 Early America M Include in Gradebook Anonymous Mode click Engage Lessonis _ The CPS Session Setup M Automatically Upload l Exportto Question Grid window appears Session Class Participation ES 4 Select in which mode you want to deliver Max Points hoo the lesson Teacher Managed Assessment T Create Attendance from this Assessment Student Managed Assessment Teacher Led E Include Attendance in Gradebook Student Managed Assessment or Student A AA a_i Managed Practice mode Class Default Class gt Create Include in Gradebook Check Include in Gradebook if you want grades pen E E ea recorded in the Gradebook Figure 171 Engaging a lesson from the CPS Export to Question Grid Check Session Setup window Ex
277. nt 55 Upload Content 63 Engage CPS Challenge Board 156 ExamView Lessons 151 FastGrade Lessons 151 Lesson with PowerPoint 159 Lessons 148 Multiple Lessons 149 Preview Lessons 152 There It Is activity 154 Top Score activity 157 Verbal Questions 152 Engage as Freeform 30 Examview 53 ExamView Feedback Grid buttons 151 Narrative Button 151 Options 53 Recalculate Button 152 Zoom Button 151 Exclude Question from SMA 29 Export Class as CSV File 104 Class to tbt Deliver 103 Export to Question Grid 148 FastGrade answer key 18 FastGrade Lesson Create 18 Feedback Grid tab 143 Number of Pads for Question Preview 144 Time Interval for Feedback Grid 144 Font window 39 Generate Reports 171 Grade Post Summary 212 Gradebook 8 Add Assessment 204 Advanced Setup 196 Change Attendance Options 208 Create 194 Create Grading Periods 201 Delete Assessment 206 Edit Assessments 205 Export Assessment 207 From Session Setup 194 Quick Setup and Export 195 Review Student Information 207 View Assessments 203 View by Calendar Function 203 277 View Grading Periods 202 Gradebook Reports Access 209 Assessment Summary 211 Attendance Report 213 Grade Post Summary 212 Progress Report 210 Report Card Summary 212 Gradebook Reports 209 Gradebook tab 44 80 81 90 166 167 169 193 194 195 196 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 264 268 Grading Period tab 197 Grading P
278. nt comprehends selections using a variety of strategies H Objective 2 The student will apply knowledge of literary elements to understand culturally diverse written texts H O Objective 3 The student will use a variety of strategies to analyze culturally diverse written texts C Objective 4 The student will apply critical thinking skills to analyze culturally diverse written texts O Science m When a Question is Engaged J Prompt for Dynamic Standards Automatically Align Selected Dynamic Standards Figure 84 Associating Dynamic Standards with lesson questions CPS 4 0 Users Guide 72 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Prompt for Dynamic Standards is the default setting If you leave this option selected then the Dynamic Standards Setup window will pop up with each question you ask This allows you to decide upon question delivery which standards to align with each question This option 1s especially useful with the Verbal Question feature If you choose Automatically Align Selected Dynamic Standards the standards you define in your subset will be automatically aligned with each question in your session and you will not be prompted with the Dynamic Standards Setup window You may also leave both boxes unchecked If unchecked you will not be prompted with the Dynamic Standards Setup window and no standards will be automatically aligned to your questions If you de select both boxes you can still select a s
279. nt the characters to aj lal felole lefeli ijitoe go a 10 Use the keyboard command CTRL V to Characters to copy Cop Paste the characters into this area For z airi A E Exclamation Mar more information on keyboard commands please refer to Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts Figure 38 Choosing a special character from the Character Map window Your special characters display during a delivery session just like any other text Search for Questions You can use the Question Finder feature to search find all occurrences of a question in CPS For example if you would like to know whether a particular lesson question exists in any of your Challenge Boards you can search the question To search for questions 1 Open CPS to the Lessons or Standards tab 2 Select the lesson or standard that has a question you would like to search for CPS 4 0 Users Guide 40 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 3 Click Te A pop up menu appears AAE Alternatively right click on the question to Question The world s largest pyramid is 177 feet tall and covers 15 acres Where ts it located access the pop up menu 4 Choose Question Finder The CPS Question Finder window appears Bees 5 Use the CPS Question Finder window to view E all of the locations of your selected question Read below for more information on the window Question The question you selected Standards appears in bold print at the top of the CPS Questio
280. nts you want to view are selected so that all desired assessments are shown 5 Click l CPS exports the assessments to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application Manage Class Info In the Class Info view you can manage your CPS classes and their attendance records This section will show you how to Review student information Change attendance options Review Student Information You can view the details of each student in your class To view student details 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Gradebook tab 3 Click the Class Info button on the left hand toolbar 4 Select a class name from the class drop down list located in the upper right corner of the Gradebook tab You create and edit the classes from the Classes tab For more information on creating and editing classes please see Create Classes or Edit Classes 5 Click the Students icon from the Class Info toolbar The students in that class along with their class information displays as a table in the Gradebook tab You can edit any information displayed in the table CPS saves any changes you make from the Gradebook tab in the Classes tab Student details from the Gradebook form include Last name and first name Student ID number Economic status Gender Ethnicity Pad ID number Pad serial number 4 4 Figure 246 Using the Class Info toolbar in the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 207 Chapter 6
281. of the mouse is accomplished release the left mouse button Pop up hints Roll your mouse over any button on any CPS tab to see a brief description of what function that button performs Select or Highlight indicates an operation of choosing a command typically from a list of options Accomplish this by clicking the left mouse button on a menu or list box dragging to the command and then releasing the left mouse button Clicking a menu or list box and then clicking the desired command can accomplish this Right click click and release the right mouse button Alt Tab move to your windows desktop or any other open program or system without quitting CPS Hold the Alt key and press the Tab key Shortcuts key combinations and sequences are often used to shorten the command functions of software For example Ctrl W means to hold the Ctrl key while pressing W Ctrl C Simultaneously press the Ctrl key and the C key to copy selected text Ctrl V Simultaneously press the Ctrl key and the V key to paste selected text into another location file or software application Ctrl highlighted items select non consecutive items from a list by highlighting an item pressing the Ctrl key and highlighting other items Shift highlighted items select consecutive items from a list by highlighting an item pressing the Shift key and highlighting other items Move to move lessons standards questions and other items within CPS simply highlight the
282. oint attendance from session setup na MA Se 6 I O NOTE To set the Automatically Upload ito Teacher Managed Assessment Attendance option you must have a C Student Managed Assessment C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment CPSOnline class and have your class ao ny options set to Display new attendance in the Reports tab For more information ON r jncudeincradebook E nonymauclode setting your class options please see Automatically Upload l Exportto Question Grid Session Class Participation Setup Attendance Options expone FT BN Jv Create Attendance from this Assessment Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet cae pci A utomatically Opina endance Open CPS from your desktop icon bes ET J con Click the Lessons tab 7 e r Cancel lt Bach dext Sta Select the lesson you would like to engage and click e Aa aa Figure 263 Automatically uploading Engage Lessons The CPS Session Setup window appears attendance assessments from the f CPS Session Setup window Click the box next to the Create Attendance from j this Assessment option so that a checkmark appears The Include Attendance in Gradebook Max Points and Automatically Upload Attendance options become available Click the box next to the Automatically Upload Attendance option so that a checkmark appears Click Start to begin the session CPS will automatically upload the attendance assessment to CPSOnline after you
283. olbar 2 Questions P Nest 3 Verbal El Chalk SS E Options El Exit CPS D Close Figure 172 Using the CPS Engage toolbar Use the CPS Engage toolbar buttons from left to right to navigate through your lesson Questions Allows you to choose any of the pre written questions in your lesson Next This constantly changing menu button indicates which question number is next in chronological order Click to put the question on screen Verbal You can spontaneously ask questions in class and still record performance data Chalk Much like the verbal question feature this option allows you to upload and draw images while delivering spontaneous questions Engage toolbar Handle Click and drag on this icon to move the CPS Engage toolbar anywhere on your screen Options Response cycle options like feedback auto start hide show and show large screen are here The Options button is available only in Preview and in Teacher Managed Assessment mode Class Click on the Class button to randomly select a response pad number from your active class and call on that student to answer a question verbally in class For more information on this option please see Choose Random Student You can also take attendance from this button For more information on taking attendance please see Take Attendance from the CPS Engage Toolbar Charting window View a Charting window reporting results of your session Exit
284. om your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson you would like to engage 4 Click EA The CPS Session Setup window appears gt Choose your session options and click Start The Engage toolbar appears Click the Class button A pop up menu appears Charting E Exit cps g Close Next ext El ver Verbal Ja Chalk E 35 Options 7 Class Pick a Student Take Attendance Figure 258 Taking attendance from the Engage toolbar 7 Choose Take Attendance The Attendance window appears 8 Click the Start button to allow students to respond with their response pads When the pad ID number corresponding to a student s pad lights up blue CPS marks a P present for the day on the attendance sheet in the Class Info area of the Gradebook tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 215 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Z attendance English 4127374175677 18179 10141 112 13 Jesse Wiolet Encyclope Nancy Scout Huckleben George Hermione Frank Joe Hardy Gilly Stacey Bess Alden Baudelaire Brown Drew Finch Finn Fayne Granger Hardy Hopkins Logan Marvin 14 115 16 17 18 19 20 Meg Mury Harry Ramona Tom Dicey Johnny Ron Potter Guimnby Samper Tillerman Tremaine Weasley Figure 259 Recording attendance from the Attendance window Take Attendance from the Classes tab Even if you do not engage a lesson during class you can still take attendance You can take attendance from the Class
285. om your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Click Alternatively right click on the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class CPS Import Class Wizard 3 Wizard appears m Import Source Helpful Information Choose LMS File txt from the Pa Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any list Click Next is oraaa na la sting Click Browse An Open dialog box Go to the next step in the wizard appears atabase Select the DuPont file from which Comma Separated Values osv Pentamation File txt Osiris File txt Sasi File txt you want to import information e You may cents elnatucton enc Cli ck Op en If no LMS File txt or 888 333 4988 for additional help instructors teachers are defined you will automatically be presented with the Teacher Login dialog box If there are instructors teachers defined you can use an existing crea teacher or create a new teacher Figure 116 Importing a DuPont file You may contact elnstruction technical NOTE The information on the left side of the CPS Add Edit Teachers dialog box applies to data that is in CPS not data that is in the DuPont file Select the instructor teacher you want to import classes for and click OK You should be presented with a list of classes associated with that instructor teacher and be able to select which classes to import Select the classes to import and click OK When
286. on C Display attendance as Absent Present in the Class Info area Changing the face of education NOTE The Instructor Setup Code is the unique Canos lt lt Back Newt gt code given to you by Figure 10 Creating a CPSOnline class from the CPSOnline eInstruction or your Login Wizard campus administrator which identifies you and your classes in CPSOnline For more information on the Teacher Code for REAP instructors using CBIT please see the CBIT Teacher Walkthrough 7 Enter your CPSOnline Username and Password and click Next CPS connects you to CPSOnline 8 Choose Yes to sync your class with CPSOnline now or choose No to wait Click Next to continue 9 Click Yes to check for any new downloadable assessments or click No to skip this step Click Next to continue 10 Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 14 Higher Ed CPSOnline Login Chapter 3 Creation Functions As a Higher Ed instructor you can use CPSOnline in several ways You can use CPSOnline Higher Ed to manage your class rosters or link CPS to your existing Blackboard or WebCT class For more information on CPSOnline Higher Ed please see Appendix B CPSOnline For more information on linking your classes to Blackboard or WebCT please see Appendix C Third Party Add ins To login to CPSOnline 1 From the Settings menu choose CPSOnline Login The CPSOnline Login Wizard appears First ti
287. on if necessary If you are ready to create your class click Next Your Class Key CPSOnline Username and Password and class information will be sent to you in an email eC Instruction New Class Wizard Higher Ed Class Information page NOTE You will only have to do this process one time After you create a class you are considered an existing CPSOnline user and can use your username and password to enter CPSOnline If you need to create additional classes you can do this from inside CPS so that you can access all your CPSOnline classes using the same username and password After students register for your class through CPSOnline their student information and response pad IDs will appear in your CPS class roster when you sync your class with CPSOnline CPS 4 0 Users Guide 250 Appendix A REAP O NOTE If you are using WebCT Vista or Blackboard you can link and access your class information through CPS For more information please contact eInstruction at 888 333 4988 and ask for the Technical Sales Support Associate Purchase a Response Pad at the Bookstore Each of your enrolled students must purchase a student response pad through the bookstore much like a text book They will use the response pad for one or more classes each term The student will receive the following Student response pad Directions for enrolling in your CPSOnline class NOTE After the semester is over the students may sell their
288. on Stem required Number your questions put a period after the number then put at least one white space Spacebar or Tab key After the white space type the text for your question If you are making an essay question you may use multiple paragraphs Press the Enter or Return key to start a new question or enter the answer stem Answer Stem required Always put your answer stem ANS on a new line If you do not put any information after ANS your question will be imported as a performance question However you must have an answer after the ANS if you are using multiple choice true false yes no or numeric questions Standards and or Objectives not required Including Standards and or Objectives in your RTF document is optional You may put them on the same line as your answer stem After STO OBJ or NOT type your information Whatever you type after STO or OBJ will be the Standard or Objective name when the file is imported to CPS Margin of Error not required When you use MOE you can set CPS to accept a range of answers for a numeric question This feature only works with the RF systems CPS 4 0 Users Guide 52 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Use only supported features for import Superscript Subscript Pictures bmp gif jpg Charts Symbols Strikeout Font size type and color Import ExamView Lessons You can import ExamView 5 or earlier tests and quizzes into CPS You can then
289. on for the first time CPS will ask you to change your username and password To determine your pre generated username and password a Gather the following information School ID you can get this information from your school First letter of your first name First four letters of your last name Two digit birth month Two digit birth year Site ID this is the campus ID b Add all of the above information together into one long string of information This is both your username and password c Enter the information for your username and password when you create your first CPSOnline class For example if your school s ID is 001 your name is Joe Smith and you were born on 05 16 1972 and your campus s ID is 456 your username and password would be OO1JSMIT0572456 Ask your IT Administrator if your school uses your birth date to generate your password If they do not you will need the following information to determine your pre generated username and password School ID you can get this information from your school First letter of your first name CPS CPSOnline Login Wizard First four letters of your last p Sine Clones p Helpful Information P Would you like to sync your CPSOnline classes now name Move your mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting Teacher ID you can get this information from your school District ID you can get this information from your sch
290. on number to this field not required Office Hours Include your office hours for students to see not required Class Start Date This date is the first day that students can register for the class Class End Date This is the last day of class Notification date A checkmark automatically appears next to m Higher Ed Class Information Helpful Information this option The date next to the QP Please enter the following information about your class option indicates the first day on _ der conver El cla which you will begin to receive eS Class End Date is the last day of class Class Name Enabling the Notification Date allows notification emails each time a EPS nina la poli you by ariel when g Class Designation A change to gies desis anit student registers for your class e ee Office Hours Start and End dates cannot be You may want to set this date the LISI changed once the class is created Class Start Date y ae rte same as the class start date pa las i Class End Date 12 16 2005 y Some instructors prefer to Eren MV Enable Notification Date Notification Date 8 29 2005 receive the notification email so that they can identify students who enroll late For example after open enrollment If you do not want to receive notification pe es EE emails click the box next to the option so that the checkmark disappears 11 Click Next 12 Verify your information by clicking the Go Back butt
291. ons This section will tell you how to Engage lessons in QuickStart mode Engage lessons Engage team activities Engage Verbal Questions Engage PowerPoint presentations Engage in QuickStart Mode You can set CPS to skip the CPS Session Setup window each time you engage lessons If you have a particular way you prefer engaging lessons such as engaging all lessons in Teacher Managed Assessment mode you can use the QuickStart feature to preset your options Then when you engage a lesson CPS automatically uses your pre programmed settings for your lesson To set up QuickStart mode 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click on the Settings menu 3 Select QuickStart Setup The QuickStart Setup window appears offering the following options Enable QuickStart Select this option to start CPS in QuickStart mode Include Session in Gradebook Select this option if you want the session automatically included in the Gradebook Export to Question Grid Select this option if you want CPS to automatically create and export the Question Grid report CPS will create the file in the sub directory that contains the CPS database you are using Session Title Create a title that identifies the session in the Reports tab Session Category Choose a session category to define the type of session you are delivering It also defines the Gradebook category for the Session ee ee cause CPS gn ti
292. ons or answers If you are a math or science teacher this function 1s especially helpful in creating questions with symbols to accurately express equations and other course relevant data However anyone can use the character map to incorporate a more specialized question into any lesson To add a special character to a question or answer 1 Place your cursor in the question or answer text box where you want to place the special character 2 Click the Tools menu item A pop up menu appears 3 Choose Character Map The Character Map window appears Character Map Notice the font currently selected in the Font drop down list Preview 4 Adjust this font style if you like by using the arrow in that drop Figure 37 Accessing down list to see other character map options the Character Map 5 Find the character in the large portion of the window you want to nae i ee E20 incorporate into your questions or answers 6 Click the Select button That character appears in the Characters to Copy text DUGUCONNUEGRaBUOuGGGe box s 6 7 8 9 lt 1 gt eJa B c D E F o H 7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 for as many LE Mar S 004121114 characters as you want to add 11 falblelde fon fi mnop 8 Click Co apris tlulviwxlyz C 1 gt ieee b PY Arere PEREM LI 9 Click Close to return to the CPS Question oral JAJA AJA JA Al EC E JEJEJE 1 1 Author window Make sure your mouse T THo Noj lo Jo x ajuJU UJO y bla laa cursor 1s where you wa
293. ons with a PowerPoint Presentation cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 159 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 161 MIDES ONS ii iia Doa 161 RESTAR ASS SSI TS o le io 163 Reader coa 163 Re assign Categories to Question 164 R srade Numeric Q estions tdo docs 165 RG OT AGS SUCCES occas tanto dai 167 PROTEUS S CSS MENS edo eon acne 168 Edit Assessment DIS nai 168 Create Attendance Toman Ases Menard 169 IMPOR an Assem dd das 169 PEA e e UE E R 170 DOWNLOADE ASES MENS A al eee 170 Generale REDOTES dd hi ul ed ee 171 CNO a aa a as tod lio 172 TASS RESPONSE EA es eee asin 172 InNStrUCtOL Summary REPO A A aaa 172 Ques Non REPO O ii ia 173 Response REPO Msi A E a at uae All anes A 173 Hem Analysis REDOT aia 174 Item Analysis with Standards Report cccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 174 Standards Analysis REDOT konns a a a E a a aa 174 Opinion stlive REPO Een a A a a aden 175 Daa Sheme ePOS a a 175 Tadi AA a A e a Gasutatenceles 175 Sr C MaE AA ra a eset A el enartaweetes 176 SAVOIE REPO Pan oaa Med T a A aN A A 176 CPS 4 0 Users Guide V Study Guide Incorrect Answers RepoTt oooooooooonoooooooononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos Study Guide Class Summary Report oooooononnnnooooooonoonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnos EXPO REDON ad Question Grid Export REPOT talar letales Session Data EXPO REDOT sir loli docs Classroom Manager Export Repotrt cccccccesesssesessesssseseeeeseeeeeeees AE I
294. onse pads CPS Session Setup Page 7 of 2 A Quiz A 11 12 13 14 15 Students 3 of 15 Figure 173 Allowing students to indicate their lesson in Page 2 of the CPS Session Setup window 7 Ifyou are engaging more than 8 lessons click Next to move to the next set of 8 lessons so that students can indicate which lesson they are answering CPS 4 0 Users Guide 150 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Engage FastGrade Lessons You can engage FastGrade lessons in CPS FastGrade lessons work best when engaged in Student Managed Assessment or Student Managed Practice mode Please refer to Student Managed Assessment Mode or Student Managed Practice Mode for more information To engage a FastGrade lesson 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select a FastGrade lesson from the lesson side 4 Click KA The CPS Session Setup window appears 5 Choose your session options For more information on the CPS Session Setup window options please see Engage Lessons 6 Click Start to begin the session Engage ExamView Lessons You can engage ExamView lessons just like other CPS lessons For information on importing ExamView lessons into CPS or on settings your ExamView options please see Import ExamView Lessons or Set ExamView Options To engage an ExamView lesson 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 From the ExamView folder select the lesson you would like to engage e 4
295. ool Click Next to continue 6 Click the circle next to Yes to indicate that you would like to sync CPS with CPSOnline now Click Next 7 Select the class or classes you would like to sync by clicking the box next to their name so that a checkmark A te appears Alternatively click Select All Figure 102 Syncing CPS with CPSOnline to retrieve your to sync all CPSOnline classes Click ease Gere Next 8 Choose whether or not you would like to download any assessments For more information on downloading assessments please see Appendix A REAP Click Next CPS downloads class information from CPSOnline as well as any downloaded assessments if applicable 9 Click Done to exit the CPSOnline Login Wizard and return to CPS You may contact elnstruction technical N support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help e Instruction Changing the face of education Your class or classes and the student rosters will appear in the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 88 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Add students to a Higher Ed Class If you are a Higher Ed instructor CPS will update your class roster when your students enroll in your class online 1 Create a CPSOnline class 2 Distribute the Class Key and Student Enrollment Instructions to your students You can print off this information at the end of the CPS New Class Wizard 3 Ask your students to register for your class from www
296. or has installed the CPS Connection building block onto your institution s server To connect your class to Blackboard please follow the steps below 1 Log on to your Blackboard Instructor s account 3 Blackboard Learning System Release 6 Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by eInstruction Corporation File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 4a Back G 2 A A Search y Favorites E Media amp E57 Sd El 3 amp dl Address a http eiserver4 8100 webapps login y Go Links Google G Glsearch amp ge PaseFank E 167 blocked M8 Check Autolink Sutoril fea Options EA a Welcome to Blackboard Learning System Release 6 A _ Please enter your User Name and Password to access youre Have an Account Login Here Learning system If you already have an account enter your login information here and click the Login button below Blac Blackboard Blackboard oar If you do not have an account please click on one of the buttons to the left USERNAME You can access as a quest by clicking the Preview button below PASSWORD You can create an account by clicking the Create button below Login Forgot your password Copyright 1997 2005 Blackboard Inc Patents Pending Al rights reserved Fecessibility information can be found at http access blackboard com Blackboard Instructor Login page 2 Select the link for your Blackboard course that yo
297. orting a class roster to tbt Deliver extension needed to operate in tbt Deliver 6 Click Save 0 NOTE If the CPS class you are exporting has alpha characters in the Student ID field a warning statement appears saying the tbt Deliver software cannot use the class file Edit the CPS class if that is the case When you have successfully exported a CPS class to a ros file you can operate the tbt Deliver software with the class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 103 Export Class as a CSV file Chapter 3 Creation Functions Y ou can export a CPS class as a CSV file The CSV file opens in most spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel To export a CSV file 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 From the class side right or top window select the class roster you would like to export to a CSV file 4 Click The Export Class window appears 5 Browse through your computer to find the location to which you would like to save your class roster 21xi Save in E CPS_Databases da t CD Beta databases CPS Question Bank For JROTC pa i Personal Skills Map Success Profiler ame English Cancel PA Comma Separated Values csv Deliver Rosters ros Figure 120 Exporting a class roster to a CSV file 6 Click Save to save your roster and return to CPS Print Export a Class You can export classes to csv files for importing to other software applications and print from wo
298. orward Snapshot 4 dh CPS Assessment Class Name Ist Period Figure 141 Snapshot 4 of Student Managed Assessment mode Student 6 has answered all of the questions from the printout and is now back at the first question When a student has answered all of the questions his her current question number and pad ID stay blue This indicates a question has already been answered Snapshot 5 WA CPS Assessment Class Name Lst Period Figure 142 Snapshot 5 of Student Managed Assessment mode Students 6 and 9 are finished with the questions Student 8 has moved to Question 4 and his or her pad ID screen is flashing green which means that he or she has completed the questions and is changing the answer to Question 4 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 120 Chapter 4 Engage Functions If you selected to Export to Question Grid from the CPS Session Setup window a separate window opens with the performance data for this session in grid format You can also access reports of student performance from the Reports tab for Student Managed Assessment sessions 1 Generation K 12 RF or 2 Generation RF Systems If you are using a first generation K 12 RF system or a second generation RF system when you engage students in a lesson in SMA mode the Instructor Feedback window appears 1 If you are using a projector please turn off the projector before beginning the session 2 Click Start to begin the SMA session 3 Ask students to begin r
299. ot answer correctly or did not answer at all get 0 points The points accumulate over the There it 1s session to determine a winner To set the standard and bonus point value distributed to teams students 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Team Activities tab There it is Properties EA settings 3 ClickL2 The There it is M Show Answered Corect Point Value 20 Properties window appears 4 Select your standard bonus point values whether or not you would like ento Mage to show 1f students answered correctly on each question and or if you want to use bonus points Cancel 5 Select your preferences and click OK i Use Bonus Points Bonus Point value ls Figure 123 Changing the settings for a There It Is activity NOTE The settings you put will apply to all lessons in the Team Activities tab until otherwise changed CPS Challenge Board CPS also offers Challenge Boards as a team activity If you and your students are familiar with the game show Jeopardy then you already have a good idea how the CPS Challenge Board works Challenge Boards use questions that you have already created in a lesson and assigns them point values During a Challenge Board delivery session select point values under a category or have a team call them out Then click on that point value to display a question As soon as you start the response cycle teams can discuss point and click their answers You can
300. ou can create an attendance assessment from an assessment in the Reports tab Once you create the attendance assessment in the Reports tab you can import the assessment to the Gradebook tab For more information on importing a session to the Gradebook tab please see Include Assessment in Gradebook To create an attendance assessment from an existing session 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the existing session for which you would like to create an attendance assessment CPS 4 0 Users Guide 217 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Generate Delete i Upload to GPSONINE 4 Click Alternatively right click on the session title A ee os Sid in e dl did Create Attendance 5 Choose Create Attendance Charting Figure 261 Creating an attendance session from the CPS creates an attendance session based on student responses from Reports tab the existing session in the Reports tab Take a Graded Attendance Average CPS allows you to create an incentive for students to stay for the entire class If you take attendance multiple times during a class period CPS will take the Max Points for the attendance session and divide it by the number of times you took attendance For example 1f you set the max points for the attendance session at 15 and took attendance only at the beginning of class students responding to any question during the session would receive 15 points
301. ou should enter the last day that students will need to use their CPS pads in your class Discussion Board External Links LE New Users Course Map Enter your Instructor Setup Code FCos2827917 8 Control Panel Choose a CPS Blackboard Connection username Fo Choose a CPS Blackboard Connection password PO Confirm your CPS Blackboard Connection password Enter your email address fq NOTE Your CPS Blackboard username and password is used to create the bridge between CPS and Blackboard This username and password will NOT change unless you change it in the Contact Information area of your class roster in CPS The username and password are not related to your Blackboard account OR Existing CPSOnline users If you have used CPSOnkine at this campus in the past fill in the fields below CPSOnline username CPSOnline password Register Class Register your class in Blackboard 10 Click Register Class to register your class CPS 4 0 Users Guide 271 Import your Class to CPS Now that you ve linked your Blackboard class to CPS you will need to import your class roster Follow the steps below to import your class to CPS l Ze 6 Open CPS to the Classes tab Click on the Import icon The Import Class Wizard appears Choose Blackboard from the li of class types and click Next Enter your CPS Blackboard Connection Username and Password and choose your institution from the drop down menu S
302. ou want to associate with this question Use to see any child level standards and select them if you like 4 Click the OK or Cancel button To review which standards are associated with any question open a question in the CPS Question Author window and repeat steps 1 and 2 Create Lessons with the Lesson Builder When you use the Lessons Builder function you can build one lesson of questions from several pre existing lessons For example if a Language Arts database has 32 lessons in it each lesson representing a chapter from a text you can create a mid term exam from the first six lessons chapters without re typing all the questions You can also create a lesson from multiple databases To create a lesson from the Lesson Builder 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab A pop up window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 32 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 Choose Builder The Builder window opens showing the features listed below 0 3 C Documents and Settingstrachel hiattiMy DocumentsiCPS Databases Standards 6th Browse Target Lesson Geography Question Stem Difficulty Which agricultural state is the geographical center of North America 1 What country is consistently the world s largest exporter of agricultural products What line of latitude commonly defines the southern limits of the region known as The Land of the Midnight Sun What term used for the measurement of land
303. ow View Gradebook Reports The Reports section of the Gradebook tab provides you with five different report types generated from information in your class gradebook From the Gradebook tab you can view the Progress Report Assessment Summary Report Report Card Summary Report Grade Post Summary Report Attendance Report Progress Report The Progress Report allows you to view each student s performance data for every assessment within your Grading Period You can print out Progress Reports to send home with your students for a parent s signature These reports include information regarding Student performance on each assessment Comparison of student performance versus class performance Any missed assignments Student s grade during the Grading Period Student s weighted grade if any during the Grading Period CPS 4 0 Users Guide 210 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Class Parbcipabon a Passed Aiess ment Cite PATA MA N rs Teicher Saye Parent Gyare da Thee eg a al ee pra e aar ee catar a ee Ap ee eee Figure 251 Viewing a Progress Report from the Gradebook tab For information on accessing the Progress Report please see Access Gradebook Reports Assessment Summary The Assessment Summary shows each student s progress in each type of assessment category For example you look at the Assessment Summary for Nancy Drew and discover that she excels in Class Particip
304. owing the steps below 1 Create a question within a lesson The CPS Question Author window appears Remove any checkmarks next to an answer by clicking the box next to the answer 2 3 Click to save your question 4 Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab O NOTE If you use REAP you will not be able to upload subjective questions Select a Question Template Because you are creating the questions your students will see in the lesson you can determine the type of question and many other question attributes Below are more than 50 question templates and graphic placement options that are available Chalkboard The chalkboard MC2 Answer Graphics II This is template gives you the opportunity to a multiple choice question with 2 draw or load images into the area provided while verbally asking questions for students to engage in during delivery See Chalkboard for more information on how this template functions MC2 Answer Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B and no graphics included with the question text but with a graphic included for each of the answer choices CPS 4 0 Users Guide answer choices A B and no graphics included with the question text but with only graphics included for each of the answer choices You may not include text with any question choice MC2 Big Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 2 answer choices A B where
305. pads back to the bookstore to another student or they may keep their pads The next student to use the response pad will be required to enroll in CPSOnline to use the pad the next semester Register Response Pads In order for your students to enroll in your CPSOnline class provide your students with a copy of pages 12 13 of this guide titled Student Instructions along with your CPSOnline class key These instructions are also provided to the student when they purchase the response pad If you are using the test kit use the Student Instructions found on pages 12 13 and the Enrollment code included with your Test Kit NOTE If you teach multiple sections of a class be sure to provide students the correct class key for their individual section To find your class key follow the steps below 1 Click on the Classes tab of CPS 2 Select your CPSOnline class 3 Click the Edit icon The CPS Class Information window appears 4 Locate the Class Key in the Class Information tab of the window Each student is required to provide the following information when they self enroll into your CPSOnline class Class key for the class provided by the instructor Student enrollment code if you are adopting CPS with a McGraw Hill textbook or students can purchase access with a credit card or check Response pad serial number printed on back of pad or under the pad s battery cover Username and password CPS 4 0 Users Guide 251 Ap
306. pe in a value for your Max Points Click Start to begin the session 8 Use the Engage toolbar to take attendance multiple times during the session CPS will divide the Max Points by the number of times you took attendance during class For more information on taking attendance from the Engage toolbar please see Take Attendance During a Session ID CPS 4 0 Users Guide 218 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Take an Attendance Average from the Classes tab Even if you don t engage a lesson during class you can still create attendance grades using the Classes tab To take an attendance average from the Classes tab 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class for which you would like to take attendance and click EA The Attendance window appears 7 Attendance English y o 1 2 73 4 5f617 1 8 9 10 141 12 1 13 Jesse Violet Encyclope Nancy Scout Huckleben George Hermione Frank Joe Hardy Gilly Stacey Bess Alden Baudelaire Brown Drew Finch Finn Fayne Granger Hardy Hopkins Logan Marvin 14 15 16 117 18 19 20 Meg Murry Harry Ramona Tom Dicey Johnny Ron Potter Quimby Sawyer Tillerman Tremaine Weasley Att e Options 4 Display Student Names IV Include Attendance in Gradebook Max Points Automatically Upload Attendance E Start Cancel Figure 262 Taking an attendance average from the Classes tab with the Attendance window 4 Inthe Attendanc
307. pe of response system you are using CPS will display either the Student Feedback window or the Instructor Feedback window for SMA mode Chapter 4 Engage Functions CPS Session Setup Page 1 of 1 Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint Geography C Teacher Managed Assessment Student Managed Assessment C TeacherLed Student Managed Assessment Student Managed Practice Title Geo graphy j f Include in Gradebook F Auma Session Class Participation lo S Max Points 1100 Anonymous Mode l Exportto Question Grid ally ele T Create Attendance from this Assessment F naide tender idee m Aut cally Upload Attendance Class Period i Create a Cancel Figure 136 Choosing Student Managed Assessment mode from the CPS Session Setup window IR and 1 Generation Higher Ed RF Systems If you use an IR or first generation Higher Ed RF system when you engage students in a Student Managed Assessment the Student Feedback window appears Click Options to change any of the session delivery options For more information on session delivery options please see Student Managed tab Click Start to initiate the session Upon doing this students can begin submitting l Ze answers Click Close to end the session at any time Bios Aatetonent Cage Mame Let Period Figure 137 Viewing an SMA session from the Student Feedback window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 117 Chapter 4 Engage Function
308. pendix A REAP Import and Deliver PowerPoint Presentations With CPS you can import PowerPoint presentations into CPS and engage them with your lessons In the Lessons tab you have a new PowerPoint folder that stores all PowerPoint presentations If you are using the Test Kit register your pad and test CPS by importing and presenting a presentation Import PowerPoint Presentations en zx 1CON Look in CPS Databases de fe 2 Open the Lessons tab and ook in S z select the PowerPoint folder 1298 files gt gt __ 5P System Datab 3 Click the Tools icon from 2 N the lessons side left side and art and Culture of the Weimar Republic pps choose Add File FE art and Culture of the Weimar Republic ppt Alternatively right click on the 12 k 12 Presentation ppt PowerPoint folder and choose Add File The Add Files lt lt aa window appears 4 Browse F your files until Fies of tps PowerPoint Files Cancel you find the PowerPoint Add Files window presentation you would like to add 5 Click the Open button Your presentation will be accessible from the PowerPoint folder NOTE You can create subfolders in the PowerPoint folder to help organize your presentations Engage PowerPoint Presentations After you add PowerPoint presentations to your CPS pc database you can engage them like a regular lesson To engage your presentation follow the steps below Modes 1 Open CPS from
309. ple choice true false or yes no answer types View Performance Data by Answer Options Reports l Chart Responses by Question You can choose to view the charts in the CPS ee E O Category Charting window by answer To view charts by Cross Tabulation By Answer answer 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears je Show Questions and Categories Show Correct Show multiple charts B d in Spaces before Add session w Retain Selec Answer Legend Options uses the wo Figure 214 Viewing charts by Answer in the CPS Charting window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 183 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions 4 Choose Chart Responses then By Answer The charts adjust to display the performance data by answer 0 NOTE Numeric question types appear as separate graphs from multiple choice true false or yes no answer types View Performance Data by Category You can choose to view the charts in the CPS Charting window by category For more information on associating categories to questions in a lesson please see Associate Categories to a Question To view charts by category 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access
310. port Report a Save As window appears allowing you to choose the location to which CPS saves your report The export file will automatically open after you export this report AS ee QuestionGrid Unit 1 Root Words TE Ja English Last NameFirst Name Student ID Pad ID Serial Nurr E 0 Alden Jesse 1026458 1 NA Baudelaire Violet 1064587 2 NA Brown Encyclope 1064670 3 N A Drew Nancy 1003154 4 NA Fayne George 1031441 TNA al 12 Finch scout 1064547 5 NA Boon m O 04 gt AER Figure 209 Viewing the Question Grid Export Report in Microsoft Excel For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Session Data Export Report The Session Data Export Report exports the session data to Microsoft Excel or to your computer s default spreadsheet application When you preview the Session Data Export Report a Save As window appears allowing you to Su Gu choose the location to which CPS saves your A Alden Jesse 1026458 9 2 Baudelaire Violet 1064557 f report The export file will automatically open Brown lEncyelopal 1064870 Nancy 1003154 5 after you export this report The Session Data 7 ema Hada Export Report column headings from left to Fi Scout 1064547 7 Z Huckleberr 1031401 6 right are 8 Hermione 1003141 8 Joe 1034471 5 Lastname Frank 1036444 6 First name Figure 210 Viewing the Sessio
311. port to Question Grid to send performance results directly to the Question Grid report type Session Category Select the Session Category to deliver The eleven Session Categories in the drop down list do not affect the way CPS delivers to students it is only a way to label the delivery session in the Reports tab Class Select a Class from the drop down list or click the Create button to create a Quick K 12 Class Max Points Choose your Max Points This field will default to 100 Create Attendance Click the box next to the Create Attendance from this Assessment to generate an attendance assessment for your session You can choose to track the attendance in the Gradebook and if you use CPSOnline you can automatically upload attendance after your session Make sure you also have your class attendance options set to show attendance as assessments For more information on setting the attendance options for a class please see Edit Class Information 5 Click Start CPS 4 0 Users Guide 148 Chapter 4 Engage Functions If you selected Teacher Managed Assessment Mode the CPS Engage toolbar appears at the top of your screen If you selected Student Managed Assessment Student Managed Practice or Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment mode the CPS Assessment window appears Use the CPS Engage Toolbar When you engage lessons in Teacher Managed Assessment mode you navigate through the lesson using the CPS Engage to
312. pter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions 26 Gradebook Setup i E Ex Welcome amp Class Information EX Grading Period Sf Weight Sets 165 Letter Grades M Class Patticipation Perhaps you want tests to count for more of a student s final grade than quizzes From here establish a set of weights for the assessments done by individual classes in specific grading periods Assign a weight to each assessment type Homework Quiz Exam Test etc that you will use during the grading period Each set of weights must add up to 100 for example Homework 30 Quiz 30 Test 30 Class Participation 10 Click Next to continue or OK to save this information and retum to it later Click Previous to review the Grading Periods data you entered Classes Grading Periods Weight Sets Classes Grading Period Homework A Quiz Test Class Participation Attendance 1st Period First Six Weeks 15 3 5 NA 1st Period Second Six Weeks 0 0 NA 1st Period Third Sis Weeks 0 0 NA aE 4 f d Tas 2nd Period First Six Weeks NA 2nd Period Second Six Weeks 0 NA 2nd Period Third Six Weeks it 0 NA f Default Class First Six Weeks NA hee D efault Class s econd Six Weeks i 0 0 NA Default Class Third Six Weeks INA D efault Class 2 First Six Weeks NA Default Class 2 Second Six Weeks f NA
313. puter When you open CPS CPS will automatically detect your receiver settings Setup IR Pads CPS automatically detects your receiver settings so all you need to do is plug in your receiver and start CPS eInstruction has provided you a manual override if necessary but you should always check with CPS Technical Support before making any changes You can call Technical Support at 888 333 4988 or email them at techsupp weinstruction com To manually override the automatic COM detection Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Settings file menu Click Delivery Options The CPS Delivery Options window appears Click the Receiver tab Select the Manual Override option to manually choose your COM port Before you use the Manual Override option please consult Technical Support You can reach them by calling 888 333 4988 or by emailing Technical Support at techsupp einstruction com 6 Choose K 12 IR Pads as your type Select your COM port from the pull down menu A ne CPS 4 0 Users Guide 114 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 7 Click OK Setup RF Pads Although CPS automatically detects your into oe Tenia receiver settings you will need to tell CPS e EET q ette 7 which channel your receiver uses To setup E compon oom E soting to so further s your RF settings E 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon P Maral veri 2 Click the Settings file menu fai 3 Click Delivery Options The CPS iaa a Delivery Options window appears
314. question The CPS Question Author window appears 4 Choose the rubric you created in the Associated Rubric drop down box 5 Save your question and close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab Associated Rubric Selecta rubric Create a New Rubric DBQ Rubric Figure 46 Choosing a rubric to associate with a subjective question NOTE If you use the Performance Question template and you use CPSOnline on the CPS Session Setup window make sure to uncheck the Automatically Upload box CPS 4 0 Users Guide 45 Edit a Rubric Y ou can edit existing rubrics in CPS To edit a rubric l 6 Click the Settings menu and choose Rubric Wizard The CPS Performance Question Wizard appears Click the circle next to the Edit option so that a dot appears Click Next Edit the Rubric Name or Total Number of Categories Click Next Edit any of the category names Click Next Verify that your rubric information is correct click Back to change the information and Next to continue Chapter 3 CPS Performance Question Wizard Creation Functions Performance Question Rubrics New Rubric Create a new rubric Po Create New Rubric m Existing Rubrics y F Select a rubric from your list of existing rubrics to edit y delete or copy Existing Rubrics iz Standard Rubric Delete Cancel Helpful Information Move your mouse
315. question and the lt button to move to the previous question Remember that students cannot move on to the next question until you choose to move questions 8 Click End when the students have answered all of the questions You will be returned to the main CPS screen Anonymous Mode The Anonymous mode allows you to in Teacher Managed Assessment TMA Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment TLSMA or Student Managed Assessment SMA mode to record a class assessment without associating students individual responses with their een information To engage a lesson in Anonymous CPS Session Setup Page 1 of 1 mode Engage List Lesson Names PowerPoint 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon noon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Choose the lesson you would like to deliver Modes f Teacher Managed Assessment C Student Managed Assessment 4 Click Erstes The CPS Session Setup C TeacherLed Student Managed Assessment window appears f Student Managed Practice 5 Click the box next to Anonymous Mode so that a checkmark appears Notice that you no longer have the option to include the tampa F Exportto Question Grid session in the Gradebook Session ss Penco gt 6 Click Start Max Points 100 You will engage the students in the same format as a nes rere ins Rane the mode you chose For more information on using mu al the different delivery modes please see Teacher Managed Assessment Mode St
316. questions available in the source lesson or standard selected in the bottom left pane The Dragged Questions section allows you to choose whether the questions you select for the target lesson are copied from the lesson source or linked to the lesson source NOTE Check whether the database open in the bottom left pane is the source from which you want to take questions If this 1s not the correct database use the Browse button to find and open the database from which you want to select questions Also make certain the target lesson named at the top of the Builder window is the destination into which you want to build questions If not use the top Browse button to select a different lesson name from the open database CPS 4 0 Users Guide 33 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 5 Select a lesson from the database open in the bottom left pane Alternately you can choose to build from Standards questions simply click the Standards tab in the bottom left window Questions for the selected lesson or standard display in the bottom right pane Select the number and types of questions to be selected at random 6 Select questions to copy or link into the target lesson 7 Use the Ctrl key or the Shift key and Random Questions your mouse to select specific questions Bye tei a da to be included in the target lesson While Types Questions Available pressing your mouse button drag those selected questions into the top pane aie z 8 Use th
317. quired Teacher Code Phone not required E Teacher Code not required Instruction 0 NOTE The Teacher Code is the unique Cancel Nest gt code given to you by Figure 9 Entering account information to login to CPSOnline eInstruction or your from the CPSOnline Login Wizard campus administrator which identifies you and your classes in CPSOnline CPS 4 0 Users Guide 13 Chapter 3 Creation Functions For more information on the Teacher Code for REAP instructors using CBIT please see the CBIT Teacher Walkthrough 5 Enter the class information to create a m Class Information Helpful Information your first CPSOnline class and click Please enter the following information about your class Next To create a class you need a teacher and a class name Teacher CPSOnline is a standards based Class Name reporting system for teachers i i principals administration and parents NOTE Make sure the E 3 Course Number Section Click here to learn about CPSOnline option Make this a Period Semele You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp elnstruction com CPSOnline class is oil a as oe hee indicates a required field checked Classroom Number V Make this a CPSOnline class An Instructor Setup Code is required 6 Enter your Instructor Setup Code and click Next Attendance Options C Display attendance as a grade in the Assessments area e o Instructi
318. r 2005 hs Open CPS from your desktop icon Men Tue Wed Thu Fi Sat 2 Click the Gradebook tab Zo ed sal BT A A a 5 6 7 8 39 10 3 Click the drop down arrows next to 12 13 14 15 MBB 17 the View from and to pop up 19 20 291 22 23 H calendars to select a view start and end 5 2b I a 23 ad l date E i A A 4 Click outside the calendar area to make 1t disappear The date you selected appears in the drop down list Figure 241 wing specific dates in the Gradebook tab Wiens from E Fri Sep 30 2005 Manage Assessments The Gradebook tab offers three different views to help you sort through your class information the Assessments view the Class Info view and the Reports view In the Assessment view you can manage your class assessments You can find and edit CPS assessments from the Reports tab but from the Gradebook tab you can also create new assessments to include in the gradebook This section will show you how to View specific assessment types Include an existing CPS assessment in the gradebook Create assessments Edit assessments Delete assessments Export assessments Hr View Specific Assessment Types You can view specific CPS assessment types which you can set from the CPS Session Setup window or the Edit Assessments window For more information on setting the assessment type please see Engage Lessons or Edit Assessments You can view specific assessment types using the Assessments toolbar To view an
319. r Higher Ed available in 2006 What is the average life span of a battery in your response pad and what battery type does it take 5 I Battery life span for both the IR and RF pads lasts at least one year with normal use Han IR pads use two AAA batteries E RF pads use two AA batteries Does your system automatically save the class file upon shutdown E I CPS files are saved as changes edits are made BED CPS saves the class data at the end of each question in TMA mode instructional use I CPS saves the class data at the end of a test in SMA mode assessment use Please describe your pricing model for your systems E I TR pads cost 5 net to the bookstore RED RF pads cost 15 net to the bookstore E I Students have a variety of options to activate their pad from single class activation bundled with a McGraw Hill Higher Ed textbook single semester multiple semester 2 _ year and lifetime We can provide university wide pricing upon request I Please see the standardization pricing document for more information CPS 4 0 Users Guide 259 Appendix A REAP Describe the hardware necessary for a system for 200 students and provide a cost for each item W The classroom would need one USB RF receiver unit no charge when the instructor _ adopts CPS E 1 Students would purchase their RF pads from the bookstore If your system is radio frequency based what frequency spectrum does it oper
320. r changes and return to CPS Student Managed tab The Student Managed tab allows you to edit options for when you engage a lesson in Student Managed Assessment or Student Managed Practice mode For more information on the student managed modes please see Student Managed Assessment Mode or Student Managed Practice Mode CPS Delivery Options Teacher Managed Student Managed Receiver Feedback Grid Team Actryities Helptul g r Move pour mouse over any setting to see further information about that setting You may contact elnstruction technical support at tachsuppleinstruction com or 686 333 4986 for additional help a Ll Instruction Changing the face of education a Figure 166 Setting student managed mode options in the Student Managed tab of the CPS Delivery Options window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 140 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Manual Advance to Next Question The Manual Advance to Next Question option allows students to manually move to the next question using the left and right arrows on their response pads To access the Manual Advance to Next Question option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Student Managed tab Manual Advance to Next Question To allow students to manually advance to the next question using the left and right arrows on their response pads click the box next to the Manual Advance to Next Ques
321. r imported any standards Click A pop up menu appears Choose New and then Question The CPS Question Author window appears Type in the question and make any template format or image changes that you desire Refer to Create Questions for detailed instructions When you close the CPS Question Author window questions will appear on the question side of the Standards tab all T Up Down ei Use or to rearrange questions within a selected standard Download State Standards from elInstruction You can download state and national standards from elnstruction Many of these standards are also available for REAP reporting To download standards l 2 A pS 9 Go to http www einstruction com downloads oo vee cee x Standards CP Some files can hampou computer f the file information below Click OK lag looks suspicious of you do not fully tust the source do not open or save this fle Select a state from the pull down menu Click Go File name Texas Standards TAKS cps Choose the Standards from the links File type Classroom Performance System File provided A File Download window Frome 1256 161 110 appears Click Save A Save As window appears Would you like to open the file or save it to pour computer Browse through your computer to choose Open Cancel Moteln o the location to which you would like to IF ipa ck boas ewan Geneon save the standards Figure 80 Downloading state standards from
322. r question Ifusing the CPS Content Delivery window you can also type your question in the Question Box and type answer choices in the Answer Boxes Ifusing the Feedback Grid ask your question aloud 7 Click Start to begin the response cycle Question stem Answer choice area Verbal Question Only Verbal uestior FD E Verbal leas Chalkboard Figure 176 Engaging a verbal question using the CPS Content Delivery window Engage Verbal Questions from the Engage Toolbar You can engage a verbal question during a CPS session using the Engage toolbar You can access the Engage toolbar only from Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on Teacher Managed Assessment mode please see Teacher Managed Assessment Mode To engage a verbal question from the Engage toolbar 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 153 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 3 Select a lesson you would like to engage and click EA The CPS Session Setup window appears 4 Select Teacher Managed Assessment mode and click Start The CPS Engage toolbar appears Questions P Next Haf E verbal El Chalk Sc i Options i Cass Lt Charting En Ext CPs Close Figure 177 Engaging a lesson with the CPS Engage toolbar 5 Click the Verbal button at any point during the lesson If you have the Show Large Screen Verbal option ON the CPS Content Delivery window will appear If you have tha
323. r rere 63 Create Publisher Coordinator el SEARCH Account cccccccccceceseeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 63 Enter User Imformi ain dci 64 Upload Textbook Conten rca A AE A 65 SETA OVS AAA A A aagagu a metunaetokeumenne aaa 66 A A ce ares 67 Create SCAN Gat OO USS OMG coi 68 Download State Standards from eIMstructiOn ccccecccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 Create Standards Using the Standards Builder ooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnos 69 Editada too Aine 71 Edit Standard A UNDIES A etd eet Poet 71 Edit Standard QUESOS 2 ae 71 Associate Dynamic Standards to QUESTIONS cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 Add QUEStIons toa SEAN GAT GC salarial 73 Copy Questions tora Standard dos 74 Del tesa Standards dba 75 Delete Questions irom a Standard aid 75 Print CES Sanda d aiia E E ocueaneeeo atc 76 WIM POR Sanda A O sss sied ein enentocmmenitesont 77 Import Standards from CPS Databases coccccccncccnncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnininnninininininnn 77 Import Downloaded Standards cccccccccccceseseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 78 OSS OS eee O 79 CMG AS S EE A ON 80 O A A E A 80 Create a Kel CPSO mine Class as 81 CPS 4 0 Users Guide iii Table of Contents Create aho hereda des 81 Create a UIC KZ CAS A en 82 Create a WebET Class tala 83 CHCA a BIA CK DO adolece 85 PROG SGC MLS LOE AA PP A a a a e 86 Add Student
324. rbal Questions 152 Engage from Engage toolbar 153 Engage from Lessons tab 152 WebCT Class Create 83 Import 101 WebCT Export Report 181 Weight Sets tab 198 Welcome tab 196 XML Import Export 12 Y N No Graphics Big Question 25 Y N No Graphics 25 Y N Question Graphic 25 Y N Question Graphic Bottom 25 Y N Question Graphic IT 25 Y N Question Graphic Right 25 280
325. rce you wish to ae oe a over any use setting to see further W1 Zar d app ears information ca inet setting p Cancel and close this wizard 4 Choose Pentamation File txt from the list Click Next Blackboard 5 Click Browse An Open dialog box appears OT es suppor a ecsspp eiahucon com or 888 333 4988 for additional help 6 Select the Pentamation file from which you want to import information Click e Open If there are no teachers defined Instruction you will automatically be presented with the Teacher Login dialog box If there are teachers defined you can use Liat neo an existing teacher or create a new Figure 112 Importing a Pentamation file teacher 0 NOTE The information on the left side of the CPS Add Edit Teachers dialog box applies to data that is in CPS not data that is in the Pentamation file 7 Select the teacher you want to import classes for and click OK You will see a list of classes associated with that teacher from which you can choose which classes to import 8 Select the classes to import and click OK When a class is imported into CPS review the student information from the Classes tab Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the Pentamation file To learn more about editing a class please see Edit Class Information CPS 4 0 Users Guide 97 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Update Pentamation Data We kno
326. rd Click Browse An Open dialog box appears Bci Select the SASI file from which a ld you want to import information TEIE PS aren Click Open If no teachers are or 888 333 4988 for additional help defined you will automatically be presented with the Teacher Login dialog box If there are teachers defined you can use an existing teacher or you can create a new teacher Figure 114 Importing a SASI XP file 0 NOTE The information on the left side of the CPS Add Edit Teachers dialog box applies to data that is in CPS not data that is in the SASI file CPS 4 0 Users Guide 99 de Chapter 3 Creation Functions Select the teacher you want to import classes and click OK You will see a list of classes associated with that teacher from which you will be able to choose which classes to Import Select the classes to import and click OK When a class is imported into CPS review the student information in the Classes tab Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the SASI file To learn more about editing classes please see Edit Class Information Import Classes from OnTrack Files Y ou can import classes from OnTrack files To import an OnTrack file ll 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Click Alternatively right click on the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class k
327. rd processing applications To print or export a class 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab 3 Select the class name that you want to print 4 ClickL Alternatively right click and choose the Print command from the pop up menu The CPS Class Print window opens displaying the class entries in order with last name first name and pad ID information Click Export to CSV to take this class into a spreadsheet format and save it as a csv file Name Encyclopedia Brown Nancy Drew Frank Hardy Ramona Quimby Dicey Tillerman Stacey Logan Meg Murry Violet Baudelaire Tom Sawyer Huck Finn Jesse Alden Johnny Tremain Harry Potter Hermione Granger Peter Pan George Fayne Bess Marvin Joe Hardy Export to csv Export Print cose Figure 121 Viewing a class roster in the CPS Class Print window Click Export Print to take the class information to a word processing application CPS 4 0 Users Guide 104 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Team Activities CPS team activities are a fun and effective way for you to teach your students and for them to learn In fact the CPS response system 1s ideal to use with teams of students Teams compete for points in a fun environment where knowledge is cool CPS offers a variety of team activities to give you flexibility in engaging your students The Team Activities tab provides you with two different types of interactive games for your
328. rds Report The Item Analysis with Standards Report provides a table with all assessment questions and the percentage of students who responded to each answer choice The Item Analysis with Standards Report also includes any standards associated with each question An asterisk indicates the correct answer to each question For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Standards Analysis Report The Standards Analysis Report analyzes each standard associated with a question in the assessment and the percentage of students who correctly answered all of the questions associated with a standard For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Print Preview mm dee 2 3 006 0004 Item Analysis Report Whole Page rit Rose Won o E EKO OIRO OO Oe ON OR WORN OR ON e am OAE D 00 ORO 7 IO OW O Page Width a tnn I IONE e ONO O ON Preview Page 1of1 Figure 200 Viewing the Item Analysis Report Print Preview mcs 2 3 DOB Dlfpe ma gt vi aa Item Analysis Report with Standards Whole Page boe bine Won Quew AY OFIN C E p G W NA Seis t 0 ES E m OR Oh ON Om o u Page Width AREA cee Preview Page 1 Z Figure 201 Viewing the Item Analysis with Standards Report l Print Preview El Close amp 3 09 06 B If n afi gt Stan
329. re It Is activity to display the questions students missed in the CPS Content Delivery window You can engage the question and when you end the response cycle CPS displays the correct answer in the CPS Content Delivery window To access the Show Answered Correct option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Team Activities tab Show Answered Correct To display the correct answer to a question in the CPS Content Delivery window after a There It Is activity click the box next to the Show Answered Correct option so that a checkmark appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 145 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Hide Answered Correct To hide the correct answer to a question in the CPS Content Delivery window after a There It Is activity click the box next to the Show Answered Correct option so that the checkmark disappears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Use Bonus Points The Use Bonus Points option allows you to assign bonus points to students who correctly answer questions in a There It Is activity To access the Use Bonus Points option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Team Activities tab Use Bonus Points To assign bonus points to students who correct answer questions in a There It Is activity click the box next to the Use Bonus Points option so
330. red by the CPS response system during a session is saved in the database and accessible via the Reports tab A session report contains data including the student name pad ID ratio of attempted to correct responses and percentage correct Multiple report types offer variety and flexibility in reviewing student data as well as the ability to export to word processing or spreadsheet applications Gradebook and Attendance Functions The Gradebook is an organizational tool that keeps students grades over your specified time periods using your own point system of letter grades and weights The Gradebook records both CPS and non CPS generated grades for each student It also calculates averages according to your instructions and keeps track of attendance CPS 4 0 Users Guide 8 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Chapter 3 Creation Functions CPS allows you to construct course relevant questions CPS also gives you the ability to track each student s performance data generated during lesson or team activities delivery sessions This tracking produces student and class grades and performance reports with respect to your course lesson This chapter shows you how to Create databases Create lessons Use el SEARCH Create standards Create classes Create team activities Hr Databases A CPS database is a file with a file extension of cps This file is where you save all your questions and where CPS stores all the reports of student perform
331. rent question type Required 4 The sum of 11 and 5 is a 15 b 16 Use a b c and so on to mark answer choices Required 6 12 d 7 ANS B STO Understanding Numbers OBJ 3 4 2 You can include the standards and objectives on the same line as the answer stem NOT CPS supports up to eight multiple choice answers MC8 an optional Note Numeric this label signals the start of a different question type Required 6 What is 12 plus 13 ANS 25 MOE 1 the Margin of Error means that CPS will count the answer correct for any response ranging 1 more or less than the actual answer 24 26 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 51 Chapter 3 Creation Functions TITLE Addition1 True False 1 Four plus seven equals twelve ANS F Multiple Choice 4 The sum of 11 and 5 is a 15 b 16 612 d 7 ANS B STO Understanding Numbers OBJ 3 4 2 NOT CPS supports up to eight multiple choice answers MC8 Numeric 6 What is 12 plus 13 ANS 25 MOE 1 Figure 54 Creating a correctly imported RTF lesson Additional Rules for Formatting and Importing Below are some additional rules for importing your RTF document into CPS Title your lesson Remember to include the Title stem so that CPS can find the title to your lesson Question Type required Make sure you use a new Question Type label each time you change question types Put the label above your question Press the Enter or Return key and move to the next line Questi
332. review students grades in the Gradebook or view reports from the Challenge Board in the Reports tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 106 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Create CPS Challenge Boards You can create CPS Challenge Boards before class so that you can simply engage the activity when your students arrive To create a CPS Challenge Board 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Team Activities tab 3 Click 4 Click The CPS Challenge Board Info window appears SE CPS Challenge Board Info a xi 5 Type in a title for your challenge Ehalienue Baad Title board and then name the No Tite categories You can come back and Category 1 Title Category 3 Title edit these later if you would like Eate Catego3 6 Click OK The CPS Challenge Category 2 Title Category 4 Title Board window opens containing El cays the panes listed below The Top left pane displays all Cancel of the lessons or standards in Figure 124 Creating a CPS Challenge Board with the CPS the open database Challenge Board Info window Use the tabs above this pane to choose Lessons or Standards The Top right pane displays the point values under each category Each point value button also displays how many questions it contains The Bottom half displays the questions in the lesson you select from the top left window 36 CPS Challenge Board Geography E 101 x File ES Lessons Standards Capitals Neighbors Impor
333. rk appears next to the Figure 219 Changing the show correct option on the CPS ion Opus Charting window Optionally to show the correct answer l Za Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window From the bottom left hand corner of the CPS Charting window click the box next to the Show Correct option so that a checkmark appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 186 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions To change the chart so that the correct answer does not display differently Open CPS from your desktop icon Question 10 Access the CPS Charting window From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears Choose Show Correct The checkmark next to the option disappears Figure 220 Viewing the Show Correct option on the CPS Charting window graph Show Questions and Categories You can view any questions and categories associated with your assessment in the CPS Charting window You can use these questions and categories to slice the student performance data to specific subsets To show questions and categories l 2 To hide questions and categories l 2 3 4 Options Report Open CPS from your desktop icon AREO Rois Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access CPS Charting window Chart Responses by Chart Type
334. rmance data in a CPS database The performance results represent students answers to questions from the lesson and Verbal Questions asked while the response system 1s in use To deliver a lesson you will need The CPS IR or CPS RF response system that accompanied the software The CPS response system is available in 16 24 or 32 pad sets or you can expand your CPS system by adding pads in increments of 8 up to 256 numbered pads One available USB port A projection device such as a projector LCD or TV monitor which can display information to students optional In Chapter 3 you learned how to set up CPS to deliver lessons standards and team activities In this chapter you will learn how to Use the CPS response system Choose delivery options for your sessions Engage lessons standards presentations and team activities in CPS The CPS Response System The CPS response system consists of response pads and a coordinating receiver unit Each uniquely numbered pad transmits responses that the receiver unit records and the CPS software automatically attributes to the corresponding response pad number listed in the class The CPS response system uses either infra red or radio frequency technology For more information on the technologies available please see CPS IR System or CPS RF System This section will show you the Required components Response system setup Components of the Response System The CPS response sys
335. s e o Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back i Figure 73 Confirming your publisher information in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS SEARCH Account Wizard E n te r U S e r I n fo r m a ti O n New sas and Password Helpful Information Please choose a unique username and password For example dr you could use your first name and the last four digits of your 1 Create a Username and Password to Y phone number as your usemame Please select and enter a unique username and a password you will use in el SEARCH Username remember I If you need help with your username 2 C lick Next to continue and password please contact elnstruction technical support at 888 333 4988 or techsupp einstruction com Password Confirm Password This username and password is used to connect to CPSOnline indicates a required field YES e o Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 74 Creating an el SEARCH Username and Password in the CPS SEARCH Account Wizard CPS SEARCH Account wizard O 3 Enter your First Name Last Name a Helpful Information 2 Please enter the following account information and Email Addres S Click Next to To create an account you must enter Title Hl a your first name last name and an continue i Ms Prof Dr etc email address 4 Teac
336. s To NOS 4F4 4 Bar Horizontal Bar Pie Exploding Pie Exploding Correct Pie Doughnut Exploding Doughnut Exploding Correct Doughnut Cross Tabulation ange the chart type Options Reports Open CPS from your desktop icon Sit Ree a nsv Access the CPS Charting window a coronene For more information on accessing Pie the CPS Charting window please i e e as Pie Exploding see Access CPS Charting window J w show multiple charts ee eds From the CPS Charting window Add session Daudin Espido click Options A pop up menu of Hasan alas lant eden tal Doughnut Exploding Correct appears Show Answer patel mith Choose Chart Type then select EN ees Milvusesthe wo n the type of chart you wish to view Figure 218 Changing the chart type on the CPS Charting A checkmark appears next tothe Window chart type you chose Options Reports Show Correct Chart Responses by You can change the CPS Charting window chart to display the Chart Type correct answer for a question in a different color To show the eas correct answer w Show Questions and Categories 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon we Show Correct 2 Access the CPS Charting window For more information show multiple charts on accessing the CPS Charting window please see eae eee E dede Y Retain Selections During Session 3 From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop show Answer Legend up menu appears Answer Legend Options 4 Choose Show Correct A checkma
337. s The class name appears in the title bar of the window The top row of each bank of numbers preceded by a response pad symbol corresponds to the pad ID numbers assigned in the class These pad ID numbers are black on gray numbers before you start the assessment The Student Managed Assessment mode 1s capable of supporting up to 2000 pad IDs The bottom row of each bank of numbers preceded by a question mark represents question numbers These numbers increment as each student proceeds through the list NOTE Remember if your students use IR pads they can use the F button on their response pad to scroll through the questions using any button to stop when they get to a question number they want to answer They can also use the G button to move backward in the list of questions or the H button to forward Using Student Managed Assessment Mode with an IR or 1 Generation Higher Ed RF System When you engage lessons in Student Managed Assessment mode you see a specialized screen that tracks each student s progress throughout the lesson Every student begins on question one When a student selects an in range answer that student s pad number blinks blue to indicate acceptance Then that student s question number moves to the next unanswered question The following graphics illustrate the feedback grid during a response activity Follow student usage on the top box and question progression on the bottom box Please note
338. s A F and a graphic associated with the question text but no graphics with the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads MC No Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 7 answer choices A G and no graphics included with the question text or the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads MC Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 7 answer choices A G and a graphic associated with the question text but no graphics with the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads MC8 No Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 8 answer choices A H and no graphics included with the question text or the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads MC8 Question Graphic This is a multiple choice question with 8 answer choices A H and a graphic associated with the question text but no graphics with the answer choices This template works best with RF response pads Performance Question This is a subjective question with no correct answer You can grade a performance question using a rubric which you can create using the Rubric Wizard Numeric No Graphics This is a template for use with CPS RF that allows you to pose a question with a numeric answer as opposed to multiple choices CPS 4 0 Users Guide 24 Numeric Question Graphic This 1s a template for use with CPS RF that allows you to pose a ques
339. s click File then Save Close the Dictionary Notepad window to return to the Spell Checker Options window Print CPS Lessons You can print your CPS lesson be it an exam homework or review hand 1t out to students and then grade the material with the CPS response system ll 2 3 Shean ese hain aa ad dd olicy ar o use ic bombs agai my a larger amount of the popular votes but lost the election in the Electoral College Open CPS from your desktop icon Pirranerncat a te Click the Lessons tab Select the lesson you want to print Click A pop up menu appears Alternatively right click on the lesson name to access the pop up menu Ch O O S e Print Th e CPS Print IV Select All JV Include Answer Key IV Include Name Y Include Date 7 Answer Key Only Preview Close Questions window appears Figure 43 Printing questions from the CPS Print Questions window Click beside the questions you want to print or click Select All in the lower left corner to include every question on the printout If you want an answer key an area for inputting a name an area for inputting a date or a combination any of the available options included in your printout check the box or boxes that coincide with your preference Click the Preview button The Reporting Preview window opens showing the selected questions just as they will print except for graphics NOTE The directory path of any graphic associated with a ques
340. s please see Setup Attendance Options Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Reports tab Select the attendance assessment you would like to upload If you would like to upload attendance from a previous session without a current attendance assessment you will first need to create an attendance assessment from that session For more information on creating an attendance assessment from an existing session please see Create an Attendance Assessment from an Existing Session Click Bl The CPSOnline Login Wizard appears Login to CPSOnline using the Wizard CPS uploads your attendance assessments to CPSOnline CPS 4 0 Users Guide 222 Appendix A REAP Appendix A REAP REAP is an evaluation tool produced by elnstruction Corporation to use with the Classroom Performance System CPS REAP Real time Evaluation of Academic Progress allows administrators to view student performance data organized into nine different report types by class standards school or district Administrators view the performance data using the REAP Dashboard available from http cpsonline einstruction com You can view a sample REAP Dashboard by going to http www einstruction com REAP and clicking on the REAP Dashboard image You access the REAP Dashboard from CPSOnline the online component of CPS When eInstruction creates your REAP account administrators will be able to view performance data
341. s E E District_Coordinator cps information about that setting 5 Click Add to add that E ee Select a lesson and click Add to include the lesson in your assessment 11th Grade assessment to the Selected Ls Algebra Il Lessons list You may add up Physics to 10 MB worth of lessons to doo 5 ny america one assessment Figure 16 BE bh Girod You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com Selected Lessons Add Remove Clear List or 888 333 4988 for additional help iis e a Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 16 Add lessons to the assessment CPS 4 0 Users Guide 230 Appendix A REAP Setup an Assessment HA 1 Choose the assessment dates Assessment Dates Helpful Information 5 a E Fi gure 1 7 EA pee Hi Se the teachers may download and Move your mouse over a setting to see further j S tar t Da te The fi rs t day information about that setting th assessment will be Select the start date for downloading this assessment j 0 e is is the date at which the teachers Monday April 10 2006 v assigned to download this assessment available for teachers to A download Select the start date for engaging this assessment Engage Date The first day Monday April 10 2006 You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com te achers may en g
342. s a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text and can be unusually large 1f needed MC4 Question Graphic Right Big II This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes to the right of the question text and can be unusually large 1f you need it to be The image area 1s not quite as large as the Right Big question template MC4 Question Graphic Right Small This is a multiple choice question with 4 answer choices A D and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices MCS Answer Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and no graphics included with the question text but with a graphic included for each of the answer choices MC5 Answer Graphics II This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and no graphics included with the question text but with only graphics included for each of the answer choices There is no text allowed for any answer choice MGS5 No Graphics This is a multiple choice question with 5 answer choices A E and no graphics included with the question text or the answer choices CPS 4 0 Users Guide 23 MC5 No Graphics Big Question This is a multiple choice question with 5 answ
343. s between elnstruction and third party systems you can connect our receivers to other systems All eInstruction hardware is encrypted so as part of the license agreement eInstruction would provide decryption capability Does your system use infrared or radio frequency transmission If it uses radio frequency please describe what type 802 XX FM e I We have both IR and RF systems The RF system is an FCC approved 2 4 GHz system that uses frequency hopping to eliminate interference with other 2 4 GHz devices such as 802 11 networks The RF system conforms to the 2 4 GHz FCC specifications What is the usual process for students to register their response pad for a course Please list all of the possible ways a student could register their response pad i Students can register their response pads through registration portals such as WebCT CPSOnline and Blackboard A student enters his or her unique serial number from the response pad Students can also enter other information such as their campus student ID if required by the university or instructor These registration portals make class registration duties much easier for the instructor The instructor simply opens CPS and syncs his or her class with CPSOnline to automatically download the class roster The class roster data are imported from CPSOnline using 128 1024 bit public key private key encryption Once a student purchases a response pad can the student use it for as long as a stu
344. s during the response cycle When you look at the Feedback Grid during a response cycle the Feedback Grid shows the corresponding pad number for each student in the class When a student responds to an answer his or her laa number lights up in the Feedback Grid Question 1 Adverbs al ss val ees AT RN os Start Figure 154 Feedback Grid with the Show Pads that Have Responded option ON To access the Show Pads that Have Responded option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Show Pads To display in the Feedback Grid pads that have responded click the box next to the Show Pads that Have Responded option so that a checkmark appears Hide Pads To hide in the Feedback Grid pads that have responded click the Show Pads that Have Responded option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Show Cumulative Percent Correct The Show Cumulative Percent Correct option displays the cumulative percent of correct answers for the session in the Feedback Grid after you end each response cycle Question 3 Unit 1 Early America Start End al E y Cumulative Question Sii Correct Correct Chalkboard Figure 155 Feedback Grid with the Show Cumulative Percent Correction option ON To access to the Show Cumulative Percent Correct option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window op
345. s to liarla 86 Add Stidentsto a Class usie CBIT aaa 87 Add students toa Meher Ed Clas at 89 O O AT 89 Edr ANG ac sensei ioe suh N aynpenaeauemeh nnseedaiacauenananensesss 89 Edit Student Hitomi iS 91 Copy tud tol ici 92 SO Wael SUE TUS usada asis 93 Recycle a K 12 CPSOnline Class assis cut puascanscns nioni e ia E TEE 93 IRECY CIE a Hieber Ed Ola a E N 94 Delete a C laS Senra e EE aindss 95 Delete a ndene E E 95 TAPO 2X1 os rca E A A ee ee 95 Import Classes from a CPS Database 96 inport Classes rom C PSO mie cs a 96 linport Classes from Pentamation Files 97 Import Classes trom Osiris Miles 23 42 cn cai 98 Import Classes trom SASL XP PileSss ie ea 99 Import Classes trom On Track Miles cnc ei E 100 Import Classes trom DuPont Piles icn cn ei i 101 import Classes trom W COC Wiss E cas 101 Import Classes Thom Blackboard ide 102 O A 103 Export Class io tol Dei a 103 Export Class as a CSV MES a 104 Print Exporta las a 104 LEMA ACES e dl a dE osha die ld 105 There Tt IS brne T E pion sad dukastlle Ach Memncta leone E E E Memes atexset 106 CPS Challen e BO AA A 106 Create C PS Challenge Boards a Soe cn ee ae Soe eee 107 Edit CPS Challenge Boards A A A a st 109 Delte CPS Challen se Boards A ci 110 TOD SCOOT E enews oies E EN 111 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 112 The GPS RESPONSE OVSE rera ena a EE E ao 112 Components of the Response System pci sisiessacdescnneinacesaseasdadesendadeteatendedesasasadeieuaeodeiaees 112 CESTAS Ya risa 113 C
346. s you normally would Click the Reports tab when you are ready to upload your lesson Highlight the session you would like to upload Click the Upload button to upload the lesson to WebCT Alternatively right click on the session you would like to upload and choose Upload to CPSOnline Export later T A CPS 4 0 Users Guide 264 Appendix C Third Party Add ins Sync CPS with WebCT You can sync your CPS class with WebCT to upload grades and maintain an updated class roster Follow the steps below to sync your CPS class roster with WebCT l me oy Te Connect your computer to the internet Open CPS to the Classes tab Right click on the class you would like to syne with WebCT A pop up menu appears Choose Update roster from WebCT server CPS communicates with WebCT via the CPS WebCT Proxy Tool to upload updated CPS data to WebCT and download the latest roster information from WebCT to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 265 Appendix C Third Party Add ins CPS WebCT Proxy Tool for WebCT CE eInstruction has worked with WebCT Campus Edition 6 to make your job as the instructor even easier Now you can use your WebCT classes in CPS This guide will tell you how to Link your WebCT class to CPS Import your class to CPS Export CPS grades to WebCT Link a WebCT CE class to CPS You can now use your WebCT CE class in CPS Before you follow the steps below make sure your IT Administrator has installed the CPSOnline Registrat
347. scard like excess User Messages Bulletin Board Messages and Assignments Follow the steps below to clean out your class 1 Open CPS to the Classes tab 2 Select the CPSOnline class you would like to clean out 3 Click the Edit icon The Class Information window appears 4 Click on the Recycle CPSOnline Class tab 5 Determine your New Start Date and New End Date and other information that you want to edit 6 Click Recycle Your CPSOnline class is now ready for the next semester Class amp Class Information 4 Contact Information lt 9 Recycle CPSOnline Class German History y Geman CuM Reuse Your Online Class Helpful Information 5i Q The Recycle Class function allows you to reuse this class es Section 002 The New Start Date is the first day GB German 2530 Select any of the items that you would like to KEEP in this class students can enroll in this class The items left unselected will be PERMANENTLY DELETED from CPSOnline The New End Date will be the last day of class T Class Key Uploaded CPS Sessions Enabling the Notification Date allows CPSOnline to notify you by email when CAUTION All students will be deleted from this class TO a E eginning on the specified date Mew StetDate 6 27 2005 y aes Nek Eni DAS 6 27 2005 y indicates a required field V Enable Notification Date New Nofication Date 6 27 2005 e Instruction Changing the face of education Recycle Class
348. ses 35 Add Questions to an Existing LeSSOD cccccecccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 35 Edit Lesson Questions cccccccccccccssssseeeccccceceueeseeccccessuuesscecceseesueeeeeccesssuuegeeecseeeeaueees 36 Rearrange Questions within a Lesson ccccccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Table of Contents COPY QUCS HONS ia 37 Delete a Le OM AA 37 Delete Lesson QUESOS ad 38 Delete Graphics tom Quests talas 38 RA A A a a 39 DS EC k Or AAA O a O a s 40 le A A O i eee ene 41 O A A gemaeencentts 43 E A a II A eect eet 44 Credea RUD Cesna chee ioeaen a 44 Associate a Rubric to a Subjective Questl0OD occccccccncnncnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 45 Ha A E E TTT 46 Aa O a oecemauenebaeresaees 46 Dek eaA RUDGE S ba resaae 47 TPO AS O S 47 MPOC PS ESSO ea dps ds 47 inport Scanner Rss a e E e 48 Import Lessons from Microsoft WO a 50 port Exam View Les On a a A a AR 53 Inport PowerPoint Presentations eseisaspisicgsnieine ae E ins caeeeeeeeas 54 A IEA AATE TE EN N A E ET A E seca EEE TAE 55 Searc 019 LO COn Cal OMC ana DO A 55 Croatan ESEARCH ACC U da a a 55 Enter User Mito OA A 57 Login to an el SEARCH Account 2cicrcsii tins Statics Ae ee 58 Fmd SEARCH One Id as a 59 TMPO CONTEN sassa A a 60 Mpor EC Ontent LESSONS uan in a a esate 60 Import Specitte Content Questions nn ee 61 Import PowerPoint Presentations indica 62 MNAE A ee
349. sh ie 10th Grade 0 ES Social Studi 11th Grade 0 4 ae y 12th Grade 10th Grade Down View fs Social Studies IB Science sae 10 Lessons tab with multiple lessons ae Create Lesson Questions gt 1 Right click on a lesson to which you would like to ask Seas questions A pop up menu appears Figure 11 He 2 Choose New then Question The CPS Question a ae Author window appears Figure 12 Copy Questions Import Export To Mac Hdd File Remove From GPS Create Scanner Session Print Questions View Columns CPS 4 0 Users Guide 227 Appendix A REAP CPS Question Author Question 6 Question Format Options Tools Question Box Fa Answer Box Figure 12 CPS Question Author window Type in your question in the Question Box and use the Template pull down menu to choose a question template You can type your possible answers in the Answer boxes Click the box next to the correct answer so that a checkmark appears To leave a question subjective clear all checkmarks from the checkboxes Click to save your question and create an additional question Repeat steps 3 5 to create as many questions as you would like CPS 4 0 Users Guide 228 Appendix A REAP Associate Standards to Questions l In the Lessons tab open the question mammen 1 1 1 District_Coordinator to which you would like to associate ce a standard
350. side The left window of the Classes tab This window lists all classes open for a particular database CPS Response System The CPS response system enables students to provide electronic feedback to questions in the classroom This consists of IR or RF pads a receiver unit and the CPS software D Database A database is a collection of files assessments classes grades lessons stored in CPS You can have more than one database in CPS Delivery Options An option in CPS that you access from the Settings menu Delivery Options allows you to customize delivery modes adjust your receiver settings adjust the Feedback Grid and make changes to the There It Is feature from the Team Activities section Delivery session A delivery session includes your lesson in any format and mode and the students responses CPS gathers the information from the student pads and compiles them into an assessment You can view assessment results from the Reports section Download Think of download as loading files from the Internet up there down to your computer down here E Engage The process of delivering a lesson from CPS Export When you export a file you send it from your computer to another program or computer F FastGrade Use the FastGrade feature as a supplement to worksheets and other hardcopies You can create a FastGrade answer key distribute hardcopies to the students and have them respond for a quick grade File A file
351. ss a Teacher Rachel Hiatt 8 23 2005 12 00 00 AM 10 5 2005 11 59 59 PM Gradebook Summary student ID AW 14 Si English Biology YAW 2 os Average Weighted Average 10424453 35 100 a 83 91 3 10504054 ag 398 94 gd 36 10134245 al 85 gl 87 83 3 10654218 100 100 38 38 q9 10542178 eo BO 35 g5 67 3 10243571 100 100 gg 10672882 g5 ra 38 103245686 on FS a 10301245 25 35 as 10478777 ai 38 BS 106397 324 fata Es 99 Figure 254 Viewing a Grade Post Summary from the Gradebook tab ooo ooo ooo oe For information on accessing the Grade Post Summary report please see Access Gradebook Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 212 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Attendance Report When you choose the Attendance Report from the Reports toolbar an attendance report 1s exported to Microsoft Excel You can view your entire Grading Period and attendance results from this report type a Pia a Em Tura HL Heat l LALELA LELA HE A A SENEN i i i y a emee eea ne a a i Figure 255 ena an ended Report from the Gradebook tab For information on accessing the Attendance Report please see Access Gradebook Reports Manage Attendance CPS gives you options when you take attendance You can take attendance from several places within CPS and there are multiple ways to display your attendance data This section will show you how to Set Attendance Options Take attendance as Absent Present Take attendance as a session
352. ss your students performance The Charting window is available after each question during a session and is now also available from the Reports tab in CPS The new CPS Charting window not only provides you with a graphical representation of your students performance it now also allows you to slice the performance data to view specific subsets of student performance K 12 RF Support Now you can engage up to 300 students using the K 12 RF response pads ExamView 5 Support CPS supports ExamView 5 files Now you can engage your Exam View files from ExamView version 5 or earlier in CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 6 Chapter 2 CPS Overview Chapter 2 CPS Overview By understanding a few important concepts within CPS you will be able to quickly integrate CPS into your lessons The CPS program is divided into four basic categories creation engage reporting and grading attendance functions Creation Functions Chapter 3 Create databases Create and edit lessons standards and questions Create classes of students Create team activities Engage Functions Chapter 4 Understand the Response System Assessment delivery modes Engaging students in the classroom Reporting Functions Chapter 5 Reporting System Types of Reports Gradebook and Attendance Functions Chapter 6 Add non CPS generated grades Setup your gradebook Keep attendance records Creation Functions CPS creation functions build databases An
353. ssessment information is correct click Next CPS will Ta connect to CPSOnline and send Figure 22 Add additional files to the assessment your assessment 7 Click Done to return to CPS When you send an assessment teachers can download the assessment on the assessment start date by using CPS to log in to CPSOnline CPS 4 0 Users Guide 233 Appendix A REAP Non CBIT Teacher Walkthrough If your campus uses REAP you will need to create your CPSOnline classes and setup the class for your administrators to view This walkthrough will show you how to Create classes Populate student rosters Download assessments from your curriculum coordinator Upload sessions to CPSOnline Create Classes Before you can create a CPSOnline class to use with REAP you will need to create a database This first section will show you how to create a database create a CPSOnline class and then populate the class roster with student information Create a Database 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon The Open or Create New Database window appears Figure 1 Fj Open an existing CPS database Open Recent f Open arecent used CPS databases El CAPS Databases POS Trang ramal DEAPOS Treneng cps O C Documents and Settings wmichacluWDesktoptelnsinactioriCPS_Distabases C Documents and Settings michael Desktop velnatnuction CPS Databases 4 C Documents and Settings mnichaelu Desktop velrstruction CPS_Databases WI CACPS_Detabaces Sam
354. ssions for which you deleted data do not appear le Unit 1 Root Words English Review 4 28 2006 8 24 21 AM in the list Unit 1 Root Words 4 27 2006 9 39 12 AM English Review 4 27 2006 9 40 58 AM les Unit 1 Root Words English Quiz 4 26 2006 4 03 59 PM 4 Select one or more sessions les Unit 1 Root Words English Quiz 4 26 2006 3 10 21 PM les Unit 1 Root Words English Quiz 4 26 2006 3 02 12 PM that you want to add to the 89 Unit 1 Root Words English Quiz 11 15 2005 1 32 31 PM les Unit 1 Root Words English Class Participation 11 15 2005 11 31 02 4M gradebook 5 Click OK Column s of grades for the selected session s appear immediately in the Gradebook table and CPS recalculates the averages Figure 243 Adding an existing CPS session to the gradebook CPS 4 0 Users Guide 204 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions Create Assessments You can include grades from non CPS assignments by creating assessments in the Gradebook tab The gradebook averages these grades along with CPS generated grades for each student To create an assessment l 2 J Open CPS from your desktop icon xj Click the Gradebook tab E E Dae ri sep 15 2005 El Click the Assessments button on the left hand oo toolbar Assessment Category Max Points Curve Assessment Multiplier Click L The CPS Assessment Options fo window appears Select any other Classes besides 1st Period to which this new Assessment should be add
355. sson click the Next button from the Engage toolbar CPS 4 0 Users Guide 159 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Y ou can continue using your PowerPoint presentation and your other lesson as you normally would When you are finished with the presentation and lesson click the Close button to end the session and return to the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 160 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Chapter 5 Reporting Functions The CPS Reporting System lets you access view and print performance data recorded during instructional sessions The Reporting System 1s a delivery tool because you can use it only after you finish a session and CPS records the session information in the database CPS generates reports from delivery sessions regardless of the delivery mode However 1f you deliver questions to students in Preview mode CPS records no performance data and you cannot access the session data CPS records performance results in the same database where the delivered lesson standard or team activity resides When you access the Reports tab and select the type of report you want CPS organizes the recorded data around the class associated with the lesson when 1t was delivered and in the report form you select This chapter will show you how to Merge sessions Re grade assessments Generate reports Choose reports for specific data Edit reports Use the CPS Charting window to view performance data Download assessments 4
356. st Scarlet Missy rachel hiatt einstruction com Sun Jamie jamie sun net Swantner Elizabeth elizabeth swantner net TEACHER Chris chrism einstruction com You dede sl bla if EACH ER CHR IS chrism einstruction com 01 009 333 4908 for additional ee Villalobos Daniel daniel villalobos net White Margaret rachel hiatt einstruction com 2 Click Next IKILI KIOLL 17 Select all in this range e Y Store the above selected teachers as a distribution list n stru cti 0 n Choose from my distribution fists Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 21 Select teachers CPS Send Assessment Wizard 1 e ioj xj A Associated Files Helpful Information 7 3 Optionally attach any files sE e P Please pick any files you would like associated with this j such as PowerPoint assessment Move your mouse over any Noto parre P informa y presentations that you would bee like to include with your assessment Figure 22 We ol ener applicable teachers 4 Click Next Veri fy that all of the You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com asses sment data 1S correct i T O or 888 333 4988 for additional help change any assessment or session options click Back to make your changes a f e m adri Instruction Changing the face of education 6 When you are sure the a
357. stion delivery is the same from the Lessons tab and the Standards tab while the Reports tab helps summarize and express student data in usable forms 7 CPS C Documents and Settings rachel hiatt My Documents CPS Databases Standards 6th Gr ide c a File Settings Help ES Lessons Sy standards y Team Activities aa Classes Gy Reports EA Gradebook Po n i 3 ty y Up Down View Verbal Questions Engage Standardia Tools EJE 6th Grade cps Number TitleQuestion Stem Type Difficulty HS Math I Math 0 Eb English gt English 0 Sy Eth Grade English gt Bm ease E Ss Objective 1 The student will derm al gt Objective The student will appli E gt 6 12 Reading text structure SS Objective 3 The student will uze En 6 10 Reading compreherish Fly 6 12 Reading text structure gt A Identify the purposes c E Compare commurnicati fee ly H Describe how the aut fa an Objective 4 The student will appl En Science Figure 78 Viewing the Standards tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 66 Chapter 3 Creation Functions The Standards tab 1s split into two windows These windows can either be vertical or horizontal depending on your preference The default is vertical view To switch views simply click the View button located at the far end of the Standards tab The left window top in horizontal view gives a view of all standards in this open database We refer to this as the standard side
358. stions or other question types with extensive text Y N Question Graphic This is a yes no question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices Y N Question Graphic Bottom This is a yes no question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic appears beneath the question text Y N Question Graphic II This is a yes no question and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes beside the question text and above the answer choices Y N Question Graphic Right This is a yes no question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes beside the question and can be large NOTE You will not be able to use MC6 MC8 question types with IR pads in SMA or SMP modes because the F G and H buttons are directional buttons CPS 4 0 Users Guide 25 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Question templates with graphics include the pixel size of the graphic area You can size your graphic accordingly so 1t 1s not skewed upon display Older versions of CPS do not have as many template options If you have an older version of CPS please download the newer version from our website http www einstruction com downloads Add Audio Video Notes to Lesson Questions Attach videos audio clips and more to your CPS questions See the Add Notes section for information on including
359. student information from this view 4 To get out of the Show All view click again Recycle a K 12 CPSOnline Class You can recycle classes to use for subsequent terms only if you create CPSOnline classes To learn more about creating CPSOnline classes please see Create a K 12 CPSOnline Class To recycle your K 12 CPSOnline ET class lass B Class information 4 Contact Information Online Class Options 9 Recycle CPSOnine Class l Open CPS from your i m Reuse Your Online Class Helpful Information desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab Mi 3 From the class side left or Feet sec be PERMANENTLY DELETED top window select the T Assignments F Calendar Events class you wish to recycle Links T Instructor Created Tests User Messages T Uploaded CPS Sessions TF Syllabi 4 Click L The CPS Class sE Q The Recycle Class function allows you to reuse this class e Recycling your class has no effect on nt CAUTION All students will be deleted from this class your instructor account Information window e gt appears Instruction 5 Click the Recycle CPSOnline Class tab 6 Select your recycle options Recycle 7 Click Recycle to recycle your CPSOnline class Figure 108 Recycling a K 12 CPSOnline class from the CPS Class Information window NOTE Recycling your class has no effect on your instructor account 8 Click Done to close the CPS Class Information window and retur
360. t gt Chat and Whiteboard B Content File gt Discussions ER Learning Module Media Library Collection gt 2 Organizer Page gt E SCORM Module Syllabus gt gt URL More Tools gt More Tools E Tool Overview Title English 4250 Register Class Cancel Required field E3 Course Customization gt B Selective Release Map Figure 96 Creating the link between Figure 97 Titling your class as it appears for students your class and CPS when they register for CPSOnline 8 Click the Register Class button to create your class 9 Complete the required fields in the next screen NOTE If you change your WebCT Instructor Username and Password your CPS WebCT Connection Username and Password will not change You can change your CPS WebCT Connection Username and Password from the Contact Information tab if you Edit your class 10 Click the Submit button to return to the WebCT Build tab and Basic View Now your class 1s ready to import to CPS You will be able to access your class from the Build tab under the Basic View tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 84 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Create a Blackboard Class You can link your Blackboard classes to CPS to create a more interactive classroom experience for your students Before you follow the steps below make sure your IT Administrator has installed the CPS Connection Building Block onto your institution s server To lin
361. t Export Topography F 4 6th Grade cps H Examview Question Stem Difficulty Figure 125 Populating a CPS Challenge Board with the CPS Challenge Board window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 107 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 7 Select a lesson or standard from the top left pane The questions appear in the bottom half of the window 8 Use one or both of the following methods to populate the category and point values with questions Method 1 Populate a Challenge Board with Specific Questions from Lessons or Standards a Highlight a question or multiple questions use the Ctrl key to select multiple non consecutive questions in the bottom half of the window that you want to drag Oto a point value in a particular category Drag the question s to a point value until the pointer 1s over the point value c Release your mouse button to drop the question s into that point value The point value button display changes to represent the number of questions you just dropped into the point value d Repeat for as many questions as you want to add to the challenge board Method 2 Populate a Challenge Board with an Entire Lesson or Standard of Questions e Click and highlight the name of the lesson or standard in the top left window that you want to drop into one of the categories f Drag that lesson or standard to a category until the pointer is over the category name The category name depresses slightly
362. t ID If you know your students district ID please use them The IDs may be alpha numeric but must have at least 5 total characters and or numbers 5 Click the Enter key on the keyboard or click the Save button in CPS Your student will appear in the list of students on the student side right hand side of the Classes tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 240 Appendix A REAP If you hit the Enter key the student information fields automatically become available for you to add additional students If you clicked the Save Student button in CPS you will need to click the New icon on the student side each time you would like to add an additional student 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add as many students to your class as you would like Next time you log on to CPSOnline you will be able to sync your class roster and update the student information in CPSOnline Sync Class with CPSOnline Delivery Options 1 Connect your computer to the Internet o 2 From the Settings menu click CPSOnline Login Figure 15 The CPSOnline Login Wizard appears Default Font Passwords Rubric Wizard CP5Online Login Verbal Questions Setup Examview Settings Figure 15 Login to CPSOnline 3 Enter your CPSOnline Username MA and Password Figure 16 Click seesF ese Help Infomation y z3 Please erim pour usemane and password for OPS Orire Next to continue y H Prompt fot Login at Startup is selected
363. t Image Files window opens Eagle Head oif 1 Use the Look in drop down list at F a the top of the dialog box to browse BT NT Background cif to the directory where you saved Pees your graphic files 2 Highlight a graphic file that you Flle mame SS want to display in this graphic area o gt EE Cancsl 3 Click the Open button The graphic appears in the graphic area of the Figure 22 Adding graphics to a question with the Set question or answer option you dd selected 4 Click the File menu and the Save command or click the Save and Move to Next Question icon from the Question Author toolbar Method 2 After you have selected a question template with graphics right click inside the graphic area A shortcut menu will appear on screen ll Ze Uy Click the Browse command The Set Image File window opens Use the Look in drop down list at the top of the dialog box to browse to the directory where you saved your graphic files Highlight a graphic file that you want to display in this graphic area Click the Open button The graphic appears in the graphic area of the question or answer option you selected Click the File menu and the Save command or click the Save and Move to Next Question icon from the Question Author toolbar Display Graphics within Questions Show Graphic After Response The Show Graphic After Response option is available Options Tools only with question templates that include a question graphic To use t
364. t can use REAP with CBIT CBIT is a component software program from elnstruction that provides your teachers with updated class rosters and provides your district Curriculum Coordinator with an updated teacher distribution list Your Curriculum Coordinator can use the distribution list to send assessments to all teachers within the district or to specific groups of teachers CBIT uses your district SMS Student Management System to create the rosters and the distribution lists which allows your teachers and curriculum coordinators to concentrate on education your students You will not need to create your class in CPS 1f emanesnePssswoe Het ifamaion your district uses CBIT To add the class and the E l Prompt fot Login at Startup ie students ewe logh to CPSOnine when EPS stats 1 Create your database For more ipamo pea omaa information on creating a database p echaupe enstucioncon please see Create a New Database comeaBesome 2 From the Settings menu choose eamas CPSOnline Login The CPSOnline penaas simo I Login Wizard appears e 7 3 Enter your CPSOnline Username and Instruction Password The first time you create a class using CPSOnline you will need to use a pre generated username and password to log on Figure 101 Logging on to CPSOnline from the CPSOnline Login Wizard Cancel Next gt gt CPS 4 0 Users Guide 87 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 Once you have created your class and logged
365. t click and of the Roanoke and Jamestown settlements as well as discussing the cho ose the Edit c ommand from the geographical differences between early settlements at Jamestown and Chesapeake Bar shortcut menu or double click the lesson name The CPS Lesson Attributes ee window appears fie Edit the lesson name the lesson SSE EE description or the unique identifier Optionally you may also add or change PERE the file associated with the lesson Cancel Click OK to save your changes or click Cancel to negate your changes Figure 32 Editing a lesson with the CPS Lesson Attributes window Add Questions to an Existing Lesson l E Highlight a lesson name from the lesson side of the Lessons tab The question side should be empty if you have not previously added or imported any questions CPS QuestionAuthor Question Format Options Tools a E e El a i gt FREY E gt y y Template MC4 No Graphics y Difficulty 1 ll Click _ts_ A pop up window appears Select New then Question The CPS Question Author window appears Click the drop down arrow in the Template box to see more than 50 question templates available with and without graphic placement options Refer to Select a Question Template for detailed information about the available question templates Figure 33 Adding additional questions to a lesson with the CPS Type the question in the Question Author window
366. t option turned off only the Feedback Grid appears For more information on the Show Large Screen Verbal option please see Show Large Screen Verbal 6 Close the CPS Engage toolbar whenever you would like to end your session CPS records the student performance data in the Reports tab Engage Team Activities Y ou can use CPS team activities in your classroom to engage your students in fun creative ways CPS offers the following team activities There It Is Challenge Board Top Score Play There It Is There It Is 1s a simple game for students to learn The rules for There It Is include The first team student to correctly respond to their question gets 25 points Teams Students who answer correctly but did not answer first get 20 points Teams Students who did not answer correctly or did not answer at all get 0 points The points accumulate over the There it is session and before long you have a winner To play There It Is 1 Open the CPS from your desktop icon Click There tit l Select the Lessons or Standards tab from the window 5 Find and highlight a lesson or standard that has questions in it you would like to present to your class Remember this can be a FastGrade lesson 6 Click L_En9a9e The CPS Session Setup window for There It Is appears 7 Click Start A Student Managed Assessment Board delivery window app
367. t the lesson you would like to preview 4 Click A pop up menu appears 5 Choose Preview The CPS Content Delivery window appears with the first question of the lesson You can ask students to respond to the questions however CPS will not record any of their performance data in the Reports tab Engage Verbal Questions Verbal questions are on the fly questions that you can use to spontaneously engage your students in a lesson You can engage verbal questions from the Lessons tab or from the CPS Engage toolbar Engage Verbal Questions from the Lessons tab You can engage verbal questions directly from the Lessons tab To engage a verbal question 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Click HA The Verbal Engage toolbar appears Figure 174 Engaging a verbal question from the Verbal Engage toolbar 4 Click the Verbal button If you have the Show Large Screen Verbal option ON the CPS Content Delivery window will appear If you have that option turned off only the Feedback Grid appears For more information on the Show Large Screen Verbal option please see Show Large Screen Verbal CPS 4 0 Users Guide 152 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Verbal Question Only Verbal Question Cumulative Verbal Z Co rre ct Jean Chalkboard Figure 175 Engaging a verbal question using the Feedback Grid 5 Choose the question type from the buttons available on the Feedback Grid 6 Ask you
368. te 4 From the question side right or bottom window select the question with the graphic you want to delete N Click A pop up menu appears 6 Choose Edit The CPS Question Author window appears 0 NOTE Display the file path of a graphic included in a question by rolling your mouse cursor over the graphic itself or by right clicking on the graphic Template Ica Question Graphic Difficulty 7 Right click on the graphic area A shortcut menu appears 8 Click the Remove command The graphic is deleted but the question template that allows a graphic 1s still active Figure 35 Removing a graphic from a question in the CPS Question Author window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 38 Chapter 3 Creation Functions To add a new graphic to this question follow the instructions in Create Questions with Graphics To eliminate the possibility of using a graphic with this question use the Template drop down list to select a different question template Click the File menu and the Save command to exit the CPS Question Author window and return to the Lessons tab Adjust the Question Font Y ou can adjust the font displayed for all CPS questions default font or for a particular question or answer Change the Default Font When you type in your first question you see oan the font style that comes with CPS You can SRE alter the default font so that every new ea question you type appears with that style To A
369. tem consists of an infra red or radio frequency receiver unit and corresponding response pads Students use the response pads to electronically transmit their responses to CPS questions The receiver unit receives student responses and communicates with CPS to generate session data in the form of reports and grades This section will tell you about the CPS IR System CPS RF System CPS 4 0 Users Guide 112 Chapter 4 Engage Functions CPS IR System The CPS IR System consists of an infra red receiver unit and infra red response pads The system works together to collect student responses for CPS IR Receiver Unit One receiver unit supports a set of 60 student response pads 16 24 or 32 pad sets are available with the ability to expand a system by adding pads in increments of 8 up to 256 numbered pads and an unlimited amount of serial pads The receivers can accept signals from IR response pads from up to 60 feet away Although students must have a direct line of sight to transmit signals to the IR receiver unit students can also send signals at angles Figure 129 Using the such as 90 120 180 and 270 IR Receiver Unit IR Response Pad The IR response pads can transmit up to 60 feet When you ask a question students respond using the CPS response pads Notice the CPS response pad alpha characters A H Use the A and B buttons to answer True False or Yes No questions The F button is a question scrolling
370. tent Delivery window click the box next to the Show Answer Distribution option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS NOTE To view the Show Answer Distribution option you must also choose the Show Large Screen option For more information on the Show Large Screen option please see Show Large Screen CPS 4 0 Users Guide 130 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Detach Narrative Imported Narratives The Detached Narrative option affects Narratives you import from ExamView When you import ExamView tests into CPS any Narratives associated with a question import as well The Detached Narrative option creates a button on the Feedback Grid for that question from which you can choose whether or not to show the associated Narrative with the question in the CPS Content Delivery window Below the CPS Content Delivery window in the Feedback Grid a Narrative button appears When you click on this Narrative button the associated Narrative appears or disappears from the question Discussion Question Why did settlers cluster into groups in northern colonies like Massachusetts Bay and spread out m southern colonies like Chesapeake Bay Seventeenth century English settlers of New England ditfered trom those in Virgima by Irming shorter Ines because of the harsh climate unportmg large numbers of slaves settling on isolated farms Irming in tightly clustered communities having large families
371. ter 5 Reporting Functions L Print Preview El Close 3 006 gfe afi gt M Star Chart Report E Page Width Koy Anes ID Armir trati on ared Sang Services Koy Aves Ye beranta nso tor Tachd ogy El 2 Pages Figure 205 Viewing the Star Chart Report Print Preview Mi cee R SIDOS Ol afc gt h Study Guide Whole Page ES Page Width Preview Page 16 of 60 Ll Figure 206 Viewing the Study Guide Report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports CPS 4 0 Users Guide 176 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report The Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report provides an individualized study guide for each student in the class The study guide shows the student each question that they missed their answer and the correct answer The Study Guide Incorrect Answers lists for each student the Report type Session name dee 2 3 006 m fe Ma gt o Class name Class points average Study Guide Student name 7 Pad ID Student ID Number of incorrectly tacos answered questions Percentage of incorrectly answered questions ER Each question 2 Pages Answer choice Student answer Print Preview Preview Page 1of9 Page 2of9 Figure 207 Viewing the Study Guide Incorrect Answers Report For more information on generating or printing a report please see Generate Reports or Print Reports
372. ter you engage your students in an assessment CPS stores the student performance data in the Reports tab for you to review and edit This section will show you how to Edit assessment attributes Create Attendance from an assessment Import an assessment Delete an assessment Edit Assessment Attributes You can edit assessments by re grading specific questions or students or by changing the details of the assessment For more information on re grading assessments please see Re grade Assessments To edit an assessment s attributes 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Reports tab 3 Select the report you would like to edit and click Z The CPS Assessment Options window appears 1 1 mm CPS A t Opti 4 Change the assessment options using the a available buttons text boxes and pull down Assessment Title a menus Dritt Early America SSOSOS S Assessment Title To change the title of Assessment Category Bree paceman l Qu 100 0 your assessment type a new name into the oth jo Assessment Multiplier Re grade Option Assessment Title box Assessment Category To change the assessment category use the pull down Use the re grade options to change correct answers omit menu to select a different category questions from pour assessment or edit student answers Max Points To change the maximum Re grade Questions Re grade Students number of points CPS awards for this assessm
373. th your database name in the title bar and left window of that tab The database you created automatically opens If you were to exit the CPS software now the next time you start the software this same database opens Password Protect a Database You can prevent your database from being opened and possibly altered by anyone who does not have your permission by using the Passwords option Because the password protection applies to the database not just Lessons Classes or Standards the option is available from the Settings menu item Before you enable the Passwords function keep in mind An option box from the Edit Password window enables disables the password security for the database You must check this on in order to establish a database password Any time you access a database that 1s password protected you are required to input the password before it will open To edit a password or disable the password protection from a database you must provide the password in the Edit Password window When importing or building lessons or standards from a password protected database you do not have to provide the password When importing classes from a password protected database you must provide the password CPS 4 0 Users Guide 10 To enable the Passwords function 1 Click the Settings menu item from the main CPS window 2 Select the Passwords command The Edit Password window appears 3 Choose
374. that a checkmark appears Enabling this option allows you to set the value of the bonus points assigned per question in the Bonus Point Value box Don t use Bonus Points To assign no bonus points to students for correctly answering a question in a There It Is activity click the box next to the Use Bonus Points option so that the checkmark disappears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Enable Student Led Mode The Enable Student Led Mode option allows you to engage a There It Is activity in Student Managed Assessment mode For more information on Student Managed Assessment please see Student Managed Assessment Mode To access the Enable Student Led Mode option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the Team Activities tab Enable Student Led Mode To engage a There It Is activity in Student Managed Assessment mode click the box next to the Enable Student Led Mode option so that a checkmark appears Disable Student Led Mode To engage a There It Is activity in Teacher Managed Assessment mode standard mode click the box next to the Enable Student Led Mode option so that the checkmark disappears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS CPS 4 0 Users Guide 146 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Engage in the Classroom Y ou can use CPS to engage lessons standards team activities third party lessons and presentati
375. that the student ID pads are the top number and the Question number is on the bottom Snapshot 1 GL CPS Assessment Class Mame Lst Period Figure 138 Snapshot 1 of Student Managed Assessment mode CPS 4 0 Users Guide 118 Chapter 4 Engage Functions Student 6 has answered Question and is answering Question 2 at this moment The pad ID blinks blue indicating acceptance of an in range answer then the question number progresses Student 5 has answered the first 2 questions and moved to Question 3 Student 7 has answered Question 1 moved on to Question 2 Snapshot 2 rae CPS Assessment Class Name ist Period Figure 139 Snapshot 2 of Student Managed Assessment mode Student 7 has used the G button on an IR response pad to move back to Question 1 Pad ID 3 remains blue indicating that the question has been previously answered Snapshot 3 FN CPS Assessment Class Mame 1st Period Top Butlons Figure 140 Snapshot 3 of Student Managed Assessment mode Student 7 changed the answer to Question 4 The pad ID color changes to yellow Student 7 then moves to Question 5 Notice that Students 5 and 9 are on Question 4 Student 6 is on Question 2 and Student 8 is on Question 3 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 119 Chapter 4 Engage Functions As you can see the students have progressed through the paper test at their own pace with options to move back and change answers or skip questions and move f
376. this as the question side When you highlight the database name all lessons and the number of questions in the lessons display in the question side When you highlight a lesson name from the left window all questions for that lesson and any child level lessons display on the question side The question side also displays the number of questions the type of question and each question s difficulty level Lessons can be in outline or hierarchical form For example you could create a level of lessons titled Chapter 1 Chapter 2 and so on Beneath each chapter level you can create levels of lessons that relate to sections within the chapter CPS 4 0 Users Guide 16 This section will show you how to Hr Create lessons Create FastGrade lessons Create lesson questions Edit lessons Create rubrics Import and Export lessons Chapter 3 Creation Functions Chapter 4 Engage Functions will provide you with additional information on engaging lessons PowerPoint presentations and ExamView lessons within CPS Create Lessons To create a new lesson follow the steps below Open the database in which you want to create a lesson and click ll the Lessons tab To create a parent level lesson highlight the database name To create a child level lesson highlight a lesson name The new lesson will be created beneath the lesson you highlighted Click appears Choose New then Lesson The CPS Lesson Attributes window
377. thousands of colors or better 4 We recommend using a projection system such as a projector LCD or TV but a projection system 1s not required to use CPS Install Free Databases of Questions eInstruction provides you a free database full of questions that you can use immediately The free database is on the same CD you used to install the CPS software 1 Click the Start button from your Windows taskbar 2 Click the Run command In the pop up window type your CD ROM drive letter then Abini 3 Click OK When the Select CPS Databases dialog box opens choose Trivia 1 Click Install In the next dialog box choose the drive on which you installed CPS Use the drop down list to see your available options 2 Click Next When the installation is complete the database is in a new folder on your hard drive named CPS El My Documents 3 Click on the folder to open it and open the 4 My Computer CPS Databases folder The directory path to your iB 3 Floppy 4 databases should look like Figure 1 ori SL CO Drive D Figure 1 Viewing the Directory Path to your database NOTE You may install the other available databases at any time you like using these same steps CPS 4 0 Users Guide 2 Chapter 1 Getting Started Install CPS Student Content Databases 1 Insert the Content CD into your CD ROM drive 2 Wait while the CD ROM installs the content automatically If the installation process has not started in t
378. tion with a numeric answer as opposed to multiple choices and also lets you include a graphic T F No Graphics This is a true false question with no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices T F No Graphics Big Question This is a true false question without any graphics included in the question text or the answer choices It is ideal for essay questions or other question types with extensive text T F Question Graphic This is a true false question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices T F Question Graphic Bottom This is a true false question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes directly beneath the question text T F Question Graphic II This is a true false question with a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes beside the question text and above the answer choices T F Question Graphic Right This is a true false question and a graphic included with the question text but not in the answer choices The graphic goes beside the question and can be large Chapter 3 Creation Functions Y N No Graphics This is a yes no question with no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices Y N No Graphics Big Question This is a yes no question with no graphics included in the question text or the answer choices It is ideal for essay que
379. tion displays in the Preview window Graphics will print but do not display in the Preview window Click the Export Print button at the bottom of the Reporting Preview window 1f you are satisfied with the data The printout contents automatically open in a word processing application and automatically save to the CPS folder on your hard drive Look at the word processing application s title bar to see the file name of the printout NOTE If Microsoft Word is set to automatically view text and graphic files then graphics associated with questions display as well as the text Other word processing programs may not be capable of displaying images Review the file and make any layout adjustments CPS 4 0 Users Guide 43 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 10 Click the File menu and the Print command 11 Make sure you are connected to a printer and then click the OK button to print this lesson You can close the word processing application and the lesson you printed at any time 12 Return to the Reporting Preview window and click Close 13 In the CPS Print Questions window click the Close button to return to the Lessons tab Create Rubrics Y ou can create custom rubrics for subjective questions When you engage subjective questions in CPS you can associate them to a rubric and award the students points based on your rubric You can include this grade information in the Gradebook tab This section will show you how to Create a ru
380. tion number el SEARCH el SEARCH allows you to search eInstruction s repository of CPS lessons and PowerPoint presentations to integrate into your lesson plans Select publishers can also include lessons from specific textbooks However to access textbook lessons you must have an Adoption Code from your publisher CPS 4 0 Users Guide 5 Chapter 1 Getting Started Spell Checker The Spell Checker allows you to spell check your questions in the CPS Question Author window You can change your Checker options to check spelling automatically or to check spelling only when you request it Import Class Rosters from Blackboard Higher Ed CPS now supports Blackboard online classes with CPS The CPS Blackboard Connection Building Block connects CPS to your Blackboard class so that you can sync student data and upload CPS performance results to Blackboard Access WebCT Blackboard Classes from CPS Higher Ed When you upload a file from CPS CPS will prompt you for your Blackboard or WebCT username and password This direct connection saves you time and provides an extra layer of protection for your students data Create Attendance Sessions Both Higher Ed and K 12 instructors can manage attendance by creating attendance sessions or viewing attendance as an attendance sheet in the Gradebook Data Slicing and Charting When you engage lessons you can view the performance results graphically through the Charting window so that you can quickly asse
381. tion option so that a checkmark appears Auto Advance to Next Question To set CPS to automatically advance students to the next question click the box next to the Manual Advance to Next Question option so that the checkmark disappears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Receiver tab The Receiver tab allows you to set your CPS response system options for your receiver unit CPS Delivery Options Teacher Managed Student Managed Receiver Feedback Grid Team Actritez Options Saas Helpful Information E Receiver Configuration App o Move POUT MOUSE OYEr any A Com Fort setting to see further i com x information about that setting C Infrared Detect CPS Receiver C K12 BF Manual Override f Gene RF RF Response Pad Optans_ 2A APPDDJT NN Power Off You may contact elnstruction technical support at techeupp delnetruction cor or aoe 3 33 4989 for additional help RF Receiver Options Power Level dis Max i i EA e i Instruction Changing the face of education Base Channel Eo Z Figure 167 Setting receiver options from the Receiver tab in the CPS Delivery Options window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 141 Chapter 4 Engage Functions From the Receiver tab you can Detect your CPS receiver settings Manually override receiver settings Turn off all response pads RF only Change RF receiver settings Detect CPS Receiver Settings If you plug in your receiver un
382. tion will show you how to Create an el SEARCH account Login to an el SEARCH account Find content NOTE If you have an existing CPSOnline Username and Password you can login to el SEARCH using that account For more information please see Login to an el SEARCH Account Create an eI SEARCH Account el SEARCH allows you to search through elnstruction s repository of content To create a SEARCH account 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Click 2 The el SEARCH main page appears in the question side of the Lessons tab Z CPS e MyLessons cps D Oj xj File Settings Help Es Lessons Y Standards pS Team Activities e Classes E Reports EA Gradebook e a v E de 4 et 2 Up Down View Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools SEARCH E MyLessons cps 10 AE Welcome To SEARCH H lr Reading Comprehension EF 2 Editing Technical Documents ia PowerPoint H E Examview View Sample Content Login to SEARCH Create a SEARCH Account About SEARCH elnstruction com Figure 57 Viewing the el SEARCH main page in the Lessons tab CPS 4 0 Users Guide 55 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 4 Click Create a SEARCH Account The CPS SEARCH Account Wizard m Institution Type Helpful Information appears LJ feral pani elma Choose your institution type 6 Click Next to continue Higher Education Includes universities junior colleges and technical institutions N K 12 Includes
383. tly working on This number is always one more than the Number of questions in this Lesson Previous Moves to the previous question in your FastGrade answer key This action highlights the previous question s type and correct answer as well as displaying the number position of this question as the Current Question Next Moves to the next question in your FastGrade answer key This action highlights the next question s type and correct answer as well as displaying the number position of this question as the Current Question Rubric Allows you to associate a rubric with a question Add Allows you to add a numeric question Other Allows you to create placeholder questions for essays short answer etc CPS 4 0 Users Guide 18 Chapter 3 Creation Functions CPS Fast Grade Lesson Information Title Geography Wkst 1 TrueFalse one Enter correct answer Then click Add to add a numeric question Other Enter correct answer Then Used to create a Other click Add to add a numeric Rubric Par aE Eels alat types of questions question Select Rub ex essay short ansiver etc Standards associated with the current question Current Question 1 m AE ES BE Ei En BLE eer RE None E 0 6th Grade cps H 0 Math H 0 English al Ss Science Previous Hert gt Cancel Figure 16 Using the CPS FastGrade window 8 Click the ans
384. to CPS When you import the roster CPS creates a new K 12 class with this roster information To learn how to change the class type please see Edit Class Information This section will show you how to 4 4 Import classes from a CPS database Import classes from CPSOnline Import classes from Pentamation files Import classes from Osiris files Import classes from SASI XP files Import classes from OnTrack files Import classes from DuPont files Import classes from WebCT Import classes from Blackboard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 95 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import Classes from a CPS Database You can import classes from another CPS databases When you import classes from another database the student grades associated with the class roster do not import with the class To import a class from another CPS database 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab i iii f m Import Source Helpful Information 3 Click Alternatively right 9 Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any click in a blank space on the class a ne pa Go to the next step in the wizard side and choose the Import command from the pop up menu The CPS Import Class Wizard Corea Senate Vales fren appears Sia 8 You may cet stcton enc 4 Choose CPS Database and click LMS Fie 00 0 8 3604998 lr addtional help Next i e e 5 Click Browse and look for the Instr
385. to Enable Password Protection for this CPS database in order to activate the password fields 4 Type in your personal password in the first two fields Enter Password and Confirm Password 5 Create your own hint or reminder question to help you remember your password Chapter 3 Creation Functions 7 Edit Password Enter a password in the fields below The password must be at least 6 characters long You may enter a reminder question in the Hint Question field below ter Password ontirm Password what is Your mother s maiden name mes Figure 4 Password protecting a CPS database Hint Question 6 Click OK to save your password protection information To disable the Passwords function 1 Click the Settings menu item from the main CPS window 2 Select the Passwords command The Edit Password window appears 3 Click the box next to the Enable Password Protection for this CPS database option so that the checkmark disappears 4 Click OK to save your settings and return to CPS Open an Existing Database If the cps database file that was open the last time you used CPS is available that database file opens automatically If the last cps file is no longer available because you renamed deleted or moved the file you need to create a new cps file or find a pre existing cps file from the Open or Create New CPS File dialog box To open an existing database 1 Open CPS from your desktop
386. to Show Detached Feedback Grid option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid To show a detached feedback grid during a response cycle click the box next to the Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid option so that a checkmark appears Auto Hide Detached Feedback Grid To hide the detached feedback grid during a response cycle click the box next to the Auto Show Detached Feedback Grid option so that the checkmark disappears 2 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Auto Send Alphabetic Responses The Auto Send Alphabetic Responses option allows you to set Gen 2 RF response pads so that they automatically send student responses for alphabetic answer choices For more information on the Gen 2 RF please see Gen 2 RF System To access the Auto Send Alphabetic Responses option 1 Open the CPS Delivery Options window The CPS Delivery Options window opens to the Teacher Managed tab 2 Click the box next to the Auto Send Alphabetic Responses option so that a checkmark appears 3 Click OK to save your changes and return to CPS Indicate Correct Alphabetic Response on Pad The Indicate Correct Alphabetic Response on Pad option allows you to set Gen 2 RF response pads so that after a student responds to a question the student s LCD screen on his or her pad indicates the correct answer The correct answer appears only for multiple
387. to a CPS toolbar Using the CPS toolbar you can create CPS specific slides within your presentation Appendix C will provide you with information for CPS WebCT Proxy Tool for WebCT CPS Connection building Block for Blackboard For more information on these free tools please see the information on the following pages or contact eInstruction Technical Support at 888 333 4988 and ask for a Technical Sales Associate CPS 4 0 Users Guide 261 Appendix C Third Party Add ins CPS WebCT Proxy Tool for WebCT Vista eInstruction has worked with WebCT Vista to make your job as the instructor even easier Now you can use your WebCT classes in CPS This guide will tell you how to Link your WebCT class to CPS Import your class to CPS Export CPS grades to WebCT Link a WebCT class to CPS Y ou can now use your WebCT class in CPS Before you follow the steps below make sure your IT Administrator has installed the CPSOnline Registration Proxy Tool onto your institution s server To connect your class to CPS please follow the steps below 1 Log on to your WebCT Instructor s account 3 Log in to WebCT Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by eInstruction Corporation File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back y gt 3 B a Qsearch Li Favorites Media S E ao E e Es q Address El http fturbo webct com 21033 webct logonDisplay dowebct Go Goo le Gl Search PageRank J Popu J Popups okay
388. to the existing CPS lesson os i E a CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases MyLessons cps File Settings Help Lessons X Standards y Team Activities Y Classes E Reports EJ Gradebook 5 O A Verbal Questions Engage Lesson s Tools SEARCH MyLessons cps f 5 Wiiting Books Available To You Your Campus And Your Grammer District adoption coco a Spelling Note If your book is not shown enter it s adoption code at co E the right You may contact your book seller or 2 TAKS K pod Chp 11 U Language Accurately or a book adoption code E Reading Compreh nsion PENA een Cree 3 48 Editing Technical Doguments H PowerPoint a ExamView Available Books gt The Art of Public Speaking 9 e Lessons gt Chp 11 Using Language Appropriately Questions The Art of Public Speaking 9 e pe snr of PUBLIC SPEAKING 2 Using inclusive language is an important part of being an audience centered public s Figure 69 Viewing specific content questions from a lesson in el SEARCH You will be able to see the content question from the question side right hand side of the Lessons tab when you select the lesson which contains it CPS 4 0 Users Guide 61 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Import PowerPoint Presentations Y ou can import specific PowerPoint presentations associated with textbook content from el SEARCH To import a PowerPoint presentation 1 Make sure to connect your computer to the Internet
389. to view attendance data from under the Grading Period drop down list in the bottom right corner NOTE While your entire attendance records are accessible CPS will display a maximum of seven weeks at a time 5 Click the Class Info button from the side toolbar 6 Click the Attendance icon in the Class Info toolbar The class s attendance data is displayed in table form Beside each student s name is the attendance status by date as it was recorded for the Classes tab Upon collecting attendance data from the Classes tab each student s status is either P present or A absent CPS 4 0 Users Guide 208 Chapter 6 Gradebook and Attendance Functions You can alter the attendance status by clicking on an individual cell A drop down list appears with the varying attendance options These attendance options include A absent i 8 22 8 23 8 24 8 25 8 26 9 15 E asee VA AA H holida Baudelaire Violet F El SF A p 4 Brown Encyclopedia P P P P P A presen Drew Nany P POT POT PO P A T tardy Fame George Pres P A P P A P U unexcused Alose amp Absent zJ IS in school suspension eE a Hardy Pres P Present OS out of school suspension ian P IT Tady SR school related Marvin Bess Prese Umemusee Murry Meg a IS In School Suspension Pan Peter P Figure 248 Changing attendance options in the Class Info area For more information on cre
390. ton eon clicking the Select All option Click Next Enter your WebCT username and password Click OK t ti Changing the face of education Cancel Next gt gt Figure 117 Importing a WebCT class Response pad numbers are automatically assigned to the student information imported from the WebCT class You can recycle this CPS WebCT class for subsequent terms To learn more about recycling a class please see Recycle a Higher Ed Class Import Classes from Blackboard You can import your Blackboard class to CPS using the CPS Connection Building Block from eInstruction For more information on the CPS Connection Building Block please see CPS Connection Building Block or contact an eInstruction Technical Sales Associate at 888 333 4988 To import a Blackboard class L 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Click Alternatively right click on the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class wizard appears Import Source das ua Select Blackboard from the list of 9 5 eee ee eee Move ae information about that setting import sources Click Next Enter your CPS Connection username and password and choose your institution from the Foran fie Ea osv pull down menu Click Next ee pem a Select your Blackboard classes or ae Mitin nt classes that you would like to m import Alternatively click the box Instruction next to the Select All option so
391. ts Add session Retain Selections During Session Show Answer Legend Answer Legend Options Figure 227 Choosing the Show Answer Legend option in the CPS Charting window 190 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions To remove the legend from the chart Roster Demographics Question 10 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon ER ENE PER Questions Delivered In this Session 2 Access the CPS Charting window 3 From the CPS Charting window click ES E Options A pop up menu appears decis 4 Choose Show Legend The checkmark next to the option disappears This chart displays a graph for the following questions Which sentence prope which are charted By Question Figure 228 Viewing a chart with a legend in the CPS Charting window Slice Performance Data You can use the CPS Charting window to slice performance data from two or more sessions or from an assessment and demographic information This section will show you how to Slice data by demographics Slice data by comparison sessions Slice by Demographics You can slice performance data using a session and demographic information To use demographic information in the CPS Charting window you will need to complete the demographic student data from the class roster For more information on entering student data al roces gt Guestion 10 please see Edit Student Information To slice performance data by demographic 1 Open
392. u have a five question paper based test that you want to deliver and grade in SMA mode CPS 4 0 Users Guide 29 Chapter 3 Creation Functions Questions 1 2 4 and 5 are all multiple choice but Options Tools question 3 1s to be answered in essay form Because CPS cannot collect and grade an answer in written form when the student completes question 2 and clicks the arrow to move to the next question CPS will advance the student to question 4 Show Graphic amp fter Response Show Graphic Full Screen Exclude Question From SMA y Engage as Freeform Students have the convenience of being automatically Figure 25 Excluding a question from SMA transferred to the next available multiple choice mode with the Exclude Question from SMA i option question instead of having to skip over questions that cannot be answered using their pad To use this option 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears From the CPS Question Author window click Options Choose Exclude Question from SMA A checkmark appears next to the option Click in the Question Author toolbar to save your question Close the CPS Question Author window to return to the Lessons tab A ae To turn off this option 1 Open a question from the Lessons tab The CPS Question Author window appears From the CPS Question Author window click Options Click Exclude Question from SMA so that the checkmark disappears Click in
393. u may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help e 7 Instruction nging the face Cancel CPS 4 0 Users Guide Next gt gt Import Blackboard Class with the CPS Import Class Wizard 272 Glossary Glossary A Anonymous Mode This mode allows you to in TMA or SMA modes record a class assessment without recording individual students responses Assessment An assessment is any sort of measure of the students learning Examples of assessments include tests quizzes homework and class work C Challenge Board A points based game for your students that allows them to answer questions of varying difficulty Child level lesson A child level lesson is a sublevel lesson Example if you teach a lesson on Grammar the parent level lesson could be Grammar and you could have two child level lessons called Punctuation and Spelling Child level standard A child standard is a standard associated with a parent or main standard For example your parent standard might be 4th Grade Reading and your child standard could be Word Comprehension list Class A class is the list of your students including information such as name student ID gender ethnicity and pad ID number Classes tab One of the main CPS tabs From this tab you can edit create classes import or export classes to or from CPS and take class attendance Class
394. u would like to create in CPS Course Information 3 Click Tools from the left hand menu pee aca 4 Choose CPS Connection from the list of online tools If the CPS Connection option is unavailable from your Tools menu please contact your IT Administrator and ask them to install the CPS ASS l B nments Communication Discussion Board Connection External Links 5 Click the Register Class button le 6 Choose your campus from the pull down menu course Map 7 Type ina Class End Date NOTE Make sure your class end date is in mm dd yy format CPS 4 0 Users Guide 270 Appendix C Third Party Add ins 8 Enter your Instructor Setup Code If your institution has an exclusivity deal your eC will provide you with the Instructor Setup Code If your school does not have an exclusivity deal you can get your Instructor Setup Code when you create your class in CPS 9 Create a CPS Blackboard Connection Username and Password Alternatively enter your existing CPSOnline Username and Password in the fields provided NOTE If you change your Blackboard Instructor Username and Password your CPS Blackboard Connection Username and Password will not change My Institution Courses Community Services Academic Web Resources The Web 4 A e lnstruction CPS Class Setup Course Information Staff Information Please choose the campus for this course Aames Technical Institute ON Class End Date mm dd yy Po Ion NOTE Y
395. ubset of standards and align those standards to your questions by clicking the dynamic standards button at any time 0 NOTE If you currently have state standards aligned with your questions you do not need to re select them in the Dynamic Standards Setup window The standards you choose in the Dynamic Standards Setup window will be aligned in addition to those you have predefined 7 Click OK This will bring back the CPS Session Setup window or the Verbal Question Setup window depending on which type of session you chose NOTE Dynamic standards can be set up at any time during a verbal question session or a prepared lesson by simply clicking 8 Click OK in the Dynamic Standards Setup window and engage your lesson as you normally would If you chose to be prompted with dynamic standards then the Dynamic Standards Alignment window will appear when you start your session Add Questions to a Standard You can add additional questions to a standard from the Standards tab To create questions ina parent level or child level standard See 1 Highlight a standard name from a gt noe AL A teria nce Nocrephics ote z the Standards tab and the standard side The question side should be empty 1f you have not previously added or imported any questions 2 Click the Tools icon then the New Question command The CPS Question Author window appears Figure 85 Adding a question to a standard from the CPS Question Author window
396. uction database containing the class you want to import An Open dialog box appears dont gt gt 6 Select the database file and click Figure 110 Importing a CPS class from another database Open 7 Select individual classes from this database by clicking in the box beside each name You can also choose to import all of the available classes from this database by clicking inside the Select All option 8 Click OK Depending on the class size and the speed of your processor this import may take some time The imported classes appear in the Classes tab when the import finishes You can edit this imported class just as you did when you created other classes in this database For more information on editing classes please see Edit Class Information Import Classes from CPSOnline You can import your CPSOnline classes To import a CPSOnline class you must first connect your computer to the Internet To import a CPSOnline class m Import Source Helpful Information 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Click the Classes tab E A Please select the type of source from which you wish to import a class SAA The CPSOnline and WebCT choices Import ARA allow you to download import your 3 Click Alternatively right click in classes hom onie Po Please choose the import source you wish to Move your mouse over any setting to see further a blank space on the class side and Foca heey cdi
397. uctor Create a CPSOnline class using the Class Creation Wizard Instructor Purchase a response pad at the bookstore Student Register a response pad in a CPSOnline class Student Instructor Create and deliver CPS lessons in class Instructor Students Upload performance sessions to a CPSOnline class Instructor Review student performance results online Instructor Students Se a a 0 NOTE Students will have to either purchase access or present an enrollment code when registering their response pads online System Requirements Intel Pentium II or higher microprocessor At least one open serial port or USB port A minimum of 256 MB RAM required At least 120 MB of RAM for CPS software databases may require more room Windows 98 operating system or higher Screen resolution of 800x600 or better We recommend using a projection system such as a projector LCD or TV but a projection system is not required to use CPS Test Kit As part of your adoption of CPS you should receive a test kit that contains 1 response pad 1 enrollment code and 1 CPS receiver unit You can use the receiver unit response pad and enrollment code to test the student enrollment process We recommend setting up the test kit on your office computer This will allow you to get comfortable using the system and 1f you choose provide a place where students can test their pads during your office hours To test the system please do the following 1
398. udent Managed Assessment mode the intent of the Practice mode is for students to review and get familiar with course material in a challenging way To deliver lessons in Student Managed Practice mode 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon ves MR 2 Click the Lessons tab 3 Select the lesson you would like to engage m Modes R C Teacher Managed Assessment 4 Click Esteso The CPS Session Setup A EA window appears C Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment 5 Choose Student Managed Practice mode Boi eee Title Unit 1 Early America T A M Include in Gradebook Anonymous Mode 0 NOTE The Student Managed Automatically Upload l Exportto Question Grid Practice mode 1S available only Miser SN for use with IR or 1 Generation Mexpoins foo Higher Ed RF systems Create Attendance from this Assessment F Include Attendance in Gradebook 6 Click Start to begin the Student Managed i O de Practice The Student Feedback window Class Default Class Create opens A Cancel Back Next gt Start The class name appears in the title bar of El the window Figure 144 Choosing Student Managed The top row of each bank of numbers ad mode from the CPS Session Setup preceded by a response pad symbol corresponds to the pad ID numbers assigned in the class These pad ID numbers are p p g p black on gray numbers before you start the assessment The Student Managed Assessment mode is capable of supporting up to
399. udent Managed E _Cancel lt Back Nets Stan Assessment Mode or Teacher Led Student Figure 152 Choosing Anonymous mode from Managed Assessment Mode the CPS Session Setup window Setup Delivery Options Each delivery mode has specific features that you can change within CPS You can make these changes through the CPS Delivery Options window In addition to delivery mode features you can change bonus settings on team activities and manage your receiver options The CPS Delivery Options window consists of five tabs Teacher Managed tab Student Managed tab Receiver tab Feedback Grid tab Team Activities tab This section will show you how to manage settings in the above tabs To access the CPS Delivery Options window from CPS 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon CPS 4 0 Users Guide 127 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 2 Click the Settings menu option A pop up menu appears 3 Choose Delivery Options The CPS Delivery Options window appears You can also access the CPS Delivery Options window from the Feedback Grid 1 Engage a lesson in CPS 2 End a response cycle The Feedback Grid appears on the CPS Content Delivery window 3 Click 3 The CPS Delivery Options window appears Teacher Managed tab The Teacher Managed tab allows you to change the options available when you engage a lesson in Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on Teacher Managed Assessment mode please see Teacher Managed
400. uestions Chapter 3 Creation Functions Associate Dynamic Standards to Questions Add Questions to a Standard Copy Questions to Standards Delete a Standard Delete Standard Questions Print Standards Edit Standard Attributes Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Standards tab Select the standard from the standard side right or bottom window Click appears Choose Edit Alternatively right click and choose the Edit command from the shortcut menu or double click the standard name The CPS Standard Attributes window appears Edit the standard name or the standard description Click Save and Close to save your changes or click Cancel to negate your changes A pop up menu Edit Standard Questions You can edit questions associated with your standards To edit standard questions l 2 3 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Standards tab CPS Standard Attributes E O E Parent Standard 6 8 Measurement The student solves Title C Measure angles Details Code unique identifier 5 ICO Ubjective 4 6 851 11 Other Info Figure 83 Editing standard attributes from the CPS Standard Attributes window Select the standard that 1s associated with the question you would like to edit From the standard side right or bottom window select the question you would like to edit Click A pop up menu appears Choose Edit Alternatively right
401. ulative points earned Repeat steps 5 6 for each question you want teams to answer Click File and Close when you have completed the challenge board Performance data for each team is available on the Reports tab Play Top Score You can engage students in a Top Score activity while delivering a session in Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on Teacher Managed Assessment mode please see Teacher Managed Assessment Mode l 2 N Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Lessons tab Select the lesson you would like to engage and click KJ The CPS Session Setup window appears Choose Teacher Managed Assessment Click Start to begin the session The Engage toolbar appears Click the Next button to engage a prepared question or click the Verbal or Chalk buttons to engage a verbal or chalkboard question respectively The Question Delivery window appears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 157 Chapter 4 Engage Functions 7 Click Start on the Feedback Grid and allow your students time to answer the question using their response pads Once 10 x everyone has answered the question click the End button The Top Score 1con will appear next to the Choose Random Student icon on the Feedback Grid Click ad The Top Score window appears Mo ony show the top 5 scores Figure 182 Viewing student scores for a Top Score activity You can view a running total of each student s or team s score from the
402. unctions CPS allows you to create and engage lessons view student performance data and track student performance data as grades CPS saves the grades in the Gradebook tab where you can sort the grades by assessment type The Gradebook tab also allows you to review your class roster and view Gradebook reports In the Gradebook tab you can also review your class attendance records You choose the settings for these records from the CPS Class Information window in the Classes tab You can view attendance records as an attendance sheet in the Class Info section of the Gradebook tab or as a graded assessment in the Assessments section Chapters 3 and 4 showed you how to create and engage lessons and activities in CPS In this chapter you will learn how to Create a gradebook in CPS Manage assessments Manage class data View Gradebook reports Manage Attendance The Gradebook tab contains all of your graded information from CPS In addition to assessments you engage in CPS you can enter non CPS assessments into your gradebook The CPS Gradebook can track student grades as a points based or percentage based gradebook CPS C CPS_Databases Beta databases World History cps File Settings Help WD Lessons Sy Standards Y Team Activities Classes Reports BA Gradebook EA AWHIST 3450 002 xX e ep Po sei G wHIST 3450 003 New Edit Delete Esport Choose Upload Create Gradebook Assessments Last Name
403. upport up to1000 response pads and can receive 1000 responses in under 10 seconds No classroom wiring necessary Ca The IR system uses one wireless or wired receiver and can support up to 60 students Do you offer either purchase or leasing of your systems 5 Upon standardization eInstruction will provide all adopting instructors with a USB RF receiver free of charge No additional hardware is necessary for classrooms up to 1000 students E I Students purchase their response pads through the bookstore E Universities can also purchase stand alone systems for 100 per response pad Does your software have any integration with course management systems such as WebCT or Blackboard If so please describe how 5 Il All data collected with CPS can be exported to WebCT Blackboard any system that can Import csv formats E I CPS is currently dynamically connected to WebCT and CPSOnline I CPS will add a dynamic connection with Blackboard in December 2005 Describe how your software integrates with PowerPoint i You can import any PowerPoint file into CPS o Import file as is You will not need to convert or modify the PowerPoint file Unlike PowerPoint Plug ins you can import your file directly into CPS without worrying about modifying your file to make room for the student response grid or insert timers o Choose to use a student response grid If you use our CPS RF system you can choose whether or not to use
404. ur desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window For more information on accessing the CPS Charting window please see Access the CPS Charting window From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears Options Reports Chart Responses by Chart Type Cross Tabulation w Show Questions and Categories ll e Show Correct to close es concaten dun spaces before against or of Ha ith Answer Legend Options w Show Total Show Percentage w Show Answer Stern w Show multiple charts Add session babi Selections During Session 9 41 O hich sentence prop pa Show Response Time Figure 216 Showing the response times on the CPS Charting window legend before against t not wethoLt 2 02 001 2 001 2 0 2 001 2 001 2 0 2 001 2 001 2 0 2 001 2 001 13 of 20 3 of 20 0 2 af 20 2 of 20 65 0 15 0 10 0 10 0 Figure 217 Showing the response times in the legend of the CPS Charting window To remove the response times from the chart legend l 2 3 4 Open CPS from your desktop icon Access the CPS Charting window From the CPS Charting window click Options A pop up menu appears Choose Answer Legend Options then Show Response Time The checkmark next to the option disappears CPS 4 0 Users Guide 185 Chapter 5 Reporting Functions Chart Type You can view performance data in the CPS Charting window as a variety of different charts The CPS Charting window provides the following chart
405. ure 180 Viewing student scores from the Score window and from the There it is window Delivery window CPS asks 1f you would like to display the questions that were missed by the participants Click Yes or No If you click No you can review the session data from the Reports tab If you click Yes the questions missed are displayed in a teacher managed delivery format Students can respond but their answers are not saved or recorded as session data Play the CPS Challenge Board Y ou can engage students in a CPS Challenge Board activity For more information on the CPS Challenge Board please see CPS Challenge Board l Le Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Team Activities tab Click Your available Challenge Boards appear For more information on creating a CPS Challenge Board CPS Challenge Deliver Board Name U S Trivia a J x File Settings Student Options please see Create CPS Challenge Boards Select a Challenge Board and click The CPS Challenge Board Delivery window appears Click on a point value The question and answer options appear on screen Click Options to change feedback settings if you would like Click the Start button on the question feedback grid Figure 181 Engaging a CPS Challenge Board with the CPS Challenge Board Delivery window CPS 4 0 Users Guide 156 J 8 Chapter 4 Engage Functions NOTE If you want to see question or answer grap
406. w Any lessons in the database appear in the larger text area of the dialog Ee 8 Select individual lessons from this Figure 50 Importing a CPS lesson to another database database by clicking in the box beside each lesson name CJ Social Studies 0 NOTE When you select a lesson that has child level lessons the child level lessons are automatically selected as well 9 Click OK when you have selected all desired lessons Depending on the lesson sizes and the speed of your processor this import may take some time The imported lessons appear on the lesson side of the Lessons tab You can edit questions and deliver imported lessons the same as you would any you authored with CPS 0 NOTE When you import a lesson from one database to another any standards or classes in the database from which you are importing are not imported into the target database Import Scanner Results Scanner testing 1s a frequently used form of answer collection during exam delivery at both the K 12 and Higher Education levels With CPS these scanner results can be imported into your CPS database and compiled to generate comprehensive reports After scanning student s results follow the directions below to import the data into your CPS database To import scanner results 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Open the database into which you want to import the scanner performance results CPS 4 0 Users Guide 48 Chapter 3 Creation Functions 3
407. w Users Course Map Enter your Instructor Setup Code FCos2827917 2 Control Panel Choose a CPS Blackboard Connection username 7 Choose a CPS Blackboard Connection password po 7 Confirm your CPS Blackboard Connection password Enter your email address NOTE Your CPS Blackboard username and password is used to create the bridge between CPS and Blackboard This username and password will NOT change unless you change it in the Contact Information area of your class roster in CPS The username and password are not related to your Blackboard account OR Existing CPSOnline users If you have used CPSOnline at this campus in the past fill in the fields below CPSOnline username CPSOnline password Register Class Figure 100 Registering your class in Blackboard 10 Click Register Class to register your class Add Students to a Class You can generate a class roster by adding students to a class The type of class you create Higher Ed K 12 K 12 CPSOnline with REAP determines how you populate the class roster This section will show you how to Add students to a K 12 class Add students to a K 12 class using CBIT Add students to a Higher Ed class Add Students to K 12 Class Once you have created a class in the database you can add students to that class You can create a class of default students or personalize the default student data to specifically fit your class requirements To add stud
408. w specific subsets of student performance This section will show you how to Access the CPS Charting window View performance data by question View performance data by answer View performance data by category Change chart options Slice performance data Access the CPS Charting window You can access the CPS Charting window from the CPS Engage toolbar during a Teacher Managed Assessment session or after you finish the assessment from the Reports tab Access during Session Delivery When you engage a lesson in Teacher Managed Assessment mode the Engage toolbar appears on your screen When you begin the first question allow the students to respond to the question using their response pads CPS records the students responses as performance data After you end the response cycle by clicking End on the Feedback Grid you can view your students performance data through the CPS Charting window for that question and previous questions To access the CPS Charting window 1 Open CPS from your desktop icon 2 Engage a lesson in Teacher Managed Assessment mode For more information on engaging a lesson please see Engage Lessons For more information on Teacher Managed Assessment mode please see Teacher Managed Assessment Mode The Engage toolbar appears 3 Click the Next button on the Engage toolbar to open the CPS Content Delivery window and ask your question 4 After you ve ended the response cycle click wu The
409. w that things don t stay the same Students move into or out of your class or information about students in your class changes That 1s why you can easily update the CPS class from the updated Pentamation data without starting from scratch When you update a Pentamation file instead of importing 1t you can add new student information to an existing CPS class without altering existing CPS information such as pad ID numbers l A 6 Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Select the class name that was imported from a Pentamation file Right click on the class name Select the Update command from the pop up menu As CPS reads the updated Pentamation file please wait for 1t to prompt you Depending on what Pentamation data has been altered and how CPS will give you appropriate responses Just follow any on screen instructions to make your update complete The updated student information 1s represented on the Classes tab Review the student data including pad ID numbers to make certain all data is valid Import Classes from Osiris Files You can import files form Osiris To import Osiris files L J Open CPS from your desktop icon Click the Classes tab Click L Alternatively right click on the class side of the Classes tab and choose Import The CPS Import Class Wizard appears Choose Osiris File txt from the list Click Next Import Source r Helpful Information Click Browse An Open dialo
410. wer button that corresponds with the question type and correct answer for each question 9 Repeat step 8 until you ve entered every question into the CPS FastGrade window 10 Click OK The Lessons tab appears with the FastGrade lesson name in the left window Create Lesson Questions After you create a lesson you can populate the lesson by adding lesson questions You can create questions by using the CPS Question Author window and toolbar to Create Subjective Questions Select a Question Template Add Audio Video Notes Add Notes Create Questions with Graphics Display Graphics within the Questions Assign Question Difficulty Levels Associate Standards to a Question Associate Categories to Questions 4 4 CPS 4 0 Users Guide 19 Chapter 3 Creation Functions To create questions in a parent level or child level lesson 1 Highlight a lesson name from the lesson side of the Lessons tab The question side will be empty 1f you have not previously added or imported any questions RA Answer box e 2 Click Llek_ A pop up menu appears 3 Choose New then Question The CPS Question Author window appears 4 Click the drop down arrow in the Template box to see more CPS QuestionAuthor Question Format Options Tools a y T S gt a E zal Z Template MC4 No Graphics T Ditty f Question box than 50 question templates Figure 17 Creating a question from the CPS Question Author available w
411. wo minutes a Click the Start button from your Windows taskbar b Click the Run command In the pop up window type the CD ROM drive letter and then customdatabasename exe For example d ImageLibrary exe c Click OK In the License Agreement dialog box click I Agree and Continue If you do not agree the installation process stops 3 Choose the drive to which you want to install the database s 4 Click Continue 5 Type your User Code in the next dialog box 6 Click OK The next dialog box lists the components purchased Select which components you want to install now You do not have to do multiple components at one time you can return and do this process again to finish installing all of your purchased components 7 Click Finish at the end of the installation process You have now installed the CPS Content database s to your system CPS 4 0 Users Guide 3 Chapter 1 Getting Started Mouse Keyboard Shortcuts The CPS Guide and software use normal Window s conventions They include the following For more keyboard shortcuts please visit http support microsoft com default aspx scid kb EN Click press and immediately release the left mouse button Double click perform rapid back to back clicks with the left mouse button Drag press the left mouse button and move the cursor with the left mouse button remaining depressed When the function associated with the dragging
412. y are small rectangular and look similar to a toaster You will find them either at the front or back of your CPU computer tower V Verbal question A verbal question is a question that you create while delivering a lesson Use the Verbal Question button on the Engage toolbar to type in or ask a verbal question CPS 4 0 Users Guide 275 Index Absent Present Attendance During a Session 215 From a Session 214 From the Classes tab 216 AEIS IT Export Report 179 All Data Export Report 180 Anonymous Mode 127 Assesment Re grade Questions 163 Assessment Add to Gradebook 204 Create 205 Create Attendance 169 Delete 170 206 Edit 205 Edit Attributes 168 Export 207 Import 169 Manage 203 Re assign Categories to Questions 164 Re grade 163 Re grade Numeric Questions 165 Re grade Students 167 View Types 203 Assessment Summary 211 Attendance 213 Absent Present 214 As a Graded Average 218 As an Assessment 216 Create from Session Setup 148 Set Options 213 Upload 220 Attendance Assessment From a Session 217 From an Existing Session 217 Attendance Average From a Session 218 From the Classes tab 219 Attendance Report 213 Audio Video Notes Add 26 Blackboard Class Create 85 Import 102 Categories Associate to Question 31 Categories window 31 CBIT 86 87 91 223 Chalkboard 21 Change RF Receiver Settings 143 Character Map window 40 Charting window 6 31 133 149
413. y modes 115 Anonymous 127 Student Managed Assessment 116 Student Managed Practice mode 122 Teacher Managed Assessment 116 Teacher Led Student Managed Assessment 126 Detect CPS Receiver Settings 142 Difficulty Levels 31 Display Graphics 28 Engage as Freeform 30 Exclude Question from SMA 29 Show Graphic After Response 28 Show Graphic Full Screen 29 Download Assessments 170 DuPont Files 101 Dynamic Standards 72 Edit Add Lesson Questions 35 Add Special Character 40 Add Standards Questions 73 Assessment Attributes 168 Assessments 205 Change Default Font 39 Change Question or Answer Font 39 Class Information 89 Contact Information 90 Copy Questions to Other Lessons 37 Copy Questions within the Same Lesson 37 Copy Students to Class 92 CPS Challenge Board 109 CPSOnline Options 91 Create Attendance from an Assessment 169 Delete Assessment 170 206 Delete Class 95 Delete Graphics from Questions 38 Delete Lesson 37 Delete Lesson Question 38 Delete Standard 75 Delete Standards Question 75 Delete Student 95 Export Assessment 207 Lesson Attributes 35 Lesson Questions 36 Lessons 34 Recycle Higher Ed Class 94 Recycle K 12 CPSOnline Class 93 Spell check Lessons 41 Standards Attributes 71 Standards Questions 71 Student Information 91 el SEARCH 55 Create Account 55 Find Content 59 Import Content 60 CPS 4 0 Users Guide Index Login to an Account 58 Search for Conte
414. y one database contains classes reports a gradebook team activities and assessments in lessons and standards Classes are saved in the databases you create They are like class rosters with additional information gender ethnicity student ID and pad ID that the CPS response system uses to collect performance feedback The Classes tab also has a function that allows you take attendance quickly using the response pads Lessons of questions or coordinating answer keys are stored in databases that you create The lessons are delivered in a classroom environment using the Engage Lesson s icon This allows students to respond with their pads while their performance data is recorded for your future use Team Activities are game boards that award point values for correctly answered questions that you have delivered from a lesson or standard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 7 Chapter 2 CPS Overview Standards are state district school or instructor established goals for entire lessons or individual questions Associate standards with questions deliver those questions to students using the Engage Lesson s icon and then generate performance reports sorted by standards so you can see student performance in relation to these goals Engage Functions A CPS delivery session presents questions to the students in various formats such as verbal questions FastGrade answer keys questions from a lesson or standard teacher or student managed modes or fro
415. your computer to the Internet 2 Open CPS from your desktop icon 3 Click the Lessons tab CPS SEARCH Login Wizard Eo m Institution Type m Helpful Information C gt ver Please choose the type of institution below Higher Education includes that best represents you or your organization AR ties lleges and 4 Click eH The el SEARCH main page Bai rakia a F p K 12 Includes el tary middle appears in the question side of the wes Lessons tab hon PaaS cnn oben 5 Click Login to SEARCH The CPS SEARCH Login Wizard appears 6 Choose your institution type and click Next to continue ls e a Instruction anging the face of Cancel Next gt gt Figure 64 Logging in to el SEARCH from the CPS SEARCH Login Wizard 7 Choose Existing User I have a New or Existing User Helpful Information Username and Password and click a Are you a new or an existing CPSOnline user Next to continue z eich information about that setting C New User l do not have a username and password You may contact elnstruction technical support at techsupp einstruction com or 888 333 4988 for additional help e Instruction Changing the face of education Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 65 Logging in as an existing user in the CPS SEARCH Login Wizard CPS 4 0 Users Guide 58 Chapter 3 Creation Functions ie CPS SEARCH Login Wizard
416. your desktop icon 2 ee 2 Open the database from which you would like to Po enEner eet SUJE MEnEReA AAEEEEE access the presentation and click the Lessons tab Student Man 3 Click the PowerPoint folder in the lessons side Tito ME left side of the Lessons tab to display your E eee F Anonymous Mode available presentations F Automatically Upload I Exportto Question Grid 4 Select the presentation you would like to engage Session ClessParicipation SI 5 Click the Engage Lesson s icon The CPS 0 Session Setup window appears o 6 Choose your class and delivery mode and click yee E B Start Your presentation will appear with the m Engage toolbar at the bottom of your screen E g Cancel lt Ba a _ Cancel CPS 4 0 Users Guide 252 Appendix A REAP 7 Click on any key on the keyboard or the mouse to move through your presentation NOTE You may stop the presentation at any time to deliver an existing question from your lesson a chalkboard question or a verbal question To ask a question during the presentation follow the steps below a 8 Click the Verbal or Chalk button from the Engage toolbar If you chose the Verbal button choose a question template from the pop up list that appears At this point the class channel number will display on screen and students will be required to join the class NOTE Steps b g apply only to instructors using CPSrp systems Ask students to join the class

CPS User Guide - Gainesville ISD

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents